|
This chapter contains an alphabetical list of CLI commands dchst through window.
Displays CDP or CVM card parameters.
This command displays state information for a CDP or CVM channel used for a specific connection.
The Transmit and Receive dBm0 for both CDP or CVM indicate the input (toward the circuit line) and output power (from the circuit line) levels for the channel. Modem state indicates whether modem-detect is on or off.
dchst <channel> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel(s)> | Specifies the voice channel numbers to configure. |
<interval> | Specifies the refresh time for the data. |
Register | Byte | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|---|
0 | high | zcr total | Zero Crossing Total |
1 | high | hpf z1 hi-hi | High-Pass Filter |
2 | high | sam - hi | Encoded Voice Sample |
3 | high | vad state-hi | Voice Activity Detector state |
4 | high | sil cnt | Silent Count |
5 | high | mad wnd cnt | Modem Activity Detector Wnd. Count |
6 | high | mad state-hi | Modem Activity Detector state |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfcdpparm
dchst 11.1
alpha TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:30 PST
CDP state display for channel 11.1 Snapshot
Transmit dBm0:
Receive dBm0:
Register 0 =
Register 1 =
Register 2 =
Register 3 =
Register 4 =
Register 5 =
Register 6 =
Last Command: dchst 11.1
Next Command:
Deletes an access device from a node. Before you can delete an access device, you must remove all connections from the device by using the delcon command.
delad <slot.port>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the slot and port number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addad, dspads
Delete the access device at 31.1.
delad 31.1
IGX TRM SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Date/Time Not Set
Access Device Information
Slot.Port Name ID DLCI Port_ID Alarm
31.1 ad1 1 17 0 OK
31.2 ad2 2 18 0 OK
31.3 ad3 3 19 0 OK
31.4 ad4 4 20 0 OK
This Command: delad 31.1
Delete access device (y/n)?
Disables the ARC (IPX) or ARM (IGX) alarm indicators and ARI external alarms. See the addalmslot description for more information on ARC/ARM alarm relays and adding alarm slots.
Upon receiving the command, the system places the alarm card set in the standby state and displays the current alarm status.
delalm <slot number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot number | Specifies the slot number of the alarm card set to activate. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addalmslot, dspalms
Disable the alarm indicators on the ARM card set in slot 11. (The system subsequently displays alarm status.)
delalmslot 11
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 02:09 GMT
Alarm summary (Configured alarm slots: None)
Connections Failed: None
Groups Failed: None
TRK Alarms: None
Line Alarms: None
Cards Failed: None
Missing Cards: None
Remote Node Alarms: 1 Minor
Remote Domain Alarms: None
Routing Network Alarms: None
Cabinet Fan(s) Failed
FastPAD Node Alarms: None
Last Command: delalmslot 11
Next Command:
The delapsln command deletes SONET Automatic Protection Switching (APS) for the lines. You must enter the working slot.port pair. When you execute the delapsln command, the dspapsln display appears, showing you that the line you deleted is gone. (The delapsln display will be empty, or show only the remaining APS lines.)
SONET APS is a standard that describes the switching of SONET lines from the active line to a standby line to provide hardware line redundancy. The SONET APS feature applies only to BXM OC-3 and OC-12 cards in this release.
For background information on how SONET APS for BXM cards works, refer to "APS Command Summary" in this chapter.
When you execute the delapsln command, the switch software does verifies that the slot.port arguments support APS.
delapsln <slot.port1> < slot.port2> <protocol>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port1 | The desired working line number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | Yes | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
addapsln, cnfapsln, cnfcdaps, dspapsln, dsplog, dspalms
delapsln 11.1
sw119 TRM StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Work/Protect Actv Active Line Standby Line Current APS Last User
(Work1/Work2)Line Alarm Status Alarm Status Alarm Status Switch Req
Last Command: delapsln 11.1
Removes connections from the network. The same command with differing syntax may be used to delete voice connections, data connections, Frame Relay connections, or ATM connections.
You can use delcon to delete data or FRP connections that are terminated on UXM/UXM-E cards for IGX 8400 interface shelves, and terminated on routing network feeder trunks for IGX 8400 routing nodes.
You can use delcon to remove one or more voice connections from a network. You can delete connections at either end of the connection. After entry of the channel or range of channels to delete, a prompt requests confirmation of the selection.
Do not delete a connection when the node at the other end of the connection is unreachable. The unreachable node does not recognize the deletion. You must not delete a connection to an unreachable node then connect that deleted channel to another node.
To verify connection deletions, use the dspcons command. To add channel connections to the network, use the addcon command.
delcon <channels>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channels | Specifies a channel or range of channels to delete. The format for channel on a CDP or CVM is slot.channel. The format for channel on a UVM is slot.line.channel. The format for an ATM channel is slot.port.vpi.vci. For a range of channels, separate the first and last channel with a hyphen (-). Range (FRP port): 1-24 Range (FRM port): 1-31 Range (UFM-C port): 1-250 (For connections on a UFM-C, line is not necessary because of the port-to-line mapping through addfrport.) Range (UFM-U port for V.35 or X.21): 1-12 Range (UFM-U port for HSSI): 1-4 (unless Y-cable redundancy exists on the HSSI, in which case port can be only "1"). Range (DLCI): 16-1007 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addcon, dspcon, dspcons
Delete connection 10.1.1. The proposed deletions are highlighted, and a prompt requests confirmation of the deletion. Enter a "y" to delete the highlighted connections or an "n" to keep the highlighted connections. The example shows the screen before deletion of 10.1.1.
delcon 10.1.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:24 PST
From Remote Remote
10.1.1 NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
10.1.1 igxr02 20.1.1 Ok p 0
10.1.3-4 igxr02 20.1.3-4 Ok v VAD 2
10.1.5-6 igxr02 20.1.5-6 Ok t 0
10.1.9-10 igxr02 20.1.9-10 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.1.11-12 igxr02 20.1.11-12 Ok c24 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.13-14 igxr02 20.1.13-14 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.1.15-16 igxr02 20.1.15-16 Ok c32 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.19-20 igxr02 20.1.19-20 Ok l16v VAD/LDCELP 2
10.2.1 igxr02 20.2.1 Ok p 0
10.2.3-4 igxr02 20.2.3-4 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.2.5-6 igxr02 20.2.5-6 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.2.7 igxr02 20.2.7 Ok l16 LDCELP 2
10.2.9 igxr02 20.2.9 Ok l16v VAD/LDCELP 2
This Command: delcon 10.1.1
Delete these connections (y/n)?
Delete connection 6.4.
delcon 6.4
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:38 PST
From Remote Remote
6.4 NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
6.4 igxr02 18.4 Ok 128 DFM 7/8 0
10.1.1 igxr02 20.1.1 Ok p 0
10.1.3-4 igxr02 20.1.3-4 Ok v VAD 2
10.1.5-6 igxr02 20.1.5-6 Ok t 0
10.1.9-10 igxr02 20.1.9-10 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.1.11-12 igxr02 20.1.11-12 Ok c24 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.13-14 igxr02 20.1.13-14 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.1.15-16 igxr02 20.1.15-16 Ok c32 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.19-20 igxr02 20.1.19-20 Ok l16v VAD/LDCELP 2
10.2.1 igxr02 20.2.1 Ok p 0
10.2.3-4 igxr02 20.2.3-4 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.2.5-6 igxr02 20.2.5-6 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.2.7 igxr02 20.2.7 Ok l16 LDCELP 2
This Command: delcon 6.4
Delete these connections (y/n)?
Delete connection 14.3.4. The connections to delete are highlighted. A prompt asks you to confirm the deletion. Respond with "y" for yes.
delcon 14.3.4
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:56 PST
From Remote Remote
14.3.4 NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
14.3.4 igxr02 27.3.4 Ok fr 0
14.3.5 igxr02 27.3.5 Ok fr 0
14.3.6 igxr02 27.3.6 Ok fr 0
14.3.7 igxr02 27.3.7 Ok fr 0
14.3.8 igxr02 27.3.8 Ok fr 0
14.3.9 igxr02 27.3.9 Ok fr 0
14.3.10 igxr02 27.3.10 Ok fr 0
14.3.11 igxr02 27.3.11 Ok fr 0
14.3.12 igxr02 27.3.12 Ok fr 0
14.3.13 igxr02 27.3.13 Ok fr 0
14.3.14 igxr02 27.3.14 Ok fr 0
14.3.15 igxr02 27.3.15 Ok fr 0
14.3.16 igxr02 27.3.16 Ok fr 0
This Command: delcon 14.3.4
Delete these connections (y/n)?
Delete connection 11.1.180.150. The connections to delete are highlighted, and a prompt appears asking you to confirm the deletion. Respond with "y", for yes, and connection 11.1.180.150 is deleted.
delcon 11.1.180.150
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 09:57 GMT
From Remote Remote Route
11.1.180.150 NodeName Channel State Type Avoid COS O
11.1.180.150 sw180 15.1.11.100 Ok ubr 0 R
11.1.180.530 sw180 5.3.53.530 Ok ubr 0 L
11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 Ok nrt-vbr 0 L
11.1.180.1001 sw180 15.1.53.1001 Ok abrstd 0 L
This Command: delcon 11.1.180.150
Delete these connections (y/n)?
Deletes an MPLS controller attached to a line on a UXM card.
When the controller is deleted, the VSI control channels used to communicate between the VSI master on the MPLS controller and the VSI slaves on the UXM cards are also deleted. The control VCs associated with other controllers attached to the node will not be affected.
delctrlr <controller id>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
controller id | Controller ID number corresponding to the MPLS controller you are deleting. ID numbers should correspond to an active MPLS controller. Range: 1-16 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
addctrlr, dspctrlrs
Delete an MPLS controller.
delctrlr 3
arnold TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.1p Aug. 16 2000 17:12 PST
VSI Controller Information
CtrlrId PartId ControlVC Intfc Type CtrlrIP
VPI VCIRange
Last Command: delctrlr 3
Controller deleted successfully!
Next Command:
Deletes VSI capabilities on a trunk interface to which a feeder of type AAL5 is attached. Use this command to delete a controller, such as a PNNI SES controller, from a BPX node. It deletes the VSI control channels used to communicate between the VSI master on the PNNI controller and the VSI slaves on the BXM cards.
Run this command as the first step in deleting a PNNI controller from a BPX node. The second step is to run the command to delete the AAL5 feeder.
Note Do not use delctrlr to delete a VSI Label Switching controller from a BPX node; you must use delshelf to delete a VSI Label Switching controller from a BPX node. |
PNNI runs on the Service Expansion Shelf (SES) hardware.
To add VSI controller capabilities onto the newly created AAL5 interface, you use the addctrlr command. You are prompted to enter the controller ID and partition ID. This creates an interface through which a PNNI controller can use the VSI protocol to control the node resources that were previously specified by using the cnfrsrc command.
Remove a PNNI controller from a node by using the delctrlr command. For example, this might be a VSI controller such as a PNNI controller configured with VSI capabilities as an AAL5 interface shelf to a BPX. When you delete one of the controllers by using the delctrlr command, the master-slave connections associated with this controller are deleted. The control VCs associated with other controllers managing the same partition will not be affected.
Note To add a VSI Label Switch Controller, use addshelf and delshelf commands. |
delctrlr <slot.port> <controller id>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Slot and port numbers corresponding to the feeder trunk. |
controller id | Controller ID number corresponding to the PNNI controller you are deleting. ID numbers should correspond to an active PNNI controller. Range: 1-32 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
addctrlr, dspctrlrs, dspnode
Delete VSI controller with interface shelf (feeder) type of AAL5 connected on trunk 10.3 from the list of controllers connected to BPX node named "night."
delctrlr 10.3
night TN StrataCom BPX 8600 9.3.10 Apr. 11 2000 14:31 GMT
BPX Controllers Information
Trunk Name Type Part Id Ctrl Id Ctrl IP State
10.3 PAR VSI 1 2 192.0.0.0 Enabled
11.1 VSI VSI 2 2 192.0.0.0 Disabled
Last Command: delctrlr 10.3
Deletes controller from port 3 on slot 10, with controller name E, and controller ID of 1.
delctrlr <slot.port><controller_id>
night TN StrataCom BPX 8600 9.3.10 Apr. 11 2000 14:31 GMT
BPX Controllers Information
Trunk Name Type Part Id Ctrl Id Ctrl IP State
10.3 PAR VSI 1 1 192.0.0.0 Enabled
11.1 VSI VSI 2 2 192.0.0.0 Disabled
Last Command: delctrlr 10.3
Deletes logical ports on FRP, FRM, or UFM-C cards and "unassigns" associated DS0/timeslots. The information in this definition applies only to Frame Relay ports using a T1 or E1 line.
The deleted DS0/timeslots are available for you to assign to new logical ports by using the addport (alias addfrport) command. The port display (normally visible through dspport [alias dspfrport] command) appears regardless of whether the port has been successfully deleted. The screen displays the defined port numbers for the specified line. Table 4-1 lists the error and warning messages for this command.
Messages | Reason for Message |
---|---|
"Slot is out of range" | Line number is not correct for FRP T1/E1. |
"Port does not exist" | Logical port number does not exist. |
"You must first down the port" | Logical port is up. |
"You must first down the port" | Specified port is not first DS0/timeslot of logical port. |
For FRM or FRP:
delfrport <slot.port>
For UFM:
delfrport <slot.port> <line.ds0_range>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies logical port numbers for the physical FRP or FRM T1 or E1 line. |
port | Specifies the logical port number of the port to delete. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addfrport, dspfrport
Delete Frame Relay port 14.1.
delfrport 14.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 13:04 PST
Port configuration for UFM 14
Port Line Chan Speed Interface State Protocol
1 1 1-24 1536 Kbps T1D ACTIVE None
2 2 1-24 1536 Kbps T1D ACTIVE None
3 3 1-24 1536 Kbps T1D ACTIVE None
4 4 1-24 1536 Kbps T1D ACTIVE None
This Command: delfrport 14.1
You must first down the port
Enter port:
Deletes a job. To delete a job, you must have a privilege level at least as high as the job itself. A job that is currently running cannot be deleted. If necessary, use stopjob to stop the job so that you can delete it.
deljob <job_number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
job number | Specifies the number of the job. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addjob, dspjob, dspjobs
Delete job 4.
deljob 4
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:54 GMT
Job 4
Last Execution Results: None Status: Locked
Next Execution Time: Interval:
1: prtlog
- Failure Reaction: Abort Exec. Results: None
2: dncd 6
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 12 Times and Abort Exec. Results: None
3: dncd 6
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 12 Times and Continue Exec. Results: None
This Command: deljob 4
Delete this job (y/n)?
Deletes a job trigger. The deljobtrig command deletes one trigger at a time. If you delete a job by using the deljob command, all associated job triggers are deleted.
deljobtrig <job_number> <trig_num>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<job_number> | Specifies the number of the job. |
<trig_num> | Specifies the number of the trigger to delete. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addjobtrig, dspjobs
Delete job trigger 1 for job 1.
deljobtrig 1 1
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:19 GMT
Job Description Next Execution Status Interval Access Group
1 test1 Idle SuperUser
Trigger 1 - PLN 2 FAILURE
2 Idle SuperUser
3 test3 09/02/97 11:11:11 Idle 1 days SuperUser
4 Idle SuperUser
5 Idle SuperUser
6 Idle SuperUser
This Command: deljobtrig 1
Enter trigger number:
Deletes an external, local, remote, or local-remote (tiered nets) loopback from the designated channel, set of channels, or port. After the loopback is deleted, any conditioning applied during the loopback process is removed and service is restored.
A local loop can be deleted only from the node that added it. However, a remote loop can be deleted from the node at either end of the connection.
Add local-remote loopbacks by using the addlocrmtlp command. Note that with local-remote loopbacks, execution of dellp is mandatory after testing is complete, otherwise continuity errors will result.
The addloclp and addlocrmtlp commands support the two-segment connection at the hub node port endpoint in a network of IGX routing hubs and SES interface shelves. The addloclp and addlocrmtlp commands are blocked at the interface shelf trunk endpoint. The addrmtlp command is not supported at either endpoint of the connection. You can use the dellp command to remove the local (or local remote) loopbacks that have been added; however, you cannot use the dellp command at the trunk endpoint of the connectionit will be blocked. Loops of any kind are not supported for the middle segment of a three-segment connection.
dellp <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channel | Specifies the channel or set of channels whose loopback is to be deleted. The format for channel depends on the type of connection is: Voice connection: slot.channel |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addextlp, addloclp, addlocrmtlp, addrmtlp
Delete the loopback on channel 5.1.121. The connections screen appears with connection 5.1.121 highlighted. (The highlighting is not visible in the screen example, but the loop symbols indicates loopback.) The display prompts you to confirm deletion of the loopback. To confirm, enter "y."
dellp 5.1.121
pubsipx1 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:16 PDT
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
5.1.121 )pubsipx1 8.33.133 Ok atfr
5.1.122 pubsipx1 8.34.134 Ok atfr
5.2.111 pubsipx1 8.45.155 Ok atfr
5.2.112 pubsipx1 8.45.156 Ok atfr
8.33.133 pubsipx1 (5.1.121 Ok atfr
8.34.134 pubsipx1 5.1.122 Ok atfr
8.45.155 pubsipx1 5.2.111 Ok atfr
8.45.156 pubsipx1 5.2.112 Ok atfr
This Command: dellp 5.1.121
Delete these loopbacks (y/n)?
This command is required to delete ports from the IGX and BPX. Use this command to:
The dnport command is required before the ports can be deleted.
delport <slot.port>[.<vport>]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot number of the card, the physical port, and optional virtual port (BXM card only). |
[.<vport>] | The optional vport identifier. Range: 1-31 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addport, upport cnfport, dnport
Delete the internal ATM port 11.1 on the Universal Router Module (URM) in an IGX node.
delport 11.1
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e9 Oct. 6 2000 05:23 GMT
Port configuration for ATM 11
Port Chan Speed Interface State Protocol Type
Last Command:delport 11.1
Delete port 3 on the BXM card in slot 11.
delport 11.3
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 12:45 GMT
Port configuration for ATM 11
From VPI Min/Max Bandwidth Interface State Protocol Type
Last Command: delport 11.3
Deletes an interface shelf from a tiered network. The identifier for an interface shelf is either the trunk number or the name of the shelf. Normally, you do not execute delshelf only at the hub node or the BPX core switch shelf, but on the IGX/AF itself.
The delshelf command has the single function of letting you turn off LMI if the trunk is not allowing communication. In contrast to the deltrk command, you can execute delshelf at any time if no connections terminate at the trunk.
In Release 9.2 and above, when you use delshelf to remove an MGX 8850 interface shelf trunk from a BPX routing hub, or an SES interface shelf (or feeder) trunk from an IGX 8400 routing node, the Annex G signaling channel and IP relay programming for the MGX 8850 or SES interface shelf is removed.
You remove a controller from the node by using the delshelf command. When one of the controllers is deleted by using the delshelf command, the master-slave connections associated with this controller is deleted. The control VCs associated with other controllers managing the same partition are not affected.
The deletion of the controller triggers a new VSI configuration CommBus (internal BPX protocol) message that includes the list of the controllers attached to the node and is sent to all active slaves in the shelf. The controller deleted is removed from the list. In cluster configurations, deleting a controller is communicated to the remote slaves by the slave directly attached through the interslave protocol.
While there is at least one controller attached to the node controlling a given partition, the resources in use on this partition should not be affected by the deletion of a controller. The slaves release all the VSI resources used on a partition only when that partition is disabled.
delshelf <trunk> | <shelf-name>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
trunk or shelf name | Specifies the slot and port number of the trunk or the name of the interface shelf. |
addshelf, dspnode
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
Delete shelf trunk A241 from a BPX node.
delshelf 4.1
nmsbpx23 TN SuperUser BPX 8600 9.3.10 July 16 2000 13:26 PST
BPX Interface Shelf Information
Trunk Name Type Alarm
1.3 AXIS240 AXIS OK
11.2 A242 AXIS OK
Last Command: delshelf A241
Shelf has been deleted
Next Command:
Deletes a trunk. Because deleting a trunk removes the communication path between two nodes, using deltrk may split a network into two separate networks. If executing deltrk splits the network, then the connections that are using the deleted trunk are also deleted.
If both nodes on the trunk are reachable, you need only to execute deltrk on one node. If you delete a trunk on a node while the node at the other end is unreachable, the unreachable node does not detect that the trunk to the other node has been deleted; therefore, be sure to delete the trunk at both nodes in such a case.
After you delete a trunk, it still carries framing signals but no traffic. Also, the trunk can generate alarms for counting. To remove a trunk completely, use dntrk after executing the deltrk command.
In these situations, the node does not allow deltrk to execute:
In Release 9.1.07, when the A-bit Notifications on LMI/ILMI Interface feature is enabled (by using cnfnodeparm), after deleting the trunk, the master node will deroute all the connections on the trunk. The slave end will receive the A7 (CMUP_DEROUTE) message before the reroute message from the master node.
Regarding the A-bit Notifications feature, each pass in the Connection Management routing state machine involves two activities: deroute and then followed by routing connections. However, connections can be derouted without going through the reroute state machine (for example, deltrk). There are several ways to kick off the routing state machine resulting in slightly different deroute and reroute behavior. See the deltrk, dncd, and cnfcmparm (SuperUser) commands.
deltrk <slot.port>[.vtrk]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the physical trunk number. |
[.vtrk] | Optionally specifies the virtual trunk portion of the trunk identifier. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addtrk, dntrk, dspnw, dsptrks, uptrk
Delete trunk 7 from the network.
deltrk 7
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:02 MST
PLN Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
7 E1/32 Clear - Line OK -
9 T1/24 Clear - Line OK gamma.10
13 T1/24 Clear - Line OK alpha.14
15 T1/24 Clear - Line OK gamma.15
20 T3/3 AIT - AIT Missing -
Last Command: deltrk 7
Next Command:
Removes redundancy from a UXM, or AIT trunk. After you execute deltrkrd, you can remove the backup card without causing an alarm.
The trunk redundancy feature (not the Automatic Protection Switching redundancy feature) is supported on the IGX platforms. This is different from the Automatic Protection Switching redundancy feature. APS is supported only on BXM SONET trunks, and can be used with virtual trunks. That is, the trunk port supporting virtual trunks can have APS line redundancy configured in the same way it would be configured for a physical trunk. The APS commands addapsln, delapsln, switchapsln, and cnfaplsn are all supported on virtual trunk ports.
Note that the trunk redundancy feature is not supported for virtual trunks. The addtrkred, deltrkred, and dsptrkred commands are rejected for virtual trunks.
Note that Y-cable redundancy is supported for both the UXM and BXM trunk cards at the edge of the ATM cloud.
deltrkred <backup ATM trunk number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<backup ATM trunk number> | Specifies of the ATM card set assigned as the backup. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addtrkred, dsptrkred
Remove ATM trunk redundancy for the card set in slot 5.
deltrkred 5
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:15 MST
ATM Line Backup ATM Line
5 8
Last Command: deltrkred 5
Next Command:
Deletes a user from the network. You can delete users at any lower privilege level.
deluser <user_id>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<user_id> | Specifies the name of the user to delete from the network. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-5 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
adduser, dspusers
deluser john
Delete the user named "john."
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8410 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:52 PST
YourID 1
Sarah 5
\
Last Command: deluser John
Next Command:
This command disables Y-cable redundancy for the card set in the specified primary slot number. If the secondary card slot is in use as the active slot at the time you use the delyred command, the system attempts to switch back to the primary slot. The substitution takes place only if the primary slot has a complete set of cards and the cards are in a Standby or a Standby-F state (not if they are Failed).
See the dspcds description for information on card states. See the addyred and dspyred commands for more information on Y-cable redundancy. Note that delcdred is an alias command for delyred.
When you issue the delyred command, it always completes. If the primary card is incomplete, control is given to the primary card.
If the secondary card slot is being used as the active slot at the time you use the delvred command, the system attempts to switch back to the primary slot. The substitution takes place only if the primary slot has a complete set of cards and the cards are in a Standby or a Standby-F state (not if they are Failed). See the dspcds description for information on card states.
Because YRED (Y redundancy) could be considered a misnomer for the SONET APS two-slot case, these alias commands support card redundancy:
See the addcdred and dspcdred commands for more information on card and line redundancy for SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching) 1+1.
delyred <primary slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<primary slot> | Specifies the number of the primary slot for which you are deleting Y-cable redundancy. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
addyred, dspyred, prtyred
Disable Y-cable redundancy at slot 12.
delyred 12
arnold TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.1p Aug. 16 2000 17:31 PST
Slot Other Front Back Channel Configuration
Slot Type Slot Card Card 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last Command: delyred 12
Next Command:
Disable Y-cable redundancy at slot 2.
delyred 2
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 10:48 GMT
Slot Other Front Back
Slot Type Slot Card Card
Last Command: delyred 2
Diagnose a failed IGX Muxbus or IGX cell bus. This command runs detailed diagnostics to isolate Muxbus problems to a failed card or bus. It is used when a minor alarm is indicated and displaying the alarm (dspalms) screen indicates the message "bus needs diagnosis."
This command can be run only locally with a terminal connected directly to the Control port or remotely from a modem connection. It can not be executed through a virtual terminal (VT) command or when the node's Control port is configured for Cisco WAN Manager mode.
Caution This command can cause a major disruption in service on all lines and connections and should be run only at a time when disruption can be tolerated. It should not be performed except as a last resort. |
To fully isolate the failure might require manual removal of cards, including controller cards and so forth. For this reason, the command may not be executed over a Virtual Terminal connection.
If the test is successful, and no problems found, the system displays:
Otherwise, the system displays various messages to the operator for additional steps to perform in isolating the problem. These messages depend on the results of the diagnostics testing.
diagbus
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
Downs (deactivates) a card. When you down a card, it is no longer available as a node resource. You should down a card before you remove it from a card cage. Before it actually downs an active card, the node determines if a standby card is available. If no standby card is present, the node gives you an opportunity to abort the command. If a standby card of the same type is available and you execute dncd, the standby card is activated. If no standby card is available and you execute the command, a major alarm results. To activate a downed card, use the upcd command.
Note If you remove a card from a card cage without first executing dncd, no warning appears. |
You cannot down a control card (NPM or BCC). Use switchcc for control cards.
If the A-bit Notifications on the LMI/ILMI Interface feature is enabled (with cnfnodeparm), after downing the trunk, the master node deroutes the connections or conditions the connections due to path failure.
dncd <slot number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot number | Specifies the slot number of the card to be downed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcds, resetcd, upcd
Down the card in slot 9.
dncd 9
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 09:14 GMT
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 NPM BVS Standby 9 FRM KSB FRI-T1 AL Down
2 NPM BWS Active 10 Empty universal backplane
3 Empty universal backplane 11 Empty universal backplane
4 UXM CD23 T3 AA Active 12 URM AA11 2FE2V EW Active
5 UXM CA23 OC3 AD Active 13 LDM CK03 232-8 AJ Standby-T
6 FRM DHZ FRI-V35 BD Standby 14 URM AA13 2FE2V P03 Active
7 Empty universal backplane 15 URM AA12 2FE2V EW Active
8 Empty 16 NTM FHF T1 AL Active
Last Command: dncd 9
Deactivates (downs) a connection, bundle of connections, a connection group or all connection in a COS or COS range. The dncon command temporarily removes one or more connections from the network. This command is useful for temporarily removing voice connections when additional bandwidth is necessary for other types of connections.
Connections can be downed immediately or with courtesy. Even with immediate downing, a prompt appears that requests confirmation. With courtesy downing, the system waits until the connection is on-hook before downing the connection.
Courtesy downing is possible only if the on-hook status has been configured by using the cnfvchtp command. The upcon command reactivates the voice connections. The up/down status of the voice connections appears in the "State" field of the dspcons screen.
dncon {<group | local_chan(s)> | COS <cos_range>} {i | c}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<group | local_chan(s)> | Specifies a group, or a channel, or a range of channels to down. |
COS <cos_range> | Specifies the COS or COS range. Range: 0-15 |
i | c | Specifies immediate downing (i) of the specified connections or courtesy downing (c) of the specified connections. |
State | Description |
---|---|
"OK" (routed) | Connection is activated and able to carry traffic. |
"Down" | Connection has been added to the network database but is not activated and is not able to carry traffic. |
"OK(Dn)" | Waiting for on-hook to occur to allow courtesy down to take place for connection(s) that have been courtesy downed using the dncon command. |
"Failed" | Unrouted, but trying to reroute. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
upcon
Down connection 14.1 with courtesy.
dncon 14.1 c
Down connection 14.1 immediately.
dncon 14.1 i
Courtesy down on-hook connections network-wide with COS 4 through 8. This command marks all connections that may be courtesy downed at one time and does not monitor new connections or those that later fit the COS.
dncon cos 4-8 c
Immediately down connection 3.1.100.
dncon 3.1.100 i
pubsigx1 TN SuperUser IGX 32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:51 GMT
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
3.1.100 pubsigx1 3.2.200 Ok fr
3.2.200 pubsigx1 3.1.100 Ok fr
This Command: dncon 3.1.100 i
Down these connections (y/n)?
Immediately down all connections network-wide with COS 4 through 8. This command executes once, so if individual connections are subsequently upped or new connections added in this COS range, they remain up.
dncon cos 4-8 i
Deactivates ("downs") a line. After dnln executes, the line no longer generates framing, and no statistics are gathered. (Alias: the dncln command is identical.)
Before you deactivate a line, use delcon to remove all connections on the line and use dnport to deactivate the port associated with the line.
The dnln command is also used to deactivate an IMA line on the IGX only. As with the other lines, you must remove all connections on the IMA line (delcon or delcongrp), then deactivate the port by using the dnport command. You then can deactivate the line by using dnln.
For the BPX: before you can down a line, all ports must be detected by using the delport command. Downing will not remove the port.
dnln <[slot.] [line number]>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[slot.] | Specifies the slot number, if the back card (such as a UXM card) has one line. |
[line number] | Specifies the line. If the card has more than one line, include a line number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX, IPX |
|
| Yes |
|
upcln, dsplns, dsptsmap
Deactivate line 5.1 (the primary link for an IMA line). After this command executes, the system displays the status of the line using the same information as dsplns displays.
dnln 5.1
sw225 TRM StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.a6 Mar. 10 2000 05:54
GMT
Line Type Current Line Alarm Status
8.1 T1/24 Clear - OK
9 E1/30 Clear - OK
Last Command: dnln 5.1
Deactivates (or downs) the specified port (Frame Relay, ASI, BXM, virtual, or physical port). Before downing a port, you must remove all connections from the port (see delcon definition).
dnport <slot.port>[.<vport>]
For UFM-U, FRM, or FRP:
dnport <slot.port>
For UFM-C:
dnport <slot.port> <line.ds0_range>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies the slot number of the Frame Relay card with the port to down. |
port | Specifies the port number to deactivate on the card specified by slot. |
[.vport] | The optional vport identifier on the BXM card only. Range: 1-31 |
line | The physical line on UFM-C card sets (not used for UFM-U cards). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfport, dspport, upport, addport, delport, cnffrport, dspfrport, upfrport
Down port 3 on the BXM card in slot 11.
dnport 11.3
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 13:04 GMT
Port: 11.3 [INACTIVE] Bandwidth/AR BW: 353208/353208
Interface: LM-BXM CAC Override: Enabled
VPI Range: 0 - 255 CAC Reserve: 0
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 0 %
Protocol: NONE Protocol by Card: No
Last Command: dnport 11.3
Down Frame Relay port 9.2.
dnport 9.2
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 20 2000 12:56 GMT
Port: 9.2 [INACTIVE]
Interface: V35 DCE Configured Clock: 256 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Measured Rx Clock: 0 Kbps
Port ID 0 Min Flags / Frames 1
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 10 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 6 cyl
Signalling Protocol None EFCI Mapping Enabled No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Enabled/Tx Timer No/ 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Interface Control Template
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Lead CTS DSR DCD
Communicate Priority No State ON ON ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25%
Last Command: dnport 9.2
Downs a trunk, after which it no longer carries framing or statistics. Before you can down a trunk by using dntrk, you must remove it from the network by using deltrk (or delshelf in a tiered network).
dntrk <slot.port>[.vtrk]
(No space exists between the port number and the "." for the virtual trunk specification.)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the physical trunk. |
vtrk | Specifies a virtual trunk number (applies to BNI only). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addtrk, deltrk, uptrk, dsptrks
Deactivate trunk 3.4.
dntrk 3.4
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 19 2000 12:17 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
4.2 OC3 Clear - OK sw180/5.1
4.4 OC3 Clear - OK sw53/11.2
14 T1/24 Clear - OK sw180/8
Last Command: dntrk 3.4
Display port Qbin information.
dport <slot.port>[.<vport>] qbn | *
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot number of the card and the physical port. |
[.<vport>] | Optionally specifies a virtual port number. BXM card only. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addport, dspportq, cnfportq
Display Qbin 1 database information for port 11 on BXM card 1.
dport 11.1 1
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 11:05 GMT
Qbin Database 11.1 on BXM qbin 1
algorithm 3
depth 20000
clp hi 80
clp lo 60
efci 20
vc shaping Disabled
BW INC Cells 200
BW INC Pages 1
Last Command: dport 11.1 1
Display Qbin summary information for port 11.1 on a BXM card.
dport 11.1 *
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 11:06 GMT
Qbin Bandwidth Database 11.1 on BXM
Qbin Bandwidth Increment Qbin Bandwidth Increment
0 50 1 8 0 0
1 200 1 9 0 0
2 50 1 10 0 0
3 0 0 11 0 0
4 0 0 12 0 0
5 0 0 13 0 0
6 0 0 14 0 0
7 0 0 15 0 0
Last Command: dport 11.1 *
Displays the routing table from the local node to each connected remote node.
The drtop command displays the routing table from the local node to each remote node to which it connects. It shows how NPM/B.C. traffic is routed to other nodes in the network. Use drtop to find which trunks are used to send control cells or packets to other nodes.
The display includes remote node name, number of hops to the remote node, the trunks used, and number of satellite hops if any, and the number of unused DS0s (open space), if any, on the route.
drtop
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsptrkcons
drtop
pubsipx2 VT SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 02:27 GMT
Node Number Node Name Hops To Via Trk SAT Hops No HP Hops Open Space
1 npubsbpx1 2 6 0 0 3
2 npubsigx1 3 6 0 0 3
3 npubsigx2 0 0 0 0 0
5 npubsigx1 1 6 0 0 24
7 npubsigx3 2 6 0 0 24
Last Command: drtop
Next Command:
Displays the abort errors log. The log contains up to six entries. When the log is full, additional aborts overwrite the oldest entries.
Log contains only fatal entries. The log for software errors (dspswlog) contains only non-fatal entries.
A lighted icon "AB" at the bottom of the command line interface indicates that a software abort has been logged. Not related to the command, but also displayed at the bottom of the command line interface, the "CD" icon indicates a card or hardware error, and the "SW" icon indicates a software error.
dspabortlog [<d> | <number> | <c> ]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<d> | Displays the detailed version of the log, including stack dumps. Page through the detailed version of the log by using the arrow keys or the Return key. |
<number> | When an entry number is entered (found under the No. column), displays the detailed version of a specific entry in the log. |
<c> | Clears the log. Optionally, you can use the clrabortlog command. |
Field | Description |
---|---|
No. | Abort entries in the table, numbered from 1-12. |
Type Error | The entry identifier. For the dspabortlog command, the identifier is "abort." Occasionally, the identifier "BadType," is displayed, indicating a problem within the table itself. |
Number | The number that identifies a specific abort problem. |
Data (Hex) | A 4-byte field containing information that may be useful in solving a problem. It is different for every abort number. |
PC (Hex) | Program Counter. The address of the place in memory where the software was running when the abort was logged; this identifies where the problem was detected. |
PROC | Process or Task. This field indicates which process was running when the problem occurred. In the above example, TN_2 is the second Telnet user task. Use the dspprf command to display all of the tasks. |
SwRev | Switch software version operating on this node. |
Date | Date of the abort. |
Time | Time of the abort. |
clrswlog, dspswlog, clrabortlog
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Displays a detailed log for abort number 1.
dspabortlog 1
sw150 TRM StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.0L Feb. 2 2000 12:35 GMT
Active Control Card's Software Log
No. Type Number Data(Hex) PC(Hex) PROC SwRev Date Time
1. Abort 1000001 00000000 301EAED2 TN_2 9.3.0L 02/02/00 11:09:12
SSP 306B1310 10 00 30 28 F8 C2 70 08 30 6B 06 40 00 81 00 81 ..0(..p.0k.@....
SSP 306B1320 00 01 00 81 30 53 55 E8 30 6B 06 6C 00 00 00 0C ....0SU.0k.l....
USP 306B066C 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 04 31 5A B7 7C ............1Z.|
USP 306B067C 30 53 D6 F8 31 5A DE 28 00 00 02 40 30 53 D6 F8 0S..1Z.(...@0S..
USP 306B068C 00 00 00 4F 30 52 1A 56 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 ...O0R.V........
USP 306B069C 30 6B 07 34 30 52 46 50 00 00 00 01 31 5A D1 64 0k.40RFP....1Z.d
USP 306B06AC 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
USP 306B06BC 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
USP 306B06CC 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
USP 306B06DC 00 0D 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 5A B7 7C 00 00 00 01 ........1Z.|....
Last Command: dspabortlog 1
Displays all access devices in the node. The dspads command has no parameters. The displayed information:
If an access device name and IP address are not relevant, such as when an FTC port loopback is simulating access devices, blank spaces appear in the "Name," "Type," and "IP Address" fields of the display.
dspads
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addad, delad, cnfadcmtmr
Display all the access devices in the current node.
dspads
sw25 TN SuperUser IGX 8410 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:12 GMT
Access Devices Information
Slot.Port Name ID DLCI Type Alarm CMT IP Address
4.2 8 990 OK 0
4.3 sbrin01 4 990 3800 OK 91 192.168.6.161/24
Last Command: dspads
Displays major and minor alarms throughout the network and specific alarms at the local node. The dspalms command displays:
The URM is supported on the IGX 8400 with Release 9.3.20. The URM provides IOS-based voice support and basic routing functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router. The internal ATM port is the communication bridge between the embedded router and switch software.
When the router is not operational (in other words, it cannot route packets among its interfaces, including the internal ATM interface), switch software generates a minor alarm and fails all connections that terminate on the internal port. When an embedded router is not operational, dspalms shows the URM slot number and reports the router status as unavailable (IOS field). A "Minor Alarm" is also displayed in the bottom right corner of the dspalms screen.
For more details on each type of alarm, use the "display" command associated with each failed item. Table 4-2 shows the display commands that show error information.
Command | Description |
---|---|
dspcds | Displays cards in the node, with F for failures. |
dsplns | Displays circuit lines. |
dspcons | Displays connections. |
dsplog | Displays events affecting the node. |
dspnds | Displays unreachable nodes within a network. |
dspnw | Displays the network topology and includes alarm status of each node in the network. |
dsptrks | Displays trunks. |
dsppwr | Displays power supply status and internal temperature. |
dsprtrslot | Displays operational information and alarm status for a specified URM embedded router. |
dsprtrslots | Displays operational information and alarm status for all URM embedded routers in a node. |
dspalms
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspcds, dsplns, dspcons, dsplog, dspnw, dsptrks, dsppwr, dsprtrslot, dsprtrslots
Display a summary of all alarms affecting the BPX node.
dspalms
sw167 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2Q Dec. 13 2000 14:17 PST
Alarm summary (Configured alarm slots: None)
Connections Failed: None
TRK Alarms: None
Line Alarms: None
Cards Failed: None
Slots Alarmed: None
Missing Cards: None
Remote Node Alarms: 1 Minor
APS Alarms: None
Interface Shelf Alarms: 1 Minor
ASM Alarms: None
Last Command: dspalms
Display APS alarms.
dspalms
alexa TRM genre BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:35 PDT
Alarm summary (Configured alarm slots: None)
Connections Failed: None
TRK Alarms: None
Line Alarms: None
Cards Failed: None
Slots Alarmed: 1 Major
Missing Cards: 1
Remote Node Alarms: 1 Minor
APS Alarms: 1 Minor
Interface Shelf Alarms: None
ASM Alarms: None
Last Command: dspalms
Display the current alarms on an IGX node.
dspalms
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:23 PST
Alarm summary (Configured alarm slots: None)
Connections Failed: None
TRK Alarms: None
Circuit Line Alarms: None
Physical Line Alarms: None
Cards Failed: 2
Missing Cards: None
Remote Node Alarms: 1 Unreachable, 2 Majors, 5 Minors
Interface Shelf Alarms: None
FastPAD/Access Dev Alms: None
Last Command: dspalms
Next Command:
MAJOR ALARM
Display the current alarms on an IGX node with a Universal Routing Module (URM). Check the operational status of the embedded IOS-based router. When the router is not operational, the IOS field shows the router as unavailable and reports the URM slot number. A "Minor Alarm" is also displayed when the router is not operational.
dspalms
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e8 Oct. 4 2000 10:38 GMT
Alarm summary (Configured alarm slots:None)
Connections Failed: None
TRK Alarms: None
Circuit Line Alarms: None
Physical Line Alarms: None
Cards Failed: None
Missing Cards: None
Remote Node Alarms: None
IOS Unavailable in 1 slot
Interface Shelf Alarms: None
FastPAD/Access Dev Alms: None
Last Command:dspalms
Next Command:
Minor Alarm
The dspapsln command displays the currently configured APS lines and their status.
dspapsln
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
addapsln, delapsln, cnfapsln, cnfapsln, dspapsln, dsplog, dspalms
Display all the currently configured APS lines and their status.
dspapsln
alexa TRM genre BPX 8600 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:25 PDT
Actv Active Line Standby Line Current APS Last User
Work/Protect Line Alarm Status Alarm Status Alarm Status Switch Req
2.1 3.1 PROT OK OK Loss of Sig(RED) Clear
5.1 5.2 WORK OK LOS LOS Lockout
6.3 6.4 NONE Deactivated APS Deactivated
10.1 11.1 PROT OK OK Standard Mismatch Clear
Command: dspapsln
Display currently configured APS lines and their status.
dspapsln
sw117 TRM genre BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:25 PDT
Work/Protect Actv Active Line Standby Line Current APS Last User
(Work 1/Work 2) Line Alarm Status Alarm Status Alarm Status Switch Req
2.2 3.2 WORK Loss of Sig (RED) Remote (YEL) Remote (YEL) Clear
Command: dspapsln
Displays the ATM channel routing entries for an ASI card.
dspasich <line> <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the line in the format slot.port. |
<channel> | Specifies the channel in the format vpi.vci. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | No | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspasich 5.1 1 N
pubsbpx1 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 21:09 GMT
ASI Channel Configuration Query & Display
Slot.port.lcn:5.1.1
Status: Added BF hdr: 4145 9002 8012 0501 8640 0000 2DEB
[00] BF tp: 4 [11] VCI: 00000064 [22] UPC CDV: 0 [33] FST up: 0
[01] Pri SDA: 5 [12] Con tp: VC [23] UPC CIR: 500 [34] FST dn: 0
[02] Dst Prt: 1 [13] Rmt tp: ASI [24] UPC CBS: 1000 [35] FST fdn: 0
[03] Dst lcn: 2 [14] Srv tp: VBR [25] UPC IBS: 0 [36] FST rmx: 0
[04] BCF tp: 0 [15] Gen AIS: N [26] UPC MFS: 200 [37] Q max:64000
[05] Qbin#: 12 [16] Mcst: 0 [27] CLP enb: Y [38] EFCI: 100
[06] BF VPI: 64 [17] Mc grp: 1 [28] FST enb: N [39] CLP hi: 100
[07] BF VCI: 0 [18] & msk: 0000000F [29] FST MIR: 500 [40] CLP lo: 100
[08] Pl Cls: 0 [19] | msk: 06400640 [30] FST PIR: 500 [41] BCM: N
[09] Rmt lp: N [20] Prt QBN: 2 [31] FST QIR: 500 [42] Inhibit:N
[10] VPI: 00000064 [21] UPC GCR: 0 [32] QIR TO: 0 [43] UPC enb:Y
Last Command: dspasich 5.1 1 N
Next Command:
Displays BPX node alarms that, when active, produce an external alarm output (relay closure). These alarms are associated with powering and cooling the node as well as a statistics count.
For example, a minor alarm is generated when a fan speed drops below 2000 rpm. Because the single ASM card is always located in slot 15, you do not need to enter a card slot for this command. To configure the ASM alarms, use cnfasm (a SuperUser command).
dspasm
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | No | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfasm
Display the ASM card parameters.
dspasm
D1.jea TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:24 GMT
ASM Status: Active ASM Alarms
Statistics count: 7 Fan #1 RPM out of range
Statistics timeouts: 0 Fan #2 RPM out of range
Cabinet temperature: 21 C Fan #3 RPM out of range
Power voltage A/B: 0.0 / 0.0 V
PSU Ins Type Rev SerNum Failure
A N N/A N/A N/A N/A
B N N/A N/A N/A N/A
FAN 1 2 3
0000 0000 0000 RPM
Last Command: dspasm
Next Command:
Displays the current parameters for an ATM connection class template. There are ten number classes. The parameters and the values for each varies with the connection type (CBR, VBR, ABR, and ATFR).
dspatmcls <class number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
class number | Specifies the class whose current parameters you want to see. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnfatmcls, dspcls, cnfcls, dspcon, dspcons
Display the parameters for configuration class 1.
dspatmcls 1
night TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:22 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 1
Type: VBR
UPC SCR IBS MBS ABR PCR ABR PCR
y 500/500 10/10 1000/1000 - 500/500 -/-
ICR ICR TO Rate Up Rate Dn Rate FastDn Max Adjust CDVT[in cells]
-/- - - - - - 64000/64000
EFCI % Util FGCRA MFS CLP CLP Hi CLP Lo BCM
100/100 100/100 n/n -/- y 100/100 100/100 n/n
Description: "Default VBR 500"
Last Command: dspatmcls 1
Next Command:
Display the parameters for configuration class 1.
dspatmcls 1
night TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:22 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 3 Type: rt-VBR
PCR(0+1) %Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
2000/2000 100/100 10000/10000 n 2000/2000
MBS Policing
1000/1000 3
Description: "Default rt-VBR 2000"
_____________________________________________
Class: 4 Type: rt-VBR
PCR(0+1) %Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
8000/8000 100/100 10000/10000 n 8000/8000
MBS Policing
1000/1000 3
Description: "Default nrt-VBR 8000"
Last Command: dspatmcls 1
Next Command:
Displays the priority bumping parameters.
dspbmpparm
Parameter | Values | Description |
---|---|---|
Priority Bumping Enabled | ON or OFF Default: OFF | This flag specifies whether the priority bumping feature is activated on the node. |
Priority Bumping Bundle | 1-50 | The number of connections that can be selected in a priority bumping routing request when PB is enabled. |
Bumping Band 1 | 1-15 Default: 2 | The lowest value in the second most important COS band. Connections with a COS value below Bumping Band 1 are implicitly grouped as the most important band, Band0. Connections in Band 0 can bump those in other bands, but cannot be bumped. Connections in Band 1 can bump those in bands 2-7, and can only be bumped by those in Band 0. |
Bumping Band 2 | 1-15 Default: 4 | The lowest value in the third most important COS band. Connections in this band can bump those in bands 3-7, and can be bumped by those in bands 0-1. Bumping Band 2 cannot be less than Bumping Band 1. |
Bumping Band 3 | 1-15 Default: 6 | The lowest value in the fourth most important COS band. Connections in this band can bump those in bands 4-7, and can be bumped by those in bands 0-2. Bumping Band 3 cannot be less than Bumping Band 2. |
Bumping Band 4 | 1-15 Default: 8 | The lowest value in the fifth most important COS band. Connections in this band can bump those in bands 5-7, and can be bumped by those in bands 0-3. Bumping Band 4 cannot be less than Bumping Band 3. |
Bumping Band 5 | 1-15 Default: 10 | The lowest value in the sixth most important COS band. Connections in this band can bump those in bands 6-7, and can be bumped by those in bands 0-4. Bumping Band 5 cannot be less than Bumping Band 4. |
Bumping Band 6 | 1-15 Default: 12 | The lowest value in the seventh most important COS band. Connections in this band can only bump those in Band7, and can be bumped by those in bands 0-5. Bumping Band 6 cannot be less than Bumping Band 5. |
Bumping Band 7 | 1-15 Default: 14 | The lowest value in the least important COS band. Connections in this band cannot bump, but can be bumped by those in bands 1-6. Bumping Band 7 cannot be less than Bumping Band 6. |
Priority Bumping Active on this node? | YES or NO Default: NO | Indicates whether priority bumping is enabled or disabled on a particular node. |
Number of Priority Bumping Bands | 0-7 | Indicates the number of priority bands enabled. If priority bumping is not enabled, this value is 0. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfbmpparm
Use dspbmpparm to view the priority bumping parameters. Priority bumping for the whole network is shown at the top of the display, and then at the bottom for a specific node.
igxr2 TN StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.0K Jan. 26 2000 15:19 PDT
1 Priority Bumping Enabled [ YES]
2 Priority Bumping Bundle [ 10] (D)
3 Priority Bumping Bands:
Bumping Band 1 [ 2] (D)
Bumping Band 2 [ 4] (D)
Bumping Band 3 [ 6] (D)
Bumping Band 4 [ 8] (D)
Bumping Band 5 [ 10] (D)
Bumping Band 6 [ 12] (D)
Bumping Band 7 [ 14] (D)
Priority Bumping Active on this node [ YES]
Number of Priority Bumping Bands [ 7] (D)
Last Command: dspbmpparm
bpx1 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0K Jan. 26 2000 14:20 PST
1 Priority Bumping Enabled [ YES]
2 Priority Bumping Bundle [ 10] (D)
3 Priority Bumping Bands:
Bumping Band 1 [ 2] (D)
Bumping Band 2 [ 4] (D)
Bumping Band 3 [ 6] (D)
Bumping Band 4 [ 8] (D)
Bumping Band 5 [ 10] (D)
Bumping Band 6 [ 12] (D)
Bumping Band 7 [ 14] (D)
Priority Bumping Active on this node [ NO]
Number of Priority Bumping Bands [ 0] (D)
Last Command: dspbmpparm
Displays priority bumping operational statistics for the priority bumping feature.
dspbmpstats
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
| Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspbmpparm, cnfbmpparm, dsprrst s, rrtinf
Statistics Object | Description |
---|---|
Latest bumping band | The band value of the latest reroute connection that originates from this node. |
Latest bumped band | The band value of the latest connection that is bumped from this node. The bumped connection can be mastered or slaved on this node. It can even be simply traversing this node. The bumping connection also can be mastered on, slaved on, or simply that originates from this node. |
Hvm bumping band | The high water mark, since the last resetting of statistics, of the band value of any reroute connection that traverses this node |
Lwm bumped band | The low water mark, since the last resetting of statistics, of the band value of any connection that has been bumped from this node. |
Latest # bumping conns/req | The number of reroute candidate connections in the most recent reroute request. If there are many similar connections to be routed to the same destination, this value usually represents the bundle size of the Priority Bumping reroute request. |
Latest # bumped conns/req | The number of connections selected to be bumped from this node in the most recent reroute request. |
Hwm # bumping conns/req | The high water mark, since the last resetting of statistics, of the number of reroute candidate connections in any reroute request. |
Hwm # bumped conns/req | The high water mark, since the last resetting of statistics, of the number of connections selected to be bumped from this node in any reroute request. |
Accum # bumping conns | The total number, since the last resetting of statistics, of successfully routed connections. |
Accum # bumped Lcons | The total number, since the last resetting of statistics, of master or slave connections bumped from this node. |
Avg # bumping conns/req | The average number, since the last resetting of statistics, of successfully routed connections in a reroute request. |
Accum # bumped VLcons | The total number, since the last resetting of statistics, of via connections bumped from this node. |
dspbmpstats
sw67 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0L Jan. 28 2000 18:57 PST
PB Routing Statistic
Latest bumping band - Latest bumped band -
Hwm bumping band - Lwm bumped band -
Latest # bumping conns/req 0 Latest # bumped conns/req 0
Hwm # bumping conns/req 0 Hwm # bumped conns/req 0
Accum # bumping conns 0 Accum # bumped Lcons 0
Avg # bumping conns/req 0.00 Accum # bumped VLcons 0
Last Command: dspbmpstats
Shows the current state of all inputs from user equipment to the node the state of all outputs from the node to the user equipment. The display is real-time and updated at a user-specified interval. The display refreshes at the designated interval until the Delete key is pressed or until it times out.
See the cnfict description for information on configuring data interfaces. When used with Frame Relay T1/E1 applications, dspbob displays the message "This FRP does not support V.35 ports."
If an FRM-2 or FRP-2 card connects to a Port Concentrator Shelf (PCS), you can specify up to 44 ports by using the port parameter. In this case, dspbob displays the signal status for ports on the PCS. The PCS relays any changes in signal states to the FRM-2 or FRP-2, so a slight delay occurs when signals are updated.
When used for PCS ports, dspbob has an optional parameter measuring port clock speed. Selection of this parameter temporarily interrupts all traffic on the logical port. The events that take place upon input of this parameter are:
1. The port is disabled.
2. Two invalid frames are timed as they go out the port.
3. The port is reactivated.
dspbob <slot><port> [interval] [(measure clock speed) y | n ]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot> | Specifies the slot number of the card containing the port whose input and output pins are to be displayed. |
<port> | Specifies the data port or Frame Relay port whose input and output pins are to be displayed. |
[interval] | Optionally specifies the time in seconds, between updates of the breakout box display. If no interval is specified, the display is updated at five second intervals. Do not use an interval of "1" second in a busy network. |
[(measure clock speed) y | n ] | For Port Concentrator Shelf (PCS) only, optionally directs the system to measure the clock speed. If a Port Concentrator port is selected, the last measured clock speed is displayed on the Clocking line. When Measure Clock Speed is entered as an optional parameter, the clock is measured first, and the results are displayed. Clock speed measurement for PCS ports is described in the Cisco WAN Switching System Overview information for the PCS. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfict, dspcon, dspict
See the breakout box display for channel 5.1.
dspbob 5.1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:29 PST
Port: 5.1
Interface: V35 DCE
Clocking: Normal (255999 Baud)
Inputs from User Equipment Outputs to User Equipment
Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State
RTS C Off CTS D On
DTR H Off DSR E On
TxD P/S Idle DCD F Off
TT U/W Unused RI J Off
TM K Off
RxD R/T Idle
RxC V/X Active
TxC Y/a Active
This Command: dspbob 5.1
Hit DEL key to quit:
See the breakout box display for Frame Relay connections.
dspbob 9.1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:29 PST
Port: 9.1
Interface: FRI-V35 DTE
Clocking: Normal
Inputs from User Equipment Outputs to User Equipment
Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State
CTS D Off RTS C On
DSR E Off DTR H On
DCD F Off LT L Off
(TM) n Off (RLB) N Off
This Command: dspbob 9.1
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays the amount of bandwidth allocated on the cell bus on an IGX node. By default, the system allocates enough bus bandwidth for one OC-3 when the first line is upped by using the upln command. If there is not enough allocated cell bus bandwidth, the line is not upped. Cell bus bandwidth must be allocated before adding connections on the UXM card.
dspbusbw <slot> [u]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot> | Specifies the slot number of the card containing the universal bus bandwidth information to display. |
[u] | Optionally specifies that the card should update the information with the latest information calculated in firmware. If not provided, the system will prompt you. |
Display | Description |
---|---|
Minimum Required Bandwidth | Minimum bandwidth in FastPackets per second and cells per second required for all connections currently configured on this card. This is calculated by UXM firmware as connections are added. |
Maximum Port Bandwidth | Total bandwidth of all active trunks/ports on this card in FastPackets per second, cells per second, and UBUs. |
Average Bandwidth and Peak Used Bandwidth | Statistics counters maintained by UXM firmware. These statistic counters display FastPackets per second, cells per second, and UBUs. Use this information when calculating the amount of bus bandwidth to be allocated. These counters are cleared when the UXM card is reset. |
Last Updated time | Shows the time when the counters were last updated. This is the current time if you answered yes to the Get updated bandwidth info from card (Y/N)? prompt or entered the command with the u parameter. |
Allocated Bandwidth | The bandwidth allocated for this card using the cnfbusbw command. Refer to the Cisco WAN Switching SuperUser Commands manual for more information. Allocated bandwidth is specified in FastPackets per second, cells per second and converted to UBU units by the system. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX (with UXM) |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfbusbw
Display the amount of bandwidth allocated on the cell bus on the UXM card in slot 6 of the IGX node.
dspbusbw 6
Get updated bandwidth info from card (Y/N)? n
sw199 TN StrataCom IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:52 GMT
1\NBus Bandwidth Usage for UXM card in slot 6 Last Updated on 04/07/98 12:03:0
0
FPkts/sec Cells/sec UBUs
Minimum Reqd Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Average Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Peak Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Maximum Port Bandwidth: - 10866 3
Allocated Bandwidth: 8
(Cell Only): - 32000
(Cell+Fpkt): 16000 24000
(Fpkts / 2 + Cells) <= 32000
Reserved Bandwidth: - 4000 1
Last Command: dspbusbw 6
Next Command: dspbusbw 6
Get updated bandwidth info from card (Y/N)? y
sw199 TN StrataCom IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:53 GMT
1\NBus Bandwidth Usage for UXM card in slot 6 Last Updated on 04/09/98 17:53:2
2
FPkts/sec Cells/sec UBUs
Minimum Reqd Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Average Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Peak Used Bandwidth: 0 0 0
Maximum Port Bandwidth: - 10866 3
Allocated Bandwidth: 8
(Cell Only): - 32000
(Cell+Fpkt): 16000 24000
(Fpkts / 2 + Cells) <= 32000
Reserved Bandwidth: - 4000 1
Last Command: dspbusbw 6
Displays the available Muxbus or cell bus bandwidth. The display does not dynamically receive updates and is therefore a snapshot. The dspbuses command lists the dedicated and pooled bandwidth units as well as the status of the available Muxbus.
As a safeguard against bus failure, each node is equipped with redundant System Buses: Bus A and Bus B. Either bus can be configured as the active bus with the other bus as standby. Use the cnfbus command to switch the active bus.
Each System Bus contains these buses:
In addition to showing which System Bus is active and which is standby, the dspbuses command also shows which sub-bus needs diagnostics or has failed. Bus status is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Table 4-3 shows the possible status displays and their meaning.
Status | Description |
---|---|
OK | Bus operation satisfactory |
Failed TDM | A failed TDM Bus |
Failed CNTL | A failed Control Bus |
Needs Diagnostics TDM | The TDM bus needs diagnostics |
Needs Diagnostics CNTL | The Control Bus needs diagnostics |
The remaining cell bus bandwidth available to assign to cards and circuits is displayed. This is primarily used when configuring the AIT card on the IGX node. You can assign CELLBUS bandwidth for the IGX node.
Available bandwidth falls into two categories:
Cell bus bandwidth is assigned in quantities of "switches," "slices," and "circuits" and the available bandwidth is displayed in three rows accordingly. A single DS0 circuit occupies 333 packets per second (pps) of cell bus bandwidth, a "slice" of bandwidth is equivalent to three DS0 circuits for a total of 1000 pps. A switch is eight slices for a total of 8000 packets/second of bus bandwidth.
In a newly installed node with no cards and no circuits installed, the total bus bandwidth that is available to be assigned is listed in the right column of Table 4-4, which is the sum of the dedicated and pooled bandwidth. As cards and circuits are added to the node, the available bandwidth decreases accordingly.
Unit of BW | Quantity | Cell Bus Capacity |
---|---|---|
switch | 8 slices or 8000 pps | 20 |
slice | 3 DS0s or 1000 pps | 160 |
DS0 | 333 pps | 480 |
dspbuses
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfbus
dspbuses
bpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:22 GMT
Bus Status
Bus A (slot 7): Active - OK
Bus B (slot 8): Standby - OK
Last Command: dspbuses
Next Command:
dspbuses
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 04:10 GMT
Bus Info
Bus Bandwidth usage in Fastpackets/second (Snapshot)
Allocated = 86000 ( 8%)
Available = 1082000 (92%)
-----------
Bus A: Active - OK
Bus B: Standby - OK
Last Command: dspbuses
Display status and bandwidth available. The status of Bus A and Bus B is displayed. In this example, both buses are OK and B is the active control bus (normal operation is for bus A to be the active bus).
dspbuses
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:34 PST
Bus Info
Available MUXBUS bandwidth (snapshot)
Dedicated Pooled Units
--------- ------ -----
0 13 8000 pkts/sec
5 104 1000 pkts/sec
22 312 ds0 circuits
Bus Status
-----------
Bus A: Standby - OK
Bus B: Active - OK
Last Command: dspbuses
Next Command:
The dspcardstats command displays the collected BXM card statistics for the selected node slot.
dspcardstats <slot number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot number> | Specifies the shelf and slot. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
| Yes | Yes | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfslotstats
Display BXM Card Statistics
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Date/Time Not Set
ASI-T3 12 Status: Clear - Slot OK Clrd: Date/Time Not Set
Type Count ETS Status Type
utopia-2 discard count 0 0
utopia-2 misalign count 0 0
atm fr. pyld parity err 0 0
bfr hdr parity err 0 0
null bfrm header err 0 0
brame hoq req t/o 0 0
poll bus parity err 0 0
bfr queue parity err 0 0
bfr bip16 parity err 0 0
mc addr tbl parity err 0 0
eap arfd pndg err 0 0
This Command: dspcardstats 12
Continue?
Table 4-5 lists BXM card statistics names and descriptions for the dspcardstats command. The table gives the objects that the BXM firmware sends to the switch software. In most cases the object name and screen field name are similar or identical; however, descriptions may vary from the field names as they appear on the dspcardstats screen.
Object ID | Object Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3: Tag ID Byte 4-7: IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with ComBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | Auto-Reset Option | 0 - Disable 1 - Enable | 1 | Controls whether the statistics read should be automatically reset to 0. |
03 | Poll-Bus A Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Includes both Poll-Bus A & B Parity Errors from SIMBA. |
04-05 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
06 | Tx BIP-16 Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BXM BFrame Queue Parity errors existed. |
07 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
08 | SBUS BFrame BIP-16 Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BFrame (non-header) BIP-16 errors existed. |
09 | SBUS BFrame Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which BFrame Header BIP-16 errors existed. |
0A | RESERVED |
|
|
|
0B | SIU Phase Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which SIU Clock Failures or Phase Margin errors existed. |
0C | Standby PRBS Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which SIU Rx errors existed. |
0D-12 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
13 | Poll Clock Error Count | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which latched poll clock failures existed. |
14 | RESERVED |
|
|
|
15 | Monarch- | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Any time there is a Monarch-Specific Error occurrence (i.e., any of the errors listed in the following group of Object IDs) this counter is incremented. Hence, the software can just get this object to see if any errors have happened. If the counter is 0, then there is no need for S/W to fetch the remaining objects. If it is non-zero, then the remaining objects should be fetched to determine which error it is. |
16 | Utopia-2 discard error | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
17 | Utopia-2 Misalign error | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
18 | ATM Fr. Pyld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the ATM Frame Payload Parity error. |
19 | ATM Fr. hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the ATM Frame Payload Parity error. |
1A | BFr. Hdr. Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error is the BFrame Header Parity error (half-word PE using MSB as the check bit). |
1B | Null BFrm Header Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that a null BFrame header was accessed. |
1C | BFrame HOQ Req T/O | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is the BFrame HOQ Request Time-out error. |
1D | Poll Bus Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This is a generic poll-bus parity error. |
1E | BFr. Queue Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
1F | BFr. BIP16 Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error is the BFrame BIP-16 parity error as detected by SIMBA. |
20 | BFr Hdr. BIP16 Prty Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that there was a BFrame header BIP-16 Parity error. |
21 | MC Addr Tbl Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This error indicates that there was a Multicast Address Table Parity error. |
22 | EAP ARFD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an EAP Alternate Reg File Data Pending error. |
23 | EAP PRFD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an EAP Primary Reg File Data Pending error. |
24 | ECOE RFBD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an ECOE Reg File B Data Pending error. |
25 | ECOE RFAD Pndg. Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an ECOE Reg File A Data pending error. |
26 | MCE Q Data Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an MCE Queue Data Parity error. |
27 | MCE Q Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that SIMBA detected an MCE Queue Header Parity error. |
28 | MC Rec. Tbl Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. |
29 | Cell Mem Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that a Cell Memory Parity Error was detected. |
2A | VC T/S Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected VC T/S Addr/Config errors. |
2B | Rx A Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A Header Parity errors. |
2C | Rx A Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A Payload Parity errors. |
2D | Rx A SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A SOC out-of-sync errors. |
2E | Rx A Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx A Discard Counter errors. |
2F | Rx B Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B Header Parity errors. |
30 | Rx B Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B Payload Parity errors. |
31 | Rx B SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B SOC out-of-sync errors. |
32 | Rx B Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx B Discard Counter errors. |
33 | Rx C Hdr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C Header Parity errors. |
34 | Rx C Payld Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C Payload Parity errors. |
35 | Rx C SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C SOC out-of-sync errors. |
36 | Rx C Disc Ctr Events | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Rx C Discard Counter errors. |
37 | Cell Mem Hdr PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Cell Memory Header Parity errors. |
38 | Cell Mem Pyld PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the QE has detected Cell Memory Payload Parity errors. |
39 | FRMCP Alt. IF Crc Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected FRMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3A | FRMCP Pri. IF Crc Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected FRMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3B | BRMCP Pri IF CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected BRMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3C | BRMCP Alt IF CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected BRMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3D | OAMCP Pri. CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Primary IF CRC errors. |
3E | OAMCP Alt. CRC Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Alternate IF CRC errors. |
3F | OAMCP Cell Fltr Parity Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected OAMCP Cell Filter Parity errors. |
40 | ERP Exp. Rate BIP Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP Explicit Rate BIP errors. |
41 | ERP LCN BIP Parity Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP LCN BIP Parity errors. |
42 | ERP Missing Exp. Rte Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected ERP Message Explicit Rate errors. |
43 | Rx Pri. IF Hdr PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F Header Parity errors. |
44 | Rx Pri. IF Pyld Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F Payload Parity errors. |
45 | Rx Pri IF SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F SOC out-of-sync errors. |
46 | Rx Pri. IF Disc Ctr Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Primary I/F Discard Counter errors. |
47 | Rx Alt. IF Hdr PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F Header Parity errors. |
48 | Rx Alt. IF Pyld Errors | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F Payload Parity errors. |
49 | Rx Alt IF SOC OOS Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F SOC out-of-sync errors. |
4A | Rx Alt. IF Disc Ctr Err | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected Rx Alternate I/F Discard Counter errors. |
4B | SDC Sch RAM PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected SDC External Schedule RAM Parity errors. |
4C | VCSD ICG LUT PEs | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected VCSD ICG LUT Parity errors. |
4D | RRC Ext Rate RAM PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected RRC External Rate RAM Parity errors. |
4E | VCSA QE Sts Bus PE | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SABRE has detected VCSA Status Bus Parity errors. |
4F | PRB Sec Req Sent Cnt | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SIMBA has detected Sec Req Send errors. |
50 | PRB Sec Req Acpt Cnt | 0 - 232-1 | NA | Count of 100 msec intervals during which this error existed. This indicates that the SIMBA has detected Sec Req Accept errors. |
Queries the specified slot and displays information about the CBA blocks. While running this command, it periodically queries the card and the display continuously updates the CBA parameters, showing block usage among AutoRoute and VSI.
To display a summary of CBA usage on all active UXMs on the node, enter dspcbause with no parameters.
To display CBA usage on a specific active UXM card, enter dspcbause with the slot number parameter.
dspcbause [slot_no] [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[slot_no] | Optionally specifies the slot number of a particular UXM card. |
[interval] | Optionally specifies the interval in seconds. Default: 10 seconds. |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
CBABlocksAllocated | The number of CBA blocks allocated. 32 CBAs are equal to one block. |
CBABlocksUsed | Number of CBA blocks used by the slot for connections. |
CBAsUsed | Number of CBAs used by the slot for connections. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | No | IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
dspcbause
Display CBA and CBA block use of Automatic Routing Management and VSI (on a node).
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:10 PST
VSI CBA allocation summary for all slots :
Slot VSI LCNs CBA Blks Actual CBA Blks
to be alloced alloced
4 200 7 7
5 2000 63 63
Last Command: dspcbause
Next Command:
Display CBA and CBA block use among AutoRoute and VSI (on a slot).
dspcbause 5
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:11 PST
CBA Usage for slot 5
CBA Blocks allocated = 63 CBA Blocks used = 16
CBA Block Bitmap:
80 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
140 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
200 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2C0 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
380 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
440 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
500 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5C0 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
680 : 0 0 F8 FF 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This Command: dspcbause 5
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays the status, revision, serial number, and top assembly number of a card. If a back card is present, its type, revision, and serial number appear. The displayed information can vary with different card types and appears on a single-page display.
The dspcd screen:
To view all the ports and trunks on a given slot, use the dsplogcd command. The second page of the dsplogcd command shows each port and interface type corresponding to that slot.port.
In support of feature mismatch checking in Release 9.2, the dspcd command provides mismatch information for the specified card.
In Release 9.2 and higher, the minimum PCR without policing is 6 cps. In Release 9.3.0, the switch software supports connections with policing enabled and with PCR values as low as 6 cps, with certain card limitations. If this feature is enabled on a card, but the card is replaced by another card with older firmware (not supporting this feature), the dspcd screen displays "Mismatch" in the status field and indicates the reason for the mismatch.
If SONET APS is configured (which allows switching of SONET lines from the active line to a standby line to provide hardware line redundancy), the dspcd command displays the front and back card SONET APS attributes. For the front card, APS attributes are displayed if the front card supports one of these:
If the back card is a redundant back card, the slot number of the redundant back card is displayed, as well as the reasons for the card's APS mismatch.
For Release 9.3.0, the Top Assembly Number, also known as the board revision number, is included in the dspcd display. The Top Assembly Number is used to denote a 73-level part number, 800-level part number, 28-level part number, or whatever number exists in the NOVRAM.
For Release 9.3.10, support for the ILMI and ELMI protocols is included on the IGX, and the Neighbor Discovery feature is supported on both the BPX and IGX. Support for the ILMI and ELMI protocols and the Neighbor Discovery feature is reported in the dspcd display.
Also with Release 9.3.10, the UXM supports the VSI feature. VSI allocates IGX resources needed for setting up connections, such as system bandwidth and channel space, to a number of external connection-management entities that manage calls/connections with PNNI, MPLS, or other protocols. Support for the VSI feature is reported in the dspcd display for UXM cards.
In Release 9.3.20, the dspcd command supports the Universal Router Module (URM), a combination of a URM front card and a 2FE2V back card, introduced on the IGX 8400. The URM provides IOS-based voice support and basic routing functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router.
Also in Release 9.3.20, the dspcd command shows different versions of the UXM and BXM cards. On the IGX, the UXM card is shown as UXM or UXM-E. Likewise, on the BPX, the BXM card is shown as BXM or BXM-E.
dspcd <slot number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot number> | Specifies the slot number of the card for which you wish to see status and identifying information. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dncd, dspcds, resetcd, upcd
Display the detailed information for the UXM-E card in slot 5. The display includes the Top Assembly Number and lists the features supported under the Front Card Supports field. This example shows support for ILMI protocol, the Neighbor Discovery feature, and VSI. The display also shows that the card is a UXM-E (Front Card is UXME).
dspcd 5
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 07:11 GMT
Detailed Card Display for UXM in slot 5
Status: Active (Front Card is UXME)
Revision: CA23 Front Card Supports:
Serial Number: 305621 Vtrunks, OAMLpbk & TrfcGen, ILMI ver 1,
Top Asm Number: 28274601 Neighbor Discovery, SIW, CGW, CellFwd,
Backplane Installed Hot Standby, Trfc Shaping, IMA,
Backcard Installed ChnStatLvl 2, NumChans = 8000,
Type: OC3 NumRCMP = 16382, VSI ver 2, VSI Ctrlr
Revision: AD
Serial Number: 296957
Ports: 4
Line Mode: MMF
Last Command: dspcd 5
Displays Neighbor Discovery support under the Front Card Supports field for a BXM card in slot 4.
dspcd 4
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 22 2000
20:15 GMT
Detailed Card Display for BXM-155 in slot 4
Status: Standby
Revision: JD26 Backcard Installed
Serial Number: 653226 Type: LM-BXM
Top Asm Number: 28215802 Revision: EW
Queue Size: 228300 Serial Number: ......
Support: 4 Pts, OC3, FST, VcShp Supp: 8 Pts,OC3,SMF,RedSlot:NO
Supp: VT,ChStLv 1,VSI(Lv 2,ITM)
Support: APS(FW)
Support: LMIv 1,ILMIv 1,NbrDisc
Support: OAMLp, TrfcGen
#Ch:16320,PG[1]:8160,PG[2]:8160
PG[1]:1,2,PG[2]:3,4,
#Sched_Ch:16384
Last Command: dspcd 4
Display the detailed information for the Universal Router Module (URM) in slot 15 on the IGX node.
dspcd 15
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Nov. 1 2000 06:58 GMT
Detailed Card Display for URM in slot 15
Status: Active Front Card Supports:
Revision: AA12 OAMLpbk & TrfcGen, ILMI ver 1,
Serial Number: 340182 Neighbor Discovery, SIW, CGW, CellFwd,
Top Asm Number: 8000626002 Trfc Shaping, ChnStatLvl 1,
Backplane Installed NumChans = 941, IOS Router
Backcard Installed
Type: 2FE2V
Revision: EW
Serial Number: 012345
Last Command: dspcd 15
Display the detailed information for the BXM-E card in slot 12. The card is shown as type BXME (Type field), revision level E (revision field).
dspcd 12
sw147 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2M Nov. 9 2000 11:21 PST
Detailed Card Display for BXM-T3 in slot 12
Status: Standby
Revision: FAC Backcard Installed
Serial Number: 979117 Type: LM-BXM
Top Asm Number: 8000393302 Revision: BA
Queue Size: 131000 Serial Number: 633036
Support: 8 Pts, T3, FST, VcShp Supp: 12 Pts,T3/E3
Supp: VT,ChStLv 1,VSI(Lv 2,ITM)
Support: LMIv 1,ILMIv 1
Support: OAMLp, TrfcGen
Support: pcr < 50cps
#Ch:16320,PG[1]:16320
PG[1]:1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,
#Sched_Ch:28672
Type: BXME, revision E
Last Command: dspcd 12
Displays detailed card failure information resulting from card diagnostics testing at the local node.
This command displays a history of card failures associated with a specified slot. If no argument is specified, a summary is displayed, indicating which slots have failures recorded against them. The command displays the results of the self-tests and background tests as well as the total hardware errors.
To clear the card error counters, use the clrcderrs command. To obtain a hard copy of the report, use the prtcderrs command.
dspcderrs [<slot>]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[<slot>] | Specifies the shelf slot in the local node. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrcderrs, prtcderrs
Display card errors on the card in slot 11.
dspcderrs 11
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:56 PST
AIT in Slot 11 : 176767 Rev AEF Failures Cleared: Apr. 13 2000 11:25:29 PST
----------------------------------- Records Cleared: Apr. 13 2000 13:14:03 PST
Self Test Threshold Counter: 0 Threshold Limit: 300
Total Pass: 0 Total Fail: 0 Total Abort: 0
First Pass: Last Pass:
First Fail: Last Fail:
Hardware Error Total Events: 0 Threshold Counter: 0
First Event: Last Event:
Last Command: dspcderrs 11
Next Command:
Displays information for Y-cable pairings. Slot numbers appearing in high intensity indicate active card status. Front card, back card, and channel configuration conflicts appear in reverse video. A conflict occurs when the port interfaces are different for corresponding ports in a redundant slot pair. The output display shows:
Remaining columns (Channel Configuration) describe the channel configurations when appropriate.
dspcdred [slot]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[slot] | Optionally specifies a single slot. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
addyred, delyred, prtyred
Display card redundancy for cards in slots 2 and 3.
dspyred
beta TRM YourID:1 BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:27 MST
Slot Other Front Back Channel Configuration
Slot Type Slot Card Card 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 Pri 3 BXM LM-BXM
3 Sec 2 BXM LM-BXM
Last Command: dspyred 2 3
Next Command:
Displays the cards in a shelf, front and back, with their type, revision, and status. For front and back card sets, the status field applies to the cards as a set. A "T" opposite a card indicates that it is running a self-test or a background test. An "F" opposite a card indicates that it has failed a test.
If lines or connections have been configured for a slot, but no suitable card is present, the display lists the missing cards at the top of the screen.
If a special backplane is installed or if a card was previously installed, empty slots are identified as "reserved."
For a two-shelf node, the screen initially displays only the upper shelf with a "Continue?" prompt. Typing "y" to the prompt displays the cards in the lower shelf. For an IGX 8410 node, the card information appears in only the left column.
dspcds [l]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
l | Directs the system to display status of the cards on just the lower shelf of an IGX 32 node. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dncd, dspcd, resetcd, upcd
| Card in use, no failure detected. |
| Card in use, failure detected. |
| Card active, test in progress. |
| Card active, minor failure detected, test in progress. |
| Card idle, no failure. |
| Card idle, failure detected. |
| Card idle, test in progress. |
| Card idle, failure detected, test in progress. |
| Card failed. |
| Card downed by user. |
| Card downed, failure detected. |
| Card downed, failure detected, test in progress. |
| Mismatch between front card and back card. |
| Configuration RAM being updated from active control card. |
| Old software version is being maintained in case it is needed. |
| Downloading new system software from the active PCC adjacent node from WAN Manager. |
| Looking to adjacent nodes or WAN Manager for either software to load or other software needs you have not specifically requested. |
| Occurs when new firmware is being burned on the card. |
In the preceding messages, an asterisk (*) means an additional status designation for BCC or NPM cards. An "F" flag in the card status indicates that a non-terminal failure was detected. Cards with an "F" status are activated only when necessary (for example, when no other card of that type is available). Cards with a "Failed" status are never activated.
The "reserved for" logic in Release 9.2 reserves the slot for a BXM if SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching) has been configured on the slot.
To support the Hitless Rebuild feature in Release 9.2, after a switchover has occurred and the standby updates are about to begin, the dspcds command shows the standby processor card as missing temporarily. This is a result of the delay in performing the full rebuild on the standby processor, which is necessary as part of the hitless rebuild sequence.
Following any processor card switchover, the new standby rebuilds, preserving the critical databases needed for a hitless rebuild. When database updates can start, the standby rebuilds again doing a normal standby rebuild. If there is a failure on the new active card that causes it to switch back before updates can start, the card taking over performs a hitless rebuild. Under most conditions, the second switchover is not necessary, and a full rebuild is done on the standby processor. As this process begins, the standby card briefly appears to be missing.
In Release 9.3.20, the dspcds command supports the Universal Router Module (URM), a combination of a URM front card and a 2FE2V back card, introduced on the IGX 8400 to provide IOS-based voice support and basic routing functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router.
Display the status of cards in an IGX node with Universal Router Module (URM) cards.
dspcds
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e9 Oct. 6 2000 05:07 GMT
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 Empty reserved for NPM 9 FRM ESV FRI-T1 AL Standby
2 NPM CWS Active 10 URM AAA 2FE2V AL Active
3 Empty 11 URM AAA 2FE2V AL Standby
4 Empty 12 UXM ENW OC3 AL Standby
5 Empty universal backplane 13 FTM CKA FPC-V35 AE Standby-T
6 Empty universal backplane 14 Empty universal backplane
7 BTM DJC BTM-T3 AE Standby-T 15 Empty universal backplane
8 NTM EKJ T1 AL Standby 16 UXM CDB OC3 AD Active
Last Command:dspcds
Display status of cards on a BPX node. The two-port BME card with OC-12 interface is in slot 11.
dspcds
sw60 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:36 GMT
Missing Cards: 1 BCC
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 BNI-T3 CCF T3-3 BE Active 9 BNI-155 BDK MMF-2 CM Standby
2 Empty 10 Empty
3 ASI-T3 BJF T3-2 AA Standby 11 BME-622 K08 11LM-BXM P02AB Active
4 ASI-E3 BMJ E3-2 BE Standby 12 ASI-155 BDK MMF-2 AB Standby
5 BNI-E3 CMF E3-3 EY Standby 13 Empty
6 Empty 14 Empty
7 BCC BWF LMBCC AC Active 15 ASM ACA LMASM AC Active
8 Empty reserved for Card
Last Command: dspcds
Displays the test pattern used for the communications fail test.
This test pattern is used to test the controller communication path to a node that does not respond to normal controller traffic. The test pattern defaults to an alternating 8-byte sequence of 00 and FF. Refer to cnfcftst command for other patterns and how to reconfigure this pattern.
dspcftst
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfcftst
dspcftst
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:57 PST
Comm Fail Test Pattern.
Byte 0: FF Byte 12: 00 Byte 24: FF Byte 36: 00 Byte 48: FF
Byte 1: FF Byte 13: 00 Byte 25: FF Byte 37: 00 Byte 49: FF
Byte 2: FF Byte 14: 00 Byte 26: FF Byte 38: 00 Byte 50: FF
Byte 3: FF Byte 15: 00 Byte 27: FF Byte 39: 00 Byte 51: FF
Byte 4: 00 Byte 16: FF Byte 28: 00 Byte 40: FF Byte 52: 00
Byte 5: 00 Byte 17: FF Byte 29: 00 Byte 41: FF Byte 53: 00
Byte 6: 00 Byte 18: FF Byte 30: 00 Byte 42: FF Byte 54: 00
Byte 7: 00 Byte 19: FF Byte 31: 00 Byte 43: FF Byte 55: 00
Byte 8: FF Byte 20: 00 Byte 32: FF Byte 44: 00 Byte 56: FF
Byte 9: FF Byte 21: 00 Byte 33: FF Byte 45: 00 Byte 57: FF
Byte 10: FF Byte 22: 00 Byte 34: FF Byte 46: 00 Byte 58: FF
Byte 11: FF Byte 23: 00 Byte 35: FF Byte 47: 00 Byte 59: FF
Last Command: dspcftst
Next Command:
Displays the configuration of IGX voice channels. This is primarily a debug command that allows you to inspect the data structure defining a channel. Parameters for voice and signaling processing on a CVM voice channel are displayed by this command. Table 4-6 lists the displayed CVM parameters. Many of these parameters are also displayed elsewhere.
dspchan <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the voice channel connection to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfcdpparm
Parameter | Parameter | Parameter | Parameter |
---|---|---|---|
VC Index | Dial Type | TX Sig | iec converge. |
In Loss | TX A-D bit | RX Sig | Hi Pass F |
Out Loss | RX A-D bit | Clr Chn | es loss |
Chan Type | Signaling | Sig Rate | Fmodem |
Sig. Intg | Echo supr | PLY MSBhx | ADV |
Xmt. dlay | Wink Puls | PLY LSBhx | Cond ID |
Smpl dlay | TX A-D Qual | In use | iec erl lvl |
Bk noise | RX A-D Qual | DPU | iec Hregs. |
DSI smple | TX Code | iec cancel | iec tone dsbl |
Chan Util | RX Code | iec nlp | adpcm flag |
Onhk A-D |
|
|
|
dspchan 7.1
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:06 PST
Channel Data Base for CDP card 7 chan. 000000 at address 30BF29EC
VC Index -1 Onhk C 4
In Loss 0 Onhk D 4
Out Loss 0 Dial Type 0
Chan Type 1 TX A bit 1
Sig. Intg 96 TX B bit 1
Xmt. dlay 5 TX C bit 0
Smpl dlay 1 TX D bit 1
Bk noise 67 RX A bit 1
DSI smple 168 RX B bit 1
Chan Util 40 RX C bit 0
Onhk A 3 RX D bit 1
Onhk B 3 Signaling TSP MODE
This Command: dspchan 7.1
Continue?
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:07 PST
Channel Data Base for CDP card 7 chan. 000000 at address 30BF29EC
TX CODE 3 iec cancel 0
RX CODE 3 iec nlp 1
TX SIG 0 iec converg. 1
RX SIG 0 iec erl lvl 1
CLR CHN 0 iec Hregs. 1
SIG RATE 0 iec tone dsbl 1
PLY MSBhx 1 adpcm flag 0
PLY LSBhx 90
In use 0
DPU -
Last Command: dspchan 7.1
Next Command:
dspchan 11.1
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 12:16 GMT
Channel Data Base for 11.1 on BXM at address 0x325C48DA
pcnfg_nm_chans 0 apc_metro 0
pcnfg_bandwidth 353208 pcnfg_basis 0
pcnfg_frst_indx 0 apc_t1_basis 0
pcnfg_chan_cnt 5 apc_nni_port 0
pcnfg_loop 0
pcnfg_state 1
pcnfg_cnfg 1
pcnfg_hipri 0
pcnfg_com_fail 0
pcnfg_ptp_conn 0
Last Command: dspchan 11.1
Displays configuration details for voice, data, ATM, or Frame Relay channels.
When you specify a voice channel with dspchcnf, the display shows configuration details for all channels on the specified circuit line starting with the specified channel:
The data cards that support this command are the HDM, LDM, UVM, and CVM/CVP cards on the IGX node.
For data connections on the specified card and starting with the specified channel, the dspchcnf command displays configuration details for all channels on the specified data card (CDP, SDP, or LDP) starting with the specified channel:
The display includes configuration details for all channels on the specified FRP port starting with the specified channel. If you specify a Frame Relay port only with no DLCI, the display includes configuration details for all channels on the Frame Relay port specified. The display also indicates either Cisco parameters or standard Frame Relay parameters where appropriate.
When you specify a Frame Relay channel with dspchcnf, the display shows:
dspchcnf <start_channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<start_channel> | Specifies the channel to begin the display. The format for a CDP or CVM is slot.channel. The format for a UVM is slot.line.channel. The format for an IMA-compliant line is slot.line.start_channelend_channel. The format for Frame Relay is slot.port.DLCI. The DLCI parameter is optional. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfdch, cnfchadv, cnfchdfm, cnfchdl, cnfcheia, cnfchgn, cnfchtp, cnfchutl, cnffrcon, cnfchpri
Display the channel configuration of line 7.1.1-24. The card in slot 7 is a UVM.
dpchcnf 7.1.1
sw109 VT cisco IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:59 PST
% Adaptive Gain (dB) Dial Interface OnHk Cond
Channels Util Voice Fax In Out Type Type A B C D Crit
7.1.1-24 40 Enabled Disabled 0 0 Inband 2W E&M 0 X - - a
7.2.1-24 40 Enabled Disabled 0 0 Inband Unconfig ? ? - - a
Last Command: dspchcnf 7.1.1
Next Command:
Show channel configuration of line 13. The card in slot 13 is a CVM.
dspchcnf 13.1
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 19 2000 23:32 PST
% Adaptive Gain (dB) Dial Interface OnHk Cond
Channels Util Voice Fax In Out Type Type A B C D Crit
13.1-24 60 Enabled - 0 0 Inband Unconfig ? ? - - a
Last Command: dspchcnf 13.1
Show data channels starting at 13.1.
dspchcnf 13.1
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 12:15 GMT
Maximum EIA % DFM Pattern DFM Idle Code PreAge
Channels Update Rate Util Length Status Suppr (usec)
13.1-8 2 100 8 Enabled - 0
Last Command: dspchcnf 13.1
Show data channels starting at 13.1.
dspchcnf 9.1
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 20 2000 12:29 GMT
Frame Relay Channel Configuration Port: 9.1
From MIR CIR VCQ Dep PIR Cmax ECNQ Th QIR FST %Utl
9.1.918 59.5 59.5 61440 59.5 10 21504 59.5 n 100
9.1.919 19.2 19.2 61440 19.2 10 21504 19.2 n 100
9.1.920 19.2 19.2 61440 19.2 10 21504 19.2 n 100
Last Command: dspchcnf 9.1
Displays dial type configurations for all channels on a circuit line:
dspchdlcnf <start_channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<start_channel> | Specifies the channel at which the display begins. For a CDP or CVM, the format is slot.channel. For a UVM, the format is slot.line.channel. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfchdl
Channel Type | Dial Type | Description |
---|---|---|
All | Dial Type | Inband, pulse, or user-configured. |
User-configured | signaling delay | The signaling delay on a channel. |
| minimum wink | The minimum wink on the channel. Minimum wink does not apply to a CDP or CVM channel. |
| interdigit time | The interdigit times on a channel. Interdigit time does not apply to a CDP or CVM channel. |
| playout delay | The playout delay on a channel. Range: 12 ms-96 ms |
Display the dial type configuration for all channels beginning with 14.1.
dspchdlcnf 14.1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:45 PST
Channels Type Sig Delay Min Wink IntDigit Time Playout Delay
14.1-24 Inband 12 141 300 -
Last Command: dspchdlcnf 14.1
Next Command:
Displays the integrated echo canceller (IEC) parameters for one or more voice channels. The dspchec command does not apply to CAS or data channels. The specified channels must be on a CDP, CVM, or UVM. See Table 4-7 for what dspchec displays.
Category | Possible Value |
---|---|
Echo cancellation | Enabled or Disabled |
Echo Return Loss (.1 dBs) | High/low (loss is in units are 0.1 dBs) |
Tone Disabler | Enabled or Disabled |
Convergence | Enabled or Disabled |
Nonlinear Processing | Enabled or Disabled |
Voice Template | USA, other |
dspchec <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel or channels to display. For a CVM or CDP, the format is slot.channel(s). For a UVM, the format is slot.line.channel(s). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfchec
Category | Possible Value |
---|---|
Echo cancellation | Enabled or Disabled |
Echo Return Loss (.1 dBs) | High/low (loss is in units are 0.1 dBs) |
Tone Disabler | Enabled or Disabled |
Convergence | Enabled or Disabled |
Nonlinear Processing | Enabled or Disabled |
Voice Template | USA, other |
Display the echo canceller configuration for channel 7.1.
dspchec 7.1
pubsipx1 TN cisco IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 06:10 PDT
Echo Echo Return Tone Conver- Non-Linear Voice
Channels Cancel Loss (.1 dBs) Disabler gence Processing Tmplt
7.1 Enabled High 60 Enabled Enabled Enabled USA
7.2-31 Disabled High 60 Enabled Enabled Enabled USA
Last Command: dspchec 7.1
Next Command:
Displays the configuration of enabled statistics for a channel to help debug problems with statistics gathering.
Use the cnfcdparm command to configure the channel statistics level (level 1, 2, or 3) on BXM and UXM cards.
The command output is a list of the connection statistics as set by the cnfchstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by IGX features.
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
dspchstatcnf <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel whose statistics configuration you want to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfchstats, dspchstathist, cnfcdparm
dspchstatcnf 5.1.100.100
pubsbpx1 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 23:13 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Channel 5.1.100.100
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
41) AAL5 Cells Discarded for VCQ Full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
42) Average VCq Depth in Cells 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
43) Cells lost due to Rsrc Overflow 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
44) Cells discarded for SBIN full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
45) Cells Transmitted with EFCI(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
46) Cells Transmitted(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
47) Cells Received from Network 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
48) Cells discarded for QBIN full 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
49) Cells discarded when QBIN>CLP 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
50) Cells Transmitted with CLP (Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
51) BCM Cells Received(Port) 1 30 4 NONE TFTP
This Command: dspchstatcnf 5.1.100.100
Continue?
Displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected channel. This command is intended for debugging problems with statistics gathering. It displays the data for the number of samples specified in the configuration of the channel statistic. You select a statistic from the list in the dspchstathist display. Specify only an enabled statistic.
You can use the cnfdparm command to configure the channel statistics level on the BXM and UXM cards. Make a note of the statistics types enabled, the collection interval, and owner; you will need this information to obtain the statistics history. Use cnfchstats to enable a statistic if it is not already enabled.
dspchstathist <channel> <stat> <owner> <interval>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel. |
<stat> | Specifies the number of the statistic to view. |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the selected statistics's original configuration (the choices are "auto," "user," and "tftp"). You might need to enter "AUTO" in all capital letters. |
<interval> | Specifies the time period of statistics collection to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfchstats, cnfchlevel, dspchstatcnf
A display for channel 6.1 packets transmitted (1 second interval) history.
dspchstathist 6.1 7 1 AUTO
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:53 PDT
Packets Transmitted on Channel 6.1
Interval: 1 Minute(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), NO Peaks, Owner: Automatic
0 - 1699
-1 - 1698
-2 - 1698
-3 - 1699
-4 - 1698
-5 - 1698
-6 - 1698
-7 - 1699
-8 - 1697
-9 - 1699
Last Command: dspchstathist 6.1 7 1 AUTO
Next Command:
Displays summary statistics. This command is intended for debugging problems with statistics gathering. It displays the data for the last five occurrences of the channel statistic.
The multilevel channels statistics feature provides additional levels of channel statistics configuration for the BXM/UXM cards. You can use the cnfcdparm command to configure the channel statistic level on the BXM and UXM cards. For more information see the cnfcdparm command description.
The examples show these statistics categories:
dspchstats <channel> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel defined according to the channel type. ATM format: slot.port.vpi.vci Frame Relay format: slot.port.DLCI Voice or data format: slot.port |
<interval> | Specifies the refresh interval for displaying data. If the Rx Q depth and the Tx Q depth fields remain "0", make sure that a value other than "0" is specified for the interval parameter. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfchstats, dspchstatcnf
Table 4-8 displays 35 statistics that are available for each Frame Relay PVC channel. Note that the statistic field name listed may be slightly different from the field name on the dspchstats screen.
Statistic | Description |
---|---|
Frames Received (Ingress) | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment. This statistic is incremented even when the received frame is invalid or discarded for any reason. (See possible reasons below.) |
Receive Frames Discarded (Ingress) | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment that were discarded before being sent into the network or aborted after some portion had been already sent into the network. Possible reasons for discard are:
Frame received with DE = 1 and the PVC's ingress queue is filled at least to the DE threshold and the global DE feature is enabled (using the cnfsysparm command). Frames discarded for this reason are specifically counted in the PVC DE Frames Dropped statistic (below).
This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic. |
Frames Transmitted (Egress) | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment. |
Transmit Frames Discarded | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames that were not able to be transmitted to the attached equipment. Possible reasons for discard are: Port Transmit Queue Overflowthat is, the frame traversed the network successfully but encountered a full egress port queue. Frames discarded for this reason are specifically counted in the PVC Tx Frames Discarded - Q Overflow statistic (below) and the port Tx Frames Discarded - Queue Overflow statistic (above). Incomplete Frame at Egressthat is, no end-of-frame (EOF) packet received for any reason. The most common cause is a CRC error detected at ingress; that is, the beginning of the frame traversed the network successfully but the end of the frame was never sent because a CRC error was detected at the end of the frame at ingress. Frames discarded due to a missing EOF packet (because of ingress CRC error or EOF packets dropped in a trunk) are specifically counted in the PVC Tx Frames Discarded - Ingress CRC statistic (below). Ingress CRC errors are also counted in the ingress port Receive Frame CRC Errors statistic (above). Incorrect Frame Lengththat is, the expected frame length (recorded in the end-of-frame packet) is different from the total payload of all the packets that arrive. Such a frame length error could be caused by:
Invalid Frame Lengththat is, the frame is longer than 4510 octets long. This could occur if the end-of-frame packet from one frame and the start-of-frame packet of the next frame are both missing due to discards on a trunk, resulting in a concatenated frame. Frames discarded for this reason are counted in the PVC Tx Frames Discarded - Trunk Discard statistic (below). Frame CRC errorthat is, the calculated CRC at the destination does not match the original frame's CRC (contained within the received packets). This situation can occur as a result of transmission bit errors on payload bits on one or more packets of the frame. Frames discarded for this reason are specifically counted in the PVC Tx Frames Discarded - Trunk Discard statistic (below). |
Packets Received | This statistic provides a count of the number of packets received across the network. These are the packets that are used to recreate all the frames which are counted in the PVC Frames Transmitted and Transmit Frames Discarded statistics (above). |
Receive Packets Discarded | This statistic provides a count of the number of packets received across the network but whose payload was ultimately discarded because they contained portions of the frames which are discarded and counted in the Transmit Frames Discarded statistic (above). |
Packets Transmitted | This statistic provides a count of the number of packets submitted to the network. These packets are all the packets that were generated from the non-errored received frames (Frames Received minus Receive Frames Discarded) as well as some of the packets from the errored-received frames (Receive Frames Discarded). Some packets from errored receive frames may be submitted to the network because the IGX does not wait to receive the entire frame before starting to packetize the frame and send it through the network. Consequently, if an error is detected at the end of the frame (for example, CRC error, alignment error, length error), the frame is aborted only after some packets may have been sent. |
Bytes Received | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Frames Received statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. |
Receive Bytes Discarded | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Receive Frames Discarded statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. |
Bytes Transmitted | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Frames Transmitted statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. |
Transmit Bytes Discarded | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Transmit Frames Discarded statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. |
Seconds in Service | This statistic provides a count of the number of seconds during which the PVC was in service. The PVC is considered in service any time the PVC is not failed (due to endpoint hardware failure/absence or inability to find a route through the network) or downed (intentionally out of service due to operator action). |
Frames Transmitted with FECN | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment with the Forward Explicit Congestion Notification (FECN) bit set, regardless of where in the network the congestion was experienced. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Transmitted statistic. This statistic is also a subset of the port Frames Transmitted with FECN statistic. |
Frames Transmitted with BECN | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment with the Backward Explicit Congestion Notification (BECN) bit set, regardless of where in the network the congestion was experienced. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Transmitted statistic. This statistic is also a subset of the port Frames Transmitted with BECN statistic. |
Minutes Congested | This statistic provides a count of the number of minutes during which 50 percent or more of the frames transmitted to the attached equipment have the Forward Explicit Congestion Notification (FECN) bit set. |
| The threshold (default: 50 percent) that defines congestion is configurable (by a SuperUser) using the cnffstparm command. |
DE Frames Received | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment with the Discard Eligible (DE) bit already set. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic |
DE Frames Transmitted | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment with the Discard Eligible (DE) bit set, regardless of why or where the DE bit was set. If IDE-to-DE mapping is enabled on the port, this statistic includes those frames that have their DE bit set by the IDE-to-DE mapping function. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Transmitted statistic. |
DE Frames Dropped | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached device which were discarded because the frame's DE bit is set and the PVC's ingress buffer has reached the DE threshold. The DE threshold is configured as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Receive Frames Discarded statistic. This statistic is a subset of the PVC DE Frames Received statistic. |
DE Bytes Received | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the DE Frames Received statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Bytes Received statistic. |
Frames Received in Excess of CIR | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment which exceed the configured Committed Information Rate (CIR) for the PVC. Whether a frame is considered "in excess of CIR" depends on whether the DE feature is enabled (using the cnfsysparm command).
This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic |
Bytes Received in Excess of CIR | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Frames Received in Excess of CIR statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Bytes Received statistic. |
Frames Transmitted in Excess of CIR | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment which:
All of these conditions have in common that the packets carrying these frames all have CLP=1. It is actually the status of the CLP bits in the arriving packets that is monitored at egress. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Transmitted statistic. |
Bytes Transmitted in Excess of CIR | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Frames Transmitted in Excess of CIR statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Bytes Transmitted statistic. |
Rx Frames DiscardedDeroute/Down | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment which are discarded because the PVC is routed (due to endpoint hardware failure/absence or inability to find a route through the network) or "downed" (intentionally out of service due to operator action). This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic. |
Rx Bytes DiscardedDeroute/Down | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Rx Frames Discarded - Deroute/Down statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Bytes Received statistic. This statistic is also a subset of the PVC Receive Bytes Discarded statistic. |
Rx Frames DiscardedVC Q Overflow | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment which are discarded because the PVC ingress buffer (VC Q) is full. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Received statistic. |
Rx Bytes DiscardedVC Q Overflow | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Rx Frames Discarded - VC Q Overflow statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Bytes Received statistic. This statistic is also a subset of the PVC Receive Bytes Discarded statistic. |
Tx Frames DiscardedQ Overflow | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames which were not able to be transmitted to the attached equipment because the port's egress buffer is full. The port's egress buffer may fill (and overflow) due to oversubscription. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Frames Discarded statistic. This statistic is a subset of the port Tx Frames Discarded - Q Overflow statistic. |
Tx Bytes DiscardedQ Overflow | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Tx Frames Discarded - Q Overflow statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Bytes Discarded statistic. This statistic is a subset of the port Tx Bytes Discarded - Q Overflow statistic. |
Tx Frames DiscardedIngress CRC | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames which were not able to be transmitted to the attached equipment because the frame is incomplete. Specifically, this statistic is incremented any time an end-of-frame (EOF) packet is missing. In other words:
The most likely cause of any of these conditions is a CRC error detected at ingress causing the end of the frame (including at least the end-of-frame packet and maybe one or more middle-of-frame packets) to not be sent. A less likely cause for the missing EOF packet is that the packet was dropped due to a transmission bit error in the packet header that is detected by a trunk along the PVC's path. Such conditions are included in this statistic. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Frames Discarded statistic. |
Tx Bytes DiscardedIngress CRC | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Tx Bytes Discarded - Ingress CRC statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as any octets which arrived successfully. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Bytes Discarded statistic. |
Tx Frames DiscardedTrunk Discard | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames that were not able to transmitted to the attached equipment because the frame: has an incorrect length, that is, the expected frame length (recorded in the end-of-frame packet) is different than the total payload of all the packets which arrive. Such a frame length error could be caused by:
In any of the cases above, a packet could be discarded on a network trunk either due to extreme trunk congestion or a detected transmission bit error on the packet header. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Frames Discarded statistic. |
Tx Bytes DiscardedTrunk Discard | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Tx Bytes Discarded - Trunk Discard statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the PVC Transmit Bytes Discarded statistic. |
Tx Frames During Ingress LMI Failure | This statistic provides a count of the number of frames that were transmitted to the attached equipment while the signaling protocol on the local port was failed (that is, when the port was in a Port Communication Failure state). This statistic is a subset of the PVC Frames Transmitted statistic |
Tx Bytes During Ingress LMI Failure | This statistic provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the Tx Frames During Ingress LMI Failure statistic (above). The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. |
DE Feature Enabled | DE = 1 | > CIR | VC_Q > DE Threshold | Action |
No | Don't care | No | Don't care | Send |
No | Don't care | Yes | Don't care | Set CLP=E1 in all packets |
Yes | No | No | No | Send |
Yes | No | No | Yes | Set CLP=E1 in all packets |
Yes | No | Yes | No | Set CLP=E1 in all packets |
Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Set CLP=E1 in all packets |
Yes | Yes | Don't care | No | Set CLP=E1 in all packets |
Yes | Yes | Don't care | Yes | Discard frame |
DE Feature Enabled | DE=1 | > CIR | VC_Q > DE Thresh | Action |
No | Don't care | No | Don't care | Send |
No | Don't care | Yes | Don't care | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Don't care | No | No | No | Send |
Don't care | No | No | Yes | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Don't care | No | Yes | No | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Don't care | No | Yes | Yes | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Yes | Yes | Don't care | No | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Yes | Yes | Don't care | Yes | Discard frame |
DE Feature Enabled | DE=1 | > CIR | Action |
No | Don't care | No | Send |
No | Don't care | Yes | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Don't care | No | No | Send |
Don't care | No | Yes | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
Yes | Yes | Don't care | Set CLP=1 in all packets |
IDE = 1 | IDE = 1 | IDE to DE Mapping Enabled | Action |
Yes | Don't care | Don't care | DE=1 (No change to DE bit) --> Tx_Q |
No | No | Don't care | DE=1 (No change to DE bit) --> Tx_Q |
No | Yes | No | DE=1 (No change to DE bit) --> Tx_Q |
No | Yes | Yes | DE=1 (Change DE bit) --> Tx_Q |
DE Feature Enabled | DE=1 | Tx_Q > DE Threshold | Action |
No | Don't care | Don't care | If space available, put frame into Tx_Q |
Yes | No | Don't care | If space available, put frame into Tx_Q |
Yes | Yes | No | If space available, put frame into Tx_Q |
Yes | Yes | Yes | Discard frame |
Display the channel statistics for connection 14.1.1.
The system response shows these statistics categories:
dspchstats 14.1.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 13:07 PST
Channel Statistics: 14.1.1 Cleared: Jan. 15 2001 09:06 (|)
MIR: 64/64 kbps Collection Time: 3 day(s) 04:09:55 Corrupted: NO
Frames Avg Size Avg Util Packets Avg
(bytes) (fps) (%) (pps)
From Port: 0 0 0 0
To Network: 0 0 0 0 0 0
Discarded: 0 0 0 0
From Network: 0 0 0 0 0 0
To Port: 0 0 0 0
Discarded: 0 0 0 0 0 0
ECN Stats: Avg Rx VC Q: 0 ForeSight RTD --
Min-Pk bytes rcvd: -- FECN Frames: 0 FECN Ratio (%) 0
Minutes Congested: -- BECN Frames: 0 BECN Ratio (%) 0
Frames rcvd in excess of CIR: 0 Bytes rcvd in excess of CIR: 0
Frames xmtd in excess of CIR: 0 Bytes xmtd in excess of CIR: 0
This Command: dspchstats 14.1.1
Hit DEL key to quit:
Display the channel statistics for connection 4.1.50.1.
dspchstats 4.1.50.1
night TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 02:46 GMT
Channel Statistics for 4.1.50.1 Cleared: Apr. 13 2000 02:53 (|)
MCR: 0 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 18:10:22 Corrupted: NO
Traffic Cells CLP Avg CPS %util Discards: Cells
From Port : 14710 0 0 0 VcQ > CLP: 0
To Network : 14710 --- 0 0 VcQ Full : 0
From Network: 14710 --- 0 0 Qbin Full: 0
To Port : 14710 14710 0 0 Qbin> CLP: 0
Failed : 14710
OAM Cells RsrcOVL : 0
VC Q : 0 Tx OAM : 29608 NonCompliant: 0
Rx EFCI : 0 Rx AIS : 14710
Tx EFCI : 0 Rx FERF: 0 ForeSight Cells
Rx BCM : 0 Adj Up : 0
Tx BCM : 0 Adj Dn : 0
AAL-5 Frames: 0 Adj Fdn: 0
This Command: dspchstats 4.1.50.1
Hit DEL key to quit:
Display statistics for connection 13.1.100 with a 10-second interval between screen updates.
dspchstats 13.1.100 10
sw142 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:38 PDT
Channel Statistics: 13.1.100 Cleared: Apr. 13 2000 11:50 (/)
MCR: 150 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:00:00 Corrupted: NO
Cells Avg Util
(cps) (%)
From Port: 0 0 0
To Network: 0 0 0
Discarded: 0 0 0
From Network: 0 0 0
To Port: 0 0 0
Discarded: 0 0 0
This Command: dspchstats 13.1.100
Hit DEL key to quit:
Display statistics for connection 9.2.1.100. The card in slot 9 is a UXM.
dspchstats 9.2.1.100
sw199 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:25 PDT
Channel Statistics: 9.2.1.100 Snapshot
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 13:28:47 Clrd: 08/27/97 19:47:24
Type Count
Cells Received from Port 0
Cells Transmitted to Network 0
Cells Received from Network 0
Cells Transmitted to Port 0
EOF Cells Received from Port 0
Cells Received with CLP=1 0
Cells Received with CLP=0 0
Non-Compliant Cells Received 0
Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells 0
Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 0
Ingress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate 0
Egress Vsvd Allowed Cell Rate 0
OAM state (0:OK,1:FERF,2:AIS) 0
Good Pdu's Received by the Sar 0
Good Pdu's Transmitted by the Sar 0
Rx pdu's discarded by the Sar 0
Tx pdu's discarded by the Sar 0
Invalid CRC32 pdu rx by the sar 0
Invalid Length pdu rx by the sar 0
Shrt-Lgth Fail detected by the sar 0
Lng-Lgth Fail detected by the sar 0
Last Command: dspchstats 9.2.1.100
Display statistics for connection 2.1.1.1 (with a VPI of 1, and VCI of 1), and an interval of 1.
dspchstats 2.1.1.1 1
sw57 TRM StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3 Date/Time Not Set
Channel Statistics for 2.1.1.1 Cleared: Date/Time Not Set (\) Snapshot
MCR: 96000/96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:01:45 Corrupted: NO
Traffic Cells CLP Avg CPS %util Chan Stat Addr: 30EBB36C
From Port : 0 0 0 0
To Network : 0 --- 0 0
From Network: 0 0 0 0
To Port : 0 --- 0 0
NonCmplnt Dscd: 0 Rx Q Depth : 0 Tx Q Depth : 0
Rx Vsvd ACR : 0 Tx Vsvd ACR : 0 Bkwd SECB : 0
Bkwd Lost Cell: 0 Bkwd Msin Cell: 0 Bkwd BIPV : 0
Fwd SECB : 0 Fwd Lost Cell : 0 Fwd Msin Cell : 0
Fwd BIPV : 0
Last Command: dspchstats 2.1.1.1 1
Next Command:
CD Minor Alarm
Display statistics for connection 10.1.205.101 (with a VPI of 205 and VCI of 101).
dspchstats 10.1.205.101
m2a TN StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:19 GMT
Channel Statistics: 10.1.205.101
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 23:02:58 Clrd: 05/13/98 14:33:00
Type Count Traffic Rate (cps)
Cells Received from Port 82978 From port 0
Cells Transmitted to Network 82978 To network 0
Cells Received from Network 82978 From network 0
Cells Transmitted to Port 82978 To port 0
EOF Cells Received from Port 0
Cells Received with CLP=1 0
Cells Received with CLP=0 82978
Non-Compliant Cells Received 0
Average Rx VCq Depth in Cells 0
Average Tx Vcq Depth in Cells 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=1 0
Cells Transmitted with EFCI=0 82978
This Command: dspchstats 10.1.205.101
Table 4-14 provides some statistics information for SAR on the BXM card. The switch software collects miscellaneous statistics regarding the Monarch SAR (Segmentation, Assembly, and Reassembly). Note that the object name typically maps to the screen field name on the dspchstats screen.
Object ID | Object Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3 : Tag ID Byte 4-7 : IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with CommBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | Ingress Unknown AAL5 Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of unknown AAL5 PDUs discarded in the ingress. |
03 | Egress Unknown ALL5 Discards | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of unknown AAL5 PDUs discarded in the egress. |
04 | Ingress Frame Ready FIFO Overruns | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of ingress frame-ready FIFO overruns. |
05 | Egress Frame Ready FIFO Overruns | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of egress frame-ready FIFO overruns. |
06 | Ingress Frame Ready FIFO Fulls | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of ingress frame-ready FIFO fulls. |
07 | Egress Frame Ready FIFO Fulls | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of egress frame-ready FIFO fulls. |
08 | Ingress Frame Ready FIFO Half-Fulls | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of ingress frame-ready half-fulls. |
09 | Egress Frame Ready FIFO Half-Fulls | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of egress frame-ready half-fulls. |
0A | Inverse ARP Requests Rcv | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of inverse ARP requests received. |
0B | Inverse ARP Replies Rcv | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of inverse ARP replies received. |
0C | Bad /errored ARP packets rcv | 0 - 232-1
| N/A | Number of invalid or unknown type ARP packets received. |
0D | Inverse ARP Requests Xmt | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of inverse ARP requests transmitted. |
0E | Inverse ARP Replies Xmt | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of inverse ARP replies transmitted. |
0F | Errored ARP packet Xmt | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of invalid or unknown type ARP packets transmitted. |
10 | Bad LLC/NSAP PDUs Rcv | 0 - 232-1 | N/A | Number of illegal LLC/NSAP packets received. |
Displays a summary of the channel distribution in a given slot of a BPX or IGX switch. It shows the distribution of channels between Automatic Routing Management PVCs, networking channels, VSI management channels, and channels allocated to the VSI slave.
If you do not enter a slot number, a summary of channels allocated for all the BXM or UXM cards that are active will be displayed. You are then prompted to enter a slot number.
dspchuse <slot>
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | No | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Max | Maximum number of channels supported on the card. |
Used | Number of channels currently used; this includes all types of channels: networking channels, PVCs, VSI master-slave VCs, and channels allocated to VSI partitions |
Avail | Number or channels still available for use. |
Netw | Number of network channels used. For each trunk interface (feeder trunk, physical trunk, or virtual trunk) that is up, 270 channels are reserved for networking. For an enhanced UXM card, 270 channels are allocated for networking when the first trunk is upped. For all the subsequent trunks, networking channels are allocated from the RCMP reserve. |
PVC cnfg | Number of channels configured for PVCs (AR connections). |
VSI mgmt | Number of channels used for VSI master-slave VCs. |
VSI cnfg | VSI channels reserved for use by the slave to set up connections requested via the VSI interface. |
PVC used | Channels currently used by Automatic Routing Management connections. |
vsi min | VSI min channels configured for a partition via the cnfrsrc command. |
vsi max | VSI max channels configured for a partition via the cnfrsrc command. |
Display channel management summary for slot 11.
dspcbuse 11
-----------------------------------SCREEN 1------------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 12:51 GMT
Channel Management Summary for Slot 11
max used avail netw pvc cnfg vsi mgmt vsi cnf
card 11: 16320 1023 15297 271 512 0 240
port grp 1: 8160 1023 7137 271 512 0 240
port grp 2: 8160 0 8160 0 0 0 0
pvc cnfg pvc used nw used vsi mgmt vsi min vsi max
phy if 1: 256 10 0 0
phy port: 256 10 0
part 1: 40 100
part 2: 100 240
phy if 2: 256 10 271 0
This Command: dspchuse 11
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 2------------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 12:52 GMT
Channel Management Summary for Slot 11
pvc cnfg pvc used nw used vsi mgmt vsi min vsi max
phy if 2: 256 10 271 0
phy trk: 256 10
part 2: 100 100
phy if 3: 0 0 0 0
phy if 4: 0 0 0 0
phy if 5: 0 0 0 0
phy if 6: 0 0 0 0
phy if 7: 0 0 0 0
phy if 8: 0 0 0 0
Last Command: dspchuse 11
Display CBA and CBA block use of Automatic Route Management and VSI (on a node).
dspcbause
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:10 PST
VSI CBA allocation summary for all slots :
Slot VSI LCNs CBA Blks Actual CBA Blks
to be alloced alloced
4 200 7 7
5 2000 63 63
Last Command: dspcbause
Next Command:
Display CBA and CBA block use among Auto Route and VSI (on a slot).
dspcbause 5
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:11 PST
CBA Usage for slot 5
CBA Blocks allocated = 63 CBA Blocks used = 16
CBA Block Bitmap:
80 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
140 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
200 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2C0 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
380 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
440 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
500 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5C0 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
680 : 0 0 F8 FF 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This Command: dspcbause 5
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays all clock sources for the network. The display for unreachable or failed clock sources flashes on and off.
dspclksrcs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfclksrc, dspcurclk
Display the network clock sources.
dspclksrcs
bootzilla TRM YourID: Numba 1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:32 MST
Network Clock Sources
Primary
bootzilla CLN 15
Secondary
None
Tertiary
None
Last Command: dspclksrcs
Next Command:
Displays the accumulated error count since the last time errors were reset. Table 4-15 lists the types of circuit line errors. The clrclnerrs command clears the error counters for circuit lines.
The dsplnerrs and dspclnerrs commands are the same.
Type | Explanation |
---|---|
Bipolar errors | Number of times that two consecutive pulses had the same polarity (applies to AMI coding only). |
Frame slips | Number of times a frame was discarded to re-establish synchronization. |
Out of frames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism was detected on this circuit line. |
Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the circuit line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
Frame bit errors | Number of times the frame bit failed to alternate (frame error). |
CRC errors | Number of times the generated CRC character did not match the received CRC character (applies only if CRC checking is enabled). |
Out of MFrames | Number of times a multiframe synch error was detected (E1 lines only). |
AIS - 16 | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
dspclnerrs [slot | slot.line]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot or | For most circuit lines, the slot number is the line number. To use this optional parameter on a UFM, enter one of the line numbers. With no optional parameter specification, a summary screen for all line errors appears. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrclnerrs, prtclnerrs
Display a summary of all circuit line errors.
dspclnerrs
sw151 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:45 GMT
Total Errors
Code Frame Out of Loss of Frame CRC Out of
CLN Errors Slips Frames Signal BitErrs Errors MFrames AIS-16
9 0 - 0 0 - 0 - -
5.1 0 - 0 0 - 0 - -
12 0 0 0 0 - 0 - -
5.2 0 - 0 0 - 0 - -
Last Command: dspclnerrs
Next Command:
Display the circuit line errors for line 5.1 on the UFM card in slot 5.
dspclnerrs 5.1
sw151 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:38 GMT
Circuit Line 5.1 Status:Major - Out of Frm (RED) Clrd: 06/20/96 12:08:38
Type Count ETS Status Type Count ETS Status
Bipolar Err 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
Frame Slips - - AIS (BLU) 0 -
Out of Frms 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 2 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 Frm Err Rate(RED) - -
Frame BitErrs - - AIS-16 (RED) - -
CRC Err 0 0 Rmt Oof (YEL) 0 -
AIS-16 - - Out of MFms (RED) -
Out of MFms - - Rmt Oom (YEL) - -
Local CGA (RED) - -
Remote CGA (YEL) - -
Last Command: dspclnerrs 5.1
Next Command:
SW MAJOR ALAR
Displays statistics configured for a selected circuit line as enabled by the cnflnstats (or alias cnfclnstats) command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by IGX features. (Note that the dsplnstatcnf command is an older alias for dspclnstatcnf.)
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
dspclnstatcnf <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot or slot.line. If the card has only one line, you can enter just the slot. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfclnstats
dspclnstatcnf 4.1
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 12:57 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Circuit Line 4.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
1) Bipolar Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
3) Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
4) Losses of Signal 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
5) Frames Bit Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
6) CRC Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
29) Line Code Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
32) Line Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
35) Path Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
41) BIP-8 Code Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
98) Frame Sync Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
Last Command: dspclnstatcnf 4.1
1
Displays a history of statistics enabled for a circuit line, including the last five occurrences of the circuit line statistic. When you first enter dspclnstathist, you select the circuit line statistic from the displayed list.
Use the dspclnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled for the selected channel. Use cnfclnstats to enable a statistic.
dspclnstathist <line> <statistic number> <interval> <owner>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample. Range: 1-255 minutes |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user," or "tftp"). You might have to enter owner "AUTO" in all capital letters. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfclnstats, dspclnstatcnf
A display for T1 circuit line 14 bipolar violations (60-second interval) history.
dspclnstathist 14 1 60 AUTO
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:00 PDT
Bipolar Violations on Circuit Line 14
Interval: 60 Minute(s), Data Size: 4 Byte(s), 10 S Peaks, Owner: Automatic
0 - 0(0)
-1 - 0(0)
-2 - 0(0)
-3 - 0(0)
-4 - 0(0)
Last Command: dspclnstathist 14 1 60 AUTO
Next Command:
Displays the current parameters for a connection class template. There are ten number classes. The parameters and the values for each varies with the type of connection (CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, ABR, and ATFR). Connection parameters for the rt-VBR and nrt-VBR connection classes display separately.
dspcls - Display ATM or Frame Relay Connection Classes
Cannot be included in Jobs.
Usage: dspcls atm | fr
dspcls <atm | fr>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<atm | fr> | Specifies either ATM or Frame Relay |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnfcls, dspcon, dspcons
Display the parameters for ATM on IGX.
dspcls atm
-----------------------------------SCREEN 1------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:01 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 1 Type: ABRSTD
PCR(0+1) % Util MCR CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC VSVD
96000/96000 100/100 96000/96000 10000/10000 n n
Policing
4
Description: "Default ABR 96000"
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 2------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:06 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 2 Type: nrt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
1000/1000 100/100 10000/10000 n 1000/1000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default nrt-VBR 1000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 3------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:06 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 3 Type: rt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
4000/4000 100/100 10000/10000 n 4000/4000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default rt-VBR 4000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 4------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:03 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 4 Type: nrt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
8000/8000 100/100 10000/10000 n 8000/8000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default VBR nrt-8000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 5------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:04 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 5 Type: nrt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
16000/16000 100/100 10000/10000 n 16000/16000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default nrt-VBR 16000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 6------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:07 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 6 Type: nrt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
32000/32000 100/100 10000/10000 n 32000/32000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default nrt-VBR 32000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 7------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:08 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 7 Type: nrt-VBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
96000/96000 100/100 10000/10000 n 96000/96000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Description: "Default nrt-VBR 96000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 8------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:09 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 8 Type: CBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi
500/500 100/100 10000/10000 4 160/160 80/80
CLP Lo
35/35
Description: "Default CBR 500 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 9------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:09 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 9 Type: CBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi
1000/1000 100/100 10000/10000 4 160/160 80/80
CLP Lo
35/35
Description: "Default CBR 1000 "
This Command: dspcls atm
Continue? y
-----------------------------------SCREEN 10-----------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 13:09 GMT
ATM Connection Classes
Class: 10 Type: CBR
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi
4000/4000 100/100 10000/10000 4 160/160 80/80
CLP Lo
35/35
Description: "Default CBR 4000"
Last Command: dspcls atm
Displays the status for the configuration save and restore processes on all nodes in the network.
The display lists the various nodes, the backup ID name of the saved configuration, the time and date saved, and the Cisco WAN Manager terminal it is saved on.
If the status displays "Reserved for Firmware," a firmware image is maintained in memory after it is loaded. Use the getfwrev 0.0 command to clear the firmware image.
If a configuration image is displayed, clear the old configuration image by using savecnf clear or loadcnf clear.
Caution Do not use clrcnf without first discussing the action with TAC. |
dspcnf
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
savecnf, loadcnf, runcnf
dspcnf
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:21 PST
Node Backup ID Revision Date/Time (GMT) Status
-------- --------- -------- ----------------- ---------------------------------
sw78 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw81 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw84 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
sw79 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
sw86 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Unreachable
sw83 mark 9.2.00 02/22/97 16:36:26 Save on Cisco WAN Manager at sw78 complete
Last Command: dspcnf
Next Command:
Displays counter status statistics for both BPX and IGX (such as Connection, Port, Trunk, and so on) for a given statistics object.
dspcntrstats <stat_object_type><oid>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<stat_object_type> | Specifies the object type for statistics display. |
<oid> | Object ID. Identifies the object for statistics display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfcntrstats
Display Counter Statistics for Virtual Port 6 on card 3 in slot 4 of the BPX.
dspcntrstats 4 3.6
Counter Stats for Port 3.6
RTC STATS Value RTC STATS Value
Inv LMI PDU Rx : 0 Inv LMI len Rx : 0
Unk LMI PDU Rx : 0 Inv LMI IE Rx : 0
Inv Trans IDs : 0 Rx Clp 0 Cells : 0
Rx Clp 0 Dscd : 0 Rx Clp 1 Dscd : 0
Tx Clp 0 Cells : 0 Tx OAM Cells : 0
Rx RM Count : 0 Tx RM Count : 0
Lst Unk VpiVci : 0 Qbin 0 CTXL : 0
Tx Q0 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN0 CRx : 0
Qbin 1 CTXL : 0 Tx Q1 CDscd : 0
Egr QBIN1 CRx : 0 Qbin 2 CTXL : 0
Tx Q2 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN2 CRx : 0
Qbin 3 CTXL : 0 Tx Q3 CDscd : 0
This Command: dspcntrstats 4 3.6
Next/previous page? (+/-/DEL key to quit):
NODENAME TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Counter Stats for Port 3.6
RTC STATS Value RTC STATS Value
Egr QBIN3 CRx : 0 Qbin 9 CTXL : 0
Tx Q9 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN9 CRx : 0
Qbin 10 CTXL : 0 Tx Q10 CDscd : 0
Egr QBIN10 CRx : 0 Qbin 11 CTXL : 0
Tx Q11 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN11 CRx : 0
Qbin 12 CTXL : 0 Tx Q12 CDscd : 0
Egr QBIN12 CRx : 0 Qbin 13 CTXL : 0
Tx Q13 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN13 CRx : 0
Qbin 14 CTXL : 0 Tx Q14 CDscd : 0
Egr QBIN14 CRx : 0 Qbin 15 CTXL : 0
Tx Q15 CDscd : 0 Egr QBIN15 CRx : 0
This Command: dspcntrstats 4 3.6
Previous page? (-/DEL key to quit):
Display Counter Statistics for Trunk 5.2 of the IGX.
dspcntrstats 5.2
Enter Object Type:
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:48 GMT
Counter Stats for Trunk 5.2 (ltrk = 1)
RTC STATS Value RTC STATS Value
Txntscdscd : 0 Txhpcdscd : 0
Txvcdscd : 0 Txtscdscd : 0
Txbdacdscd : 0 Txbdbcdscd : 0
Txcbrcdscd : 0 Txabrcdscd : 0
Txvbrcdscd : 0 VI: Cells transmitted : 0
VI: Cells received : 0 TxQ10cdscd : 0
TxQ11cdscd : 0 TxQ12cdscd : 0
TxQ13cdscd : 0 TxQ14cdscd : 0
TxQ15cdscd : 0
Display Counter Statistics for Port 5.1 on card 4 of the IGX.
dspcntrstats 4.5.1
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:48 GMT
Counter Stats for Port 5.1
RTC STATS Value RTC STATS Value
PORT: Unknwn VPI/VCI cnt: 0 VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 : 0
VI: OAM cells received : 0 VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 : 0
VI: Cells transmitted : 0 VI: Cells received : 0
ILMI: Get Req PDUs rcvd : 0 ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS rx: 0
ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS xmt:0 ILMI: Set Req PDUs rcvd : 0
ILMI: Trap PDUs rcvd : 0 ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs rcvd : 0
ILMI: Get Req PDUs xmt : 0 ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs xmt : 0
ILMI: Trap PDUs xmt : 0 ILMI: Unknwn PDUs rcvd : 0
LMI: Status messages xmt: 0 LMI: Updt Status msgs xmt:0
LMI: Status Ack msgs xmt: 0 LMI: Status Enq msgs rcvd:0
LMI: Status Enq msgs xmt: 0 LMI: Status msgs rcvd : 0
LMI: Updt Status msg rcvd:0 LMI: Status Ack msg rcvd: 0
This Command: dspcntrstats 4 5.1
Next page? (+/DEL key to quit):
Display Counter Statistics for Physical Line 5.2 of the IGX.
dspcntrstats 5.2
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:49 GMT
Counter Stats for Physical Line 5.2 (l_physln = 1)
RTC STATS Value RTC STATS Value
Bpv : 0 Oof : 1
Los : 1 Fer : 0
CRC : 0 Lcv : 262140
Pcvl : 2 Pcvp : 2
Bcv : 3 Total Cells Tx to line : 0
Total Cells Rx from line: 0 FSyncErr : 1
This Command: dspcntrstats 5.2
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays connection information for a specified channel. The information displayed includes:
The status that may be displayed includes:
| OK | Connection good |
| FAILED | Connection failed |
dspcon <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel for the connection details display. The command displays connection information for one channel at a time. The format for channel on a CDP or CVM is slot.channel. The format for a channel on a UVM is slot.line.channel. slot.port.connection_ID. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnfcos, cnfpref, cnfrtcost, dspcons
Display connection information for voice channel 10.1.1.
dspcon 10.1.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:26 PST
Conn: 10.1.1 igxr02 20.1.1 p Status:OK
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0 Compression: NONE
Path: igxr03 19.1--12.3igxr02
Pref: Not Configured
igxr03 UVM: OK igxr02 UVM: OK
Line 10.1 : OK OFFHK Line 20.1 : OK
Last Command: dspcon 10.1.1
Displays connection information for a specified channel. The information displayed includes:
The status that may be displayed includes:
| OK | Connection OK |
| FAILED | Connection failed |
dspcon <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channel | Specifies the channel. The command displays connection information for one channel at a time. The format for channel specification is slot.channel. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfchec, cnfrtcost
Display information for data channel 6.4.
dspcon 6.4
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:36 PST
Conn: 6.4 igxr02 18.4 128 7/8 Status:OK
Owner: REMOTE Restriction: NONE COS: 0 Compression: DFM
Path: igxr03 19.2--12.4igxr02
Pref: Not Configured
igxr03 HDM: OK igxr02 HDM: OK
SDI: OK SDI: OK
Clock: OK Clock: OK
Last Command: dspcon 6.4
Displays connection information for a channel. The information displayed includes:
A failure that affects the connection flashes on the screen. For Frame Relay NNI ports, the NNI value indicates the A-bit value was received over the NNI from the remote network. The possible status messages are:
| Connection OK. |
| Connection failed. |
| DLCI was deleted in other network at NNI. A previous status report indicated a valid DLCI was present but an updated report did not. |
| Indicates the UNI port does not support reporting of NNI A-bit status. |
dspcon <slot.port.DLCI>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channel | Specifies the Frame Relay channel in the format slot.port.DLCI. The dspcon command displays information for one connection at a time. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnfcos, cnfpref, cnfrtcost, dspcons
Display connection information for Frame Relay channel 14.1.1.
dspcon 14.1.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 13:09 PST
Conn: 14.1.1 igxr02 27.1.1 fr Status:OK
MIR CIR VC Q Depth PIR Cmax ECN QThresh QIR
64/64 64/64 65535/65535 64/64 100/100 65535/65535 64/64
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0 FST: n % Util: 25/25
Pri: L Test-RTD: 0 msec
Path: igxr03 19.2--12.4igxr02
Pref: Not Configured
igxr03 UFM: OK igxr02 UFM: OK
Line 14.1 : OK Line 27.1 : OK
Last Command: dspcon 14.1.1
Displays connection information for a specified channel. The information displayed includes:
For Frame Relay NNI ports, the NNI value indicates the A-bit value received across the NNI from the remote network. The status that may be displayed includes:
OK | Connection OK |
FAILED | Connection failed |
MISSING | VPI.VCI was deleted in other network at NNI. A previous status report indicated a valid VPI.VCI was present but an updated report did not. |
UNUSED | Indicates the UNI port does not support reporting of NNI A-bit status |
In Release 9.2 switch software for an IGX 8400 routing hub, dspcon does the following:
In Release 9.2.20, rt-VBR and nrt-VBR connection service types display separately.
With Release 9.3.20, dspcon supports the Universal Router Module (URM) introduced on the IGX 8400. The URM provides IOS-based voice support and basic routing functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router. The URM embedded UXM has no physical line interfaces. Therefore, dspcon does not display line status information for the URM endpoints. For example, if a connection has one endpoint on the URM internal ATM port and the other on a UXM port, dspcon displays the line status information for the UXM endpoint but not for the URM endpoint. For the URM end point, dspcon displays port status information instead. This information includes port communication failure and IOS unavailable (if the router connected to the internal port is not able to provide services because IOS is not up and running).
dspcon <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channel | Specifies the channel for which to display connection details. The command displays connection information for one channel at a time. You cannot specify a set of channels. Channel is specified in the following format: slot.port.vpi.vci |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnfcon, cnfpref, cnfrtcost
Display connection information for channel 11.1.180.1000 (an nrt-VBR connection).
dspcon 11.1.180.1000
------------------------------------SCREEN 1-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:23 GMT
Conn: 11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 nrt-vbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) FBTC SCR MBS PLC
50/50 100/100 250000/250000 n 50/50 1000/1000 3
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0
TestRTD: 0 msec Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Path: sw53 11.2-- 4.4sw108 4.2-- 5.1sw180
Pref: Not Configured
sw53 BXM : OK sw180 URM : OK
Line 11.1 : OK Port 15.1 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear NNI : OK
NNI : OK
This Command: dspcon 11.1.180.1000
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:24 GMT
Conn: 11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 nrt-vbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
50/50 100/100 250000/250000 n 50/50
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Last Command: dspcon 11.1.180.1000
Display connection information for channel 11.1.108.61 (CBR).
dspcon 11.1.108.61
------------------------------------SCREEN 1-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:29 GMT
Conn: 11.1.108.61 sw108 6.1.53.111 cbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing
50/50 100/100 10000/10000 4/4
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0
TestRTD: 0 msec Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Path: sw53 11.2-- 4.4sw108
Pref: Not Configured
sw53 BXM : OK sw108 URM : OK
Line 11.1 : OK Port 6.1 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear NNI : OK
NNI : OK
This Command: DSPCON 11.1.108.61
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:29 GMT
Conn: 11.1.108.61 sw108 6.1.53.111 cbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi
50/50 100/100 10000/10000 4 160/160 80/80
CLP Lo
35/35
Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Last Command: DSPCON 11.1.108.61
Display connection information for channel 12.1.1.100 (an ABR connection).
dspcon 12.1.1.100
ca20 LAN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:31 PST
Conn: 12.1.1.100 ca20
SCR MBS MCR ABR PCR UPC FST CLP % util
20000/20000 50/50 20000/20000 96000/96000 y y y 100/100
ForeSight RTD: 0 msec
Path: Route information not applicable for local connections
ca20 ASI-T3 : OK ca20 ASI-T3 : OK
Line 12.1 : OK Line 12.2 : OK
Last Command: dspcon 12.1.1.100
Display connection information for channel 11.1.0.1023 (an ABRSTD connection).
dspcon 12.1.1.100
------------------------------------SCREEN 1-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:32 GMT
Conn: 11.1.0.1023 sw180 5.3.0.1023 abrstd Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util MCR CDVT(0+1) FBTC FST VSVD FCES
50/50 100/100 50/50 250000/250000 y n n n
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0
TestRTD: 0 msec Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Path: sw53 11.2-- 4.4sw108 4.2-- 5.1sw180
Pref: Not Configured
sw53 BXM : OK sw180 UXM : OK
Line 11.1 : OK Line 5.3 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear NNI : OK
NNI : OK
This Command: dspcon 11.1.0.1023
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2-----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:32 GMT
Conn: 11.1.0.1023 sw180 5.3.0.1023 abrstd Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util MCR CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC VSVD
50/50 100/100 50/50 250000/250000 y n
Policing
4
Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Last Command: dspcon 11.1.0.1023
Display connection information for channel 4.1.2.1 (an ATFST connection).
dspcon 4.1.2.1
sw53 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:40 GMT
Conn: 4.1.2.1 sw53 4.3.2.1 atfst Status: OK
SCR MBS MCR ABR PCR UPC FST CLP % util
25/25 1000/1000 25/25 25/25 y y y 100/100
ForeSightRTD: 0 msec
Path: Route information not applicable for local connections
sw53 BNI-T3 : OK sw53 BNI-T3 : OK
Line 4.1 : OK Line 4.3 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear NNI : OK
NNI : OK
Last Command: dspcon 4.1.2.1
Display connection information for channel 12.1.1.* (a CBR VP tunnelling DAX connection).
dspcon 12.1.1.*
sw224 TRM IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:10 PST
Conn: 12.2.1.* sw224 12.1.1.100 cbrvp Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) Policing
1000/1000 100/100 10000/10000 4/4
Pri: L Test-RTD: 0 msec
Path: Route information not applicable for local connections
sw224 UXM: OK sw224 UXM: OK
Line 12.2 : OK Line 12.1 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear NNI: OK
NNI: OK
This Command: dspcon 12.2.1.*
Display connection information for channel 11.1.1.100 on the internal ATM port in the Universal Router Module (URM).
dspcon 11.1.1.100
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e9 Oct. 6 2000 05:31 GMT
Conn: 11.1.1.100 sw190 10.1.1.100 nrt-vbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) FBTC SCR MBS PLC
1000/1000 100/100 10000/10000 n 1000/1000 1000/1000 3
Pri:L Test-RTD:0 msec
Path: Route information not applicable for local connections
sw190 URM: OK sw190 URM: OK
Port 11.1 :OK Port 10.1 :OK
OAM Cell RX:Clear NNI: OK
NNI: OK
This Command:dspcon 11.1.1.100
Continue?
--------- Screen 2 ----------
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e9 Oct. 6 2000 05:31 GMT
Conn: 11.1.1.100 sw190 10.1.1.100 nrt-vbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
1000/1000 100/100 10000/10000 n 1000/1000
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Last Command:dspcon 11.1.1.100
Displays information for a connection's configuration:
The rt-VBR and nrt-VBR connection service types are displayed separately
dspconcnf <channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the channel for which to display connection configuration. The command displays connection information for one channel at a time. You cannot specify a set of channels. Channel is specified in the following format: slot.port.vpi.vci |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, dspcon, dspcons, delcon
Display the configuration for 11.1.108.60 (for ABRSTD).
dspconcnf 11.1.108.60
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 10:57 GMT
Conn: 11.1.108.60 sw108 6.1.53.110 abrstd Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util MCR CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC VSVD
50/50 100/100 50/50 250000/250000 y n
Policing
4
Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Last Command: dspconcnf 11.1.108.60
Display the configuration for 11.1.108.60 (for RT-VBR).
dspconcnf 11.1.108.112
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 11:02 GMT
Conn: 11.1.108.112 sw108 6.1.53.112 rt-vbr Status:OK
PCR(0+1) % Util CDVT(0+1) AAL5 FBTC SCR
50/50 100/100 250000/250000 n 50/50
MBS Policing VC Qdepth CLP Hi CLP Lo
1000/1000 3 1280/1280 80/80 35/35
Trunk Cell Routing Restrict: Y
Last Command: dspconcnf 11.1.108.112
Displays the signaling bit patterns from the specified template. Refer to the description of the cnfcond command for the purpose of the conditioning template.
dspcond <identifier>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<identifier> | Specifies the identifier of the template. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfchtp, cnfcond
Display the conditioning template identified as "a."
dspcond a
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:56 PST
Conditioning criterion a:
Data Pattern
01010100 - E1
01111111 - T1
Signalling Pattern
A 0(40)/1
B 1
C 1
D 1
Last Command: dspcond a
Next Command:
Displays information about the connections on an IGX or BPX node. The Display Fields table lists all possible information headings that appear in the display. The actual headings that appear depend on the choice of selected optional parametersincluding no parameters. Entering the command with no parameters displays all connections.
All parameters are displayed even though some parameters are meaningless on a BPX.
You can use dspcons to display those connections that have failed the OAM loopback test.
You can display the rt-VBR and nrt-VBR service types separately.
As you configure VP tunnelling connections on a node, you can display all the VP tunnelling connections on a particular node by using the dspcons -tun command. VP tunnelling connections are indicated by a connection type of "cbrvp", for example, in the Type column of the dspcons screen. For more information on VP tunnelling on UXM cards, see the IGX Installation and Configuration manual.
dspcons [start_channel] [nodename] [state] [type]
[-g | +d | -v | -d | -f | -abit | -fabit | -atfr | -siw | -fail | -down | -tun | -siw ]]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start_channel | Specifies the channel to begin the display. Specify start channel in one of these formats: Frame Relay channel (IGX) : slot.port.DLCI Frame Relay Group Connection (IGX): remote node.group_name ATM channel (IGX, BPX): slot.port.vpi.vci CDP or CVM channel (IGX): slot.channel UVM channel (IGX): slot.line.channel If you do not specify a starting channel, the display begins at the first connection. |
nodename | Specifies that only connections to this remote node from the local note be displayed. If no nodename is designated, connections from the local node to all other nodes are displayed. |
-f | Display Frame Relay connection only |
-v | Display only voice connections |
-d | Display only data connections and do so in Kbps |
-atfr | Display Frame Relay to ATM interworking connections (also displays atfr with ForeSight) |
-abit | Show status of the A-bit |
-fabit | Show only connections with failed A-bits |
-fail | Show only failed connections |
-down | Show only downed connections |
-tun | Shows VP tunneled connections (IGX only) |
-siw | Shows service interworking connections (IGX only) |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspcon, addcon
Owner: from 3rd table
ABRSTD=OFF: from 3rd table
Fields | Description | |
---|---|---|
Local Channel | The connection's channel at this node. | |
Remote Node Name | The name of the node at the other end of the connection. | |
Remote Channel | The connection's channel at the remote node. | |
State | The possible connections states are: | |
| State | Description |
| OK | Routed, A-bit = 1 |
| Down | Downed. |
| Failed | Unrouted, but trying; A-bit = 0 |
| Unused | The UNI port does not support reporting of NNI A-bit status. |
| OAM | Connections that have failed the OAM Loopback test, but are otherwise OK. |
| OAM-F | Indicates OAM Loopback failure |
Type | The type of connection. For example, this can be Frame Relay, Frame Relay with interworking, voice, data, and so on. | |
Only __ | If one parameter preempts another, this heading appears with the accepted parameter type. To name two examples: | |
Code | The encoding used for data connections (7/8 = data byte is 7 bits of user data plus a "1" in the last bit position, 8/8 = data byte is 8 bits of user data, 8/8I = data byte is 8 bits of inverted user data). | |
Route Avoid | The type of lines to avoid when routing (satellite lines, terrestrial lines, lines with zero code suppression). | |
Compression | The type of compression applied to the connection (PCM, PCM and VAD, ADPCM, VAD and ADPCM for voice connections), (DFM for data connections). | |
COS | The Class of Service. | |
Local/Remote A-bit | A bit status on the local and remote nodes if -abit option selected. Note that -abit is incompatible with -v, -d, and +d. | |
Loopback | This is not a heading but rather the standard loopback symbols indicating the presence of a test loop. | |
Owner |
| The end of the connection in control of rerouting. |
ABRSTD=OFF |
| The policing value for the connection. |
Display a summary of all connections on a BPX.
dspcons
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 10:17 GMT
Local Remote Remote Route
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Avoid COS O
11.1.0.1023 sw180 5.3.0.1023 Ok abrstd 0 L
11.1.108.60 sw108 6.1.53.110 Ok abrstd 0 L
11.1.108.61 sw108 6.1.53.111 Ok cbr 0 L
11.1.108.112 sw108 6.1.53.112 Ok rt-vbr 0 R
11.1.108.113 sw108 6.1.53.113 Ok nrt-vbr 0 R
11.1.108.200 sw108 6.1.53.200 Ok cbr 0 R
11.1.180.150 sw180 15.1.11.100 Ok ubr 0 R
11.1.180.530 sw180 5.3.53.530 Ok ubr 0 L
11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 Ok nrt-vbr 0 L
11.1.180.1001 sw180 15.1.53.1001 Ok abrstd 0 L
Last Command: dspcons
Show a summary of connections starting with 11.1.180.1.
dspcons 11.1.180.1
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 10:37 GMT
From Remote Remote Route
11.1.180.1 NodeName Channel State Type Avoid COS O
11.1.180.150 sw180 15.1.11.100 Ok ubr 0 R
11.1.180.530 sw180 5.3.53.530 Ok ubr 0 L
11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 Ok nrt-vbr 0 L
11.1.180.1001 sw180 15.1.53.1001 Ok abrstd 0 L
Last Command: dspcons 11.1.180.1
Display a summary of all connections on an IGX.
dspcons
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 08:46 GMT
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
6.1.20.3 sw180 4.1.20.3 Ok rt-vbr 0
6.1.53.110 sw53 11.1.108.60 Failed abrstd 0
6.1.53.111 sw53 11.1.108.61 Failed cbr 0
6.1.53.112 sw53 11.1.108.112 Failed rt-vbr 0
6.1.53.113 sw53 11.1.108.113 Ok nrt-vbr 0
6.1.53.200 sw53 11.1.108.200 Ok cbr 0
9.1.918 sw180 15.1.9.18 Ok atfx 0
9.1.919 sw180 15.1.9.19 Ok atft 0
9.1.920 sw180 15.1.9.20 Ok atfr 0
This Command: dspcons
Continue direction - Previous/Quit? (p/q)
Display connections and A-bit status.
dspcons -abit
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Nov. 30 2000 10:42 GMT
Local Remote Remote Local Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State A-bit A-bit
11.1.0.1023 sw180 5.3.0.1023 Ok OK OK
11.1.108.60 sw108 6.1.53.110 Ok OK OK
11.1.108.61 sw108 6.1.53.111 Ok OK OK
11.1.108.112 sw108 6.1.53.112 Ok OK OK
11.1.108.113 sw108 6.1.53.113 Ok OK OK
11.1.108.200 sw108 6.1.53.200 Ok OK OK
11.1.180.150 sw180 15.1.11.100 Ok OK OK
11.1.180.530 sw180 5.3.53.530 Ok OK OK
11.1.180.1000 sw180 15.1.53.1000 Ok OK OK
11.1.180.1001 sw180 15.1.53.1001 Ok OK OK
Last Command: dspcons -abit
Display connections and A-bit status.
dspcons -abit
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 09:04 GMT
Local Remote Remote Local Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State A-bit A-bit
4.1.2.2 sw108 4.3.1.2 Ok OK OK
4.1.10.1 sw108 4.1.10.1 Ok OK OK
4.1.20.1 sw108 6.1.20.1 Ok OK OK
4.1.20.2 sw108 6.1.20.2 Ok OK OK
4.1.20.3 sw108 6.1.20.3 Ok OK OK
4.2.10.1 sw108 4.3.10.1 Ok OK OK
5.3.0.11 sw180 5.3.0.50 Ok OK OK
5.3.0.50 sw180 5.3.0.11 Ok OK OK
5.3.0.1023 sw53 11.1.0.1023 Ok OK OK
5.3.1.1 sw180 5.3.1.1 Ok OK OK
5.3.10.1 sw108 3.3.10.1 Ok OK OK
5.3.53.530 sw53 11.1.180.530 Ok OK OK
14.1.10.1 sw108 3.1.10.1 Ok OK OK
This Command: dspcons -abit
Continue direction - Next/Quit? (n/q)
Display voice connections.
dspcons -f
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:20 PST
Local Remote Remote Only
Channel NodeName Channel State v Compress Code COS
10.1.1 igxr02 20.1.1 Ok p 0
10.1.3-4 igxr02 20.1.3-4 Ok v VAD 2
10.1.5-6 igxr02 20.1.5-6 Ok t 0
10.1.9-10 igxr02 20.1.9-10 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.1.11-12 igxr02 20.1.11-12 Ok c24 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.13-14 igxr02 20.1.13-14 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.1.15-16 igxr02 20.1.15-16 Ok c32 VAD/ADPCM 2
10.1.19-20 igxr02 20.1.19-20 Ok l16v VAD/LDCELP 2
10.2.1 igxr02 20.2.1 Ok p 0
10.2.3-4 igxr02 20.2.3-4 Ok a24 ADPCM 2
10.2.5-6 igxr02 20.2.5-6 Ok a32 ADPCM 2
10.2.7 igxr02 20.2.7 Ok l16 LDCELP 2
10.2.9 igxr02 20.2.9 Ok l16v VAD/LDCELP 2
Last Command: dspcons -v
Display data connections.
dspcons -d
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 12:30 PST
Local Remote Remote Only
Channel NodeName Channel State d Compress Code COS
6.1 igxr02 18.1 Ok 1024 7/8 0
6.2 igxr02 18.2 Ok 256 7/8 0
6.3 igxr02 18.3 Ok 256 7/8 0
6.4 igxr02 18.4 Ok 128 DFM 7/8 0
10.1.5-6 igxr02 20.1.5-6 Ok t 0
11.17-24 igxr02 21.17-24 Ok t 0
15.3 igxr01 12.4 Ok 128 DFM 7/8 0
15.4 igxr01 12.3 Ok 128 DFM 7/8 0
22.1 igxr02 19.1 Ok 16 DFM 7/8 0
22.2-8 igxr02 19.2-8 Ok 19.2 DFM 7/8 0
Last Command: dspcons -d
Display the connection with descriptors.
dspcons
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 09:38 GMT
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Descriptor
4.1.2.2 sw108 4.3.1.2 Ok cbr
4.1.10.1 sw108 4.1.10.1 Ok cbr
4.1.20.1 sw108 6.1.20.1 Ok nrt-vbr
4.1.20.2 sw108 6.1.20.2 Ok nrt-vbr
4.1.20.3 sw108 6.1.20.3 Ok rt-vbr
4.2.10.1 sw108 4.3.10.1 Ok cbr
5.3.0.11 sw180 5.3.0.50 Ok cbr
5.3.0.50 sw180 5.3.0.11 Ok cbr
5.3.0.1023 sw53 11.1.0.1023 Ok abrstd
5.3.1.1 sw180 5.3.1.1 Ok cbr
5.3.10.1 sw108 3.3.10.1 Ok cbr
5.3.53.530 sw53 11.1.180.530 Ok ubr
14.1.10.1 sw108 3.1.10.1 Ok rt-vbr
This Command: dspcons +d
Continue direction - Next/Quit? (n/q)
Display a summary of connections starting with 5.3.
dspcons 5.3
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Nov. 30 2000 09:50 GMT
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
5.3.0.11 sw180 5.3.0.50 Ok cbr
5.3.0.50 sw180 5.3.0.11 Ok cbr
5.3.0.1023 sw53 11.1.0.1023 Ok abrstd 0
5.3.1.1 sw180 5.3.1.1 Ok cbr
5.3.10.1 sw108 3.3.10.1 Ok cbr 10
5.3.53.530 sw53 11.1.180.530 Ok ubr 0
14.1.10.1 sw108 3.1.10.1 Ok rt-vbr 0
14.1.15.5 sw108 3.1.15.5 Ok cbr 0
14.1.15.6 sw108 3.1.15.6 Ok cbr 0
14.1.15.7 sw108 3.1.15.7 Ok cbr 0
14.1.15.8 sw108 3.1.15.8 Ok cbr 0
14.1.15.9 sw108 3.1.15.9 Ok cbr 0
14.1.15.10 sw108 3.1.15.10 Ok cbr 0
This Command: dspcons 5.3
Continue direction - Next/Quit? (n/q)
Display Frame Relay connections only.
dspcons -f
igxr01 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 10:59 PST
Local Remote Remote Only
Channel NodeName Channel State f Compress Code COS
9.1.1 igxr03 26.1.1 Ok fr 0
9.1.2 igxr03 26.1.2 Ok fr 0
9.1.3 igxr03 26.1.3 Ok fr 0
9.1.4 igxr03 26.1.4 Ok fr 0
9.1.5 igxr03 26.1.5 Ok fr 0
9.1.6 igxr03 26.1.6 Ok fr 0
9.1.7 igxr03 26.1.7 Ok fr 0
9.1.8 igxr03 26.1.8 Ok fr 0
9.1.9 igxr03 26.1.9 Ok fr 0
9.1.10 igxr03 26.1.10 Ok fr 0
9.1.11 igxr03 26.1.11 Ok fr 0
9.1.12 igxr03 26.1.12 Ok fr 0
9.1.13 igxr03 26.1.13 Ok fr 0
Last Command: dspcons -f
Displays all connections starting with 4.1.1.4.
dspcons 4.1.1.4
ca19 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:44 GMT
Local Remote Remote Route
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Avoid COS O
4.1.1.4 ca20 12.1.1.4 Ok CBR 0 R
4.1.1.5 ca20 12.1.1.5 Ok rt-VBR 0 R
4.1.1.6 ca20 12.1.1.6 Ok ABR 0 R
4.1.1.7 ca20 12.1.1.7 Ok nrt-VBR 0 R
Last Command: dspcons
Next Command:
Display only VP tunnelling connections on that node.
dspcons -tun
sw224 TRM StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:10 PST
Local Remote Remote
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compress Code COS
12.1.1.100 sw224 12.2.1.* Ok cbrvp
12.2.1.* sw224 12.1.1.100 Ok cbr
Last Command: dspcons
Displays the status of the circuit line(s) and continues to display the status until you press the Delete key. While the display is on the screen, the status is automatically updated. The update frequency is one second for each circuit line being displayed. (For example, if only one line is displayed, the update frequency is once per second, if three circuit lines are displayed, the update frequency is once per three seconds.) Table 4-16 shows the connection type. The cnfchtp command must be correctly configured.
Symbol | Description |
---|---|
+ | off-hook |
- | on-hook |
m | slow modem |
M | fast modem |
F | FAX |
blank | channel not connected |
dspconst [circuit line]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[circuit line] | Specifies the number of the line for the channel state display. If you do not specify a line, all upped circuit lines (up to a maximum of eight at once) are displayed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfchtp
Display the condition state for the voice channels on the node.
dspconst
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:55 PST
Connection status display
+ offhook, - onhook, m slow modem, M fast modem, F FAX
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CLN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
14 +
This Command: dspconst
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays the controllers, such as an PNNI SES controller on a BPX node or an MPLS controller on the IGX.
Displays all the VSI controllers on a BPX node. You can also the dspnode command to display the VSI controllers on a BPX node. To add and delete a VSI controller such as a Label Switch Controller to a BPX node, use addshelf and delshelf.
The dspctrlrs command lists:
dspctrlrs <slot.port><controller name string><partition_id><controller_id>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> |
|
<controller name string> |
|
<partition_id> |
|
<controller_id> |
|
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
addctrlr, cnfctrlr, delctrlr, dspnode, addshelf
Display all the VSI Controllers attached to an IGX node.
dspctrlrs
arnold TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.1p Aug. 16 2000 17:09 PST
VSI Controller Information
CtrlrId PartId ControlVC Intfc Type CtrlrIP
VPI VCIRange
2 1 0 75-105 12.1 MPLS 0.0.0.0
3 2 0 40-70 12.1 MPLS 0.0.0.0
Last Command: addctrlr 12.1 2 1 0 75
Controller added successfully!
Next Command:
Display VSI controllers on a BPX node.
dspctrlrs
sw174 TRM StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.10 Sep 20 2000 14:31 GMT
BPX 8620 VSI controller information
Ctrl Id Part Id Trunk Ctrlr Type Intfc Type Name
1 1 2.1 VSI AAL5 SIMFDR0
Last Command: dspctrlrs
Displays the current clock source. The display for dspcurclk contains:
dspcurclk
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfclksrc, dspclksrcs
Display the current clock source.
dspcurclk
bootzilla TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:33 MST
Current Clock Source
Source Node: gamma
Source Line: Internal
Clock Type:
Clock Frequency: 1544015
Path to Source:
bootzilla 9--10gamma
Last Command: dspcurclk
Next Command:
Displays the status of a download to a nodes.
This command displays the status of any software or firmware download operation from Cisco WAN Manager to the node controller card. You should be connected to the node being downloaded either directly or via a virtual terminal connection. The display download command shows:
This command can be used to check how far along the download has progressed. Blocks of data already downloaded appear highlighted; the remaining blocks appear dim. If there was no download initiated when this command was entered, the blocks of data appear as all zeros.
dspdnld
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
loadrev, getfwrev
dspdnld
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:23 PST
dl_dest: Active CC dl_source: Active CC
dl_type: None dl_image: ROM
30010800 30020800 30030800 30040800 30050800 30060800 30070800 30080800
30090800 300A0800 300B0800 300C0800 300D0800 300E0800 300F0800 30100800
30110800 30120800 30130800 30140800 30150800 30160800 30170800 30180800
30190800 301A0800 301B0800 301C0800 301D0800 301E0800 301F0800 30200800
30210800 30220800 30230800 30240800 30250800 30260800 30270800 30280800
30290800 302A0800 302B0800 302C0800 302D0800 302E0800 302E3E7C
Last Command: dspdnld
Next Command:
Displays the percentage of channel utilization of data connections.
This command displays the percentage utilization for the data connections starting at the back slot (bslot) number you specify. All data connections for the node are displayed (maximum of 32).
The percentage is calculated by dividing the number of packets transmitted over the total number of packets allocated to the specified channel. Only transmit packet rates are used. If percentage use exceeds the use configured, the channel appears in reverse video.
Use the clear option to clear all slots. Use dsputl to display utilization for voice channels.
dspdutl <start bslot> [clear]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<start bslot> | Specifies the slot where the data card is located. |
[clear] | Specifies that all data channel utilization buffers should be cleared after the display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsputl
dspdutl 13
sw150 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 20:07 GMT
Percentage utilization Last Cleared: Date/Time Not Set Snapshot
From
Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13 6 99 99
Last Command: dspdutl 13
Next Command:
Displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected CDP echo canceller. This command displays the Integrated Echo Canceller card parameters associated with the specified circuit line. Set these parameters by using the cnfecparm command.
dspecparm <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfecparm
Number | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1 | Echo Return Loss High | Maximum ERL required for echo canceller to be enabled. |
2 | Echo Return Loss Low | Minimum ERL required for echo canceller to be enabled. |
3 | Tone Disabler Type | Selection of protocol to enable tone disabler. |
4 | Non-Linear Processing | Selects type of post-canceller signal. |
5 | NLP Threshold | Threshold to enable non-linear processing. |
6 | Noise Injection | Determines if noise will be injected when NLP is active. |
7 | Voice Template | Selection of echo canceller template to use. |
dspecparm 7
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:34 PST
IEC Line 7 Parameters
1 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss High (.1 dBs) [ 60] (D)
2 CDP IEC Echo Return Loss Low (.1 dBs) [ 30] (D)
3 CDP IEC Tone Disabler Type [ G.164]
4 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing [Center Clipper]
5 CDP IEC Non-Linear Processing Threshold [ 18] (D)
6 CDP IEC Noise Injection [ Enabled]
7 CDP IEC Voice Template [ USA]
Last Command: dspecparm 7
Next Command:
Display information about any configured event queues from the fail event handler.
dspeventq
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clreventq
Display the contents of the fail event handler on the current node.
dspeventq
swstorm TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:00 GMT
QUEUE LENGTH THROTTLING
NUM NAMES MAX HIGH CURRENT POINT
1 Fail_Xid 4 1 14000
2 Fail_ Q 4 0
Last Command: dspeventq
Next Command:
Displays the current state of the signals on the FRM-2 or FRP-2 physical port. The display is real-time and updated according to the interval parameter. The display refreshes at a user-specified interval until either the Delete key is pressed or until a timeout occurs.
This command does not show inputs from the user equipment. It shows inputs from the Port Concentrator module to the FRI-2.
For the Inputs from the User Equipment, the display shows the signals as either On, Off, Active, or Inactive.
For the Outputs to User Equipment, the display shows the signals as either On, Off, Active, or Inactive.
X.21 State Names and Leads for DTC and DCE interfaces are also displayed as ON or OFF.
dspfrcbob <slot.port> <interval>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot and port of an FRM-2/FRC-2 physical port. |
<interval> | Specifies the screen update interval in seconds. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | No | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspbob, dspfrcport
Display the signals states for port 2 in slot 5.
dspfrcbob 5.2
bootzilla LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:09 GMT
Physical Port: 5.2
Interface: FTI-X21 DCE
Clocking: Normal (512224 bps)
Inputs from User Equipment Outputs to User Equipment
Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State
C 3/10 On I 5/12 On
T 2/9 Active R 4/11 Active
X.21 State Name DTE Lead T C DCE Lead R I
1 Ready 1 OFF 1 OFF
13 S Send Data D ON 1 OFF
13 R Receive Data 1 OFF D ON
13 Data Transfer D ON D ON
This Command: dspfrcbob 6.2 1
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays the configuration of a Frame Relay class. Network-wide classes are available to provide a shortcut for adding Frame Relay connections.
The */* in the PIR (Peak Information Rate) column means that if a connection is added using this Frame Relay class, the PIR for this connection will be equal to that of the port speed on which the connection was added. For example, if the port speed for port 6.1 = 64 Kbps, and if a connection 6.1.100 is adding using the Frame Relay class, it will have a value of 64 Kbps for the PIR parameter.
dspfrcls
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
addcon, cnffrcls
Display the Frame Relay class configurations. The screen display is the same as that for the cnffrcls command.
dspfrcls
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:43 GMT
Frame Relay Connection Classes
# MIR CIR VC Q Depth PIR Cmax ECN QThresh
1 9.6/9.6 9.6/9.6 65535/65535 */* 10/10 65535/65535
QIR: 9.6/9.6 FST: n % Util: 100/100 Description: "Default 9.6"
2 19.2/19.2 19.2/19.2 65535/65535 */* 10/10 65535/65535
QIR: 19.2/19.2 FST: n % Util: 100/100 Description: "Default 19.2"
3 16/16 16/16 65535/65535 */* 10/10 65535/65535
QIR: 16/16 FST: n % Util: 100/100 Description: "Default 16"
4 32/32 32/32 65535/65535 */* 10/10 65535/65535
QIR: 32/32 FST: n % Util: 100/100 Description: "Default 32"
5 56/56 56/56 65535/65535 */* 10/10 65535/65535
QIR: 56/56 FST: n % Util: 100/100 Description: "Default 56"
This Command: dspfrcls
Continue?
Displays physical port configuration for FRM-2 or FRP-2 ports connected to a Port Concentrator.
The screen displayed with this command includes fields for standard Frame Relay ports on the FRM card. Only the fields in the following table have meaning for a Port Concentrator.
dspfrcport <slot.port> <interval>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the physical slot and port of the Frame Relay card set. |
interval | Specifies the screen update interval in seconds. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspfrcport, dspbob
Field | Meaning |
---|---|
Interface | |
Clocking | Always Normal for PCS ports. |
Port Type | Specifies port type, always FR (Frame Relay) for PCS ports. |
Port ID | Specifies the DLCI for the port, always 1022 for PCS ports. |
Port Queue Depth | Specifies the maximum bytes queued for transmission from the FRM-2 or FRP-2 port. |
DE Threshold | Specifies the port depth queue above which frames with the Discard Eligibility bit set will be discarded. |
Signaling Protocol | For Frame Relay ports, specifies LMI operation mode. For PCS ports, this is set to None. |
Measured Rx Clock | The actual speed of received data as clocked by the FRM-2 or FRP-2. Under normal operation, this should always display the fixed concentrated link speed of 512 Kbps. Clock speed is measured by the FRM-2 or FRP-2 once per minute. |
Concentrated Link Util | Current utilization percentage of the concentrated link. Utilization is defined as the percentage of the fixed link speed (512K) used for data. Because the maximum allowable aggregate for each link's 11 ports is 448 Kbps, 88 percent is the maximum value for this field. |
Min Flags / Frames | Specifies the minimum number of flags per frame. All values greater than zero are valid. Default: 1 |
OAM Pkt Threshold | Specifies the OAM FastPackets used within the local node to transmit the NNI status from the remote network. |
Display the configuration of port 3.1.
dspfrcport 3.1
tecate LAN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.2 Apr. 13 2000 10:25 PST
Physical Port: 3.1 [ACTIVE]
Interface: FRI-X.21 DCE Configured Clock: 512 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Measured Rx Clock: 512 Kbps
Port Type FR Min Flags / Frames 1
Port ID 1022
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 6 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 10 cyl
Signalling Protocol None ForeSight (CLLM) No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Status Tx Timer 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Interface Control Template
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Lead I
Communicate Priority No State ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25% Concentrated Link Util 88%
Last Command: dspfrcport 3.1
Next Command:
Displays the status of card firmware revision image loaded in the controller card's RAM.
This command displays the revision level and an indication of the length of the firmware in the controller card. It might require two screens to display all the parameters (see example).
You can use this command while firmware is downloading to a node to get an idea of how far along the downloading process has progressed. The blocks already downloaded appear normal. Blocks that are yet to be downloaded appear shaded.
If no getfwrev command was issued, nothing displays. If "Configuration image present" displays, use the loadcnf clear command to clear this status.
dspfwrev
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
getfwrev, burnfwrev
dspfwrev
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:28 PDT
Firmware Size Status
F.D.A 256 K Complete
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
1 800800 410 22996DDA
1 800800 410 22996DDA
3 805E60 480 85CB29EA
4 80A630 70 57A938AE
4 80A630 70 57A938AE
6 810000 10000 338E45F6
7 820000 4400 95990113
8 835000 1810 875771B2
9 8368A0 15D0 4C597B97
This Command: dspfwrev
Continue?
_________________________________________________
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:29 PDT
Firmware Size Status
F.D.A 256 K Complete
File Address Length CRC Burn Address
10 838000 20F0 0F4898D2
11 83A100 1E20 175F4B39
12 83C000 2FC0 F39B0302
13 83F000 1B0 E755FE4E
14 83FFFE 2 A1F4726D
Last Command: dspfwrev
Next Command:
Displays the statistical history of hitless rebuilds that may have occurred within the configured thresholding period. (This thresholding period is described in the cnfnodeparm command definition, under Index #42, Maximum Hitless Rebuild Count, and Index #43, Hitless Counter Reset Time parameters.)
Hitless rebuild is a modified control software restart on the processor card that prevents a full configuration rebuild of the node.
Normally, if it is necessary to restart the control software, and a switchover is not possible, then the node does a full rebuild. A node with many connections may take two hours to restore itself fully to the network. In the meantime, communications are broken with some nodes and some network connections are not routed or are not on their preferred routes.
The Hitless Rebuild feature provides the ability for a node to effectively rebuild without affecting user traffic. Hitless rebuild avoids resetting the line or trunk cards, or interfering with user traffic in any way during the control software restart. During most software restarts, the interface cards are not reset to preserve their configurations. Even if the standby processor card is failed or absent and the active card must abort, a full rebuild is avoided. This substantially decreases the time it takes for the BPX software to settle into its normal operating state after a rebuild.
Certain databases containing configuration data (such as current and preferred routes) are stored in BRAM (battery-backed RAM) so that they survive system initializations and power outages. A statistical history of hitless rebuilds is also stored in BRAM so that this history survives a full rebuild. Two records of hitless rebuilds are maintained: one contains information within the current thresholding window. When a full rebuild occurs, the hitless rebuild statistics from the current window are moved to a saved area, and a new current window begins. Optional parameters allow you to display either a summary screen or a detailed screen giving the history of hitless rebuilds. There are two versions of each screen, one for the current window and one for the saved previous window.
The Hitless Rebuild feature is internal to the switch software on a node. If there is a problem with the node, switch software takes care of it; no user intervention is needed.
As part of the Hitless Rebuild feature, the Autobus diagnostic feature on the node is disabled because it requires the node to undergo a series of full rebuilds causing the node to be out of the network for a long duration of time.
dsphitless [-d] [-p] [-c] [-s]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
-d | Detailed screen. Default: summary screen |
-p | Previous window. Default: Active window |
-c | Clear statistics for current window |
-s | Standby statistics |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
| No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfnodeparm, resetcd, switchcc, dspcds, dsplog
dsphitless
sw99 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:59 GMT
current hitless rebuild count: 7
high water mark: 9
cnf max before full rebuild: 10
cnf reset timer: 24 hours
most recent hitless rebuild: 08/27/98 14:27:09
oldest hitless still in count: 08/27/98 11:42:18
Hitless stats cleared: 07/29/98 12:00:05
Action when cnf max is exceeded: full rebuild
Last Command: dsphitless
Next Command:
dsphitless d p
sw99 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:59 GMT
1 04/07/98 14:27:09 software abort 1000003
2 04/07/98 13:58:46 software abort 1000003
3 04/07/98 13:32:24 software abort 1000003
4 04/07/98 12:57:36 software abort 1000003
5 04/07/98 12:28:29 software abort 1000003
6 04/07/98 12:07:16 software abort 1000003
7 04/07/98 11:42:18 software abort 1000003
Last Command: dsphitless d p
Next Command:
The Hitless Rebuild feature requires Release 9.2 or later switch software, and works on both the BPX and IGX platforms. This feature is local to a node. Hitless rebuild functions correctly on nodes running software that contains the feature, even in a network with mixed software releases, some of which do not have the feature.
Hitless rebuild will operate during upgrades, but will not operate during a downgrade. If a failure occurs that would normally result in a controller card switchover, but the switchover needs to be suppressed due to the different software releases running on the two processors, then a hitless rebuild will be done instead.
If a backoff must be done from an upgrade, then a full rebuild will occur. A backoff refers to the state where the new switch software revision has been loaded as the secondary image, and the decision is made to go back to the original revision.
There are no operational problems if, during an upgrade, the new release of software has the Hitless Rebuild feature and the older release does not. Hitless Rebuild will just operate on the processor card with the newer release.
Most aspects of a full rebuild and a hitless rebuild function the same way. For example, initial synchronization between the switch and Cisco WAN Manager and the loss of statistics information will remain the same.
Sometimes shortly after a switchover, the new active processor card will run some diagnostics and detect a failure, causing it to switch back to the original active card. The Hitless Rebuild feature improves this situation under most conditions. Following any processor card switchover, the new standby will rebuild, preserving the key databases needed for a hitless rebuild (11 seconds). When database updates can start, the standby will rebuild again doing a normal standby rebuild (11 seconds). If there is a failure on the new active card that causes it to switch back before updates can start, the card taking over will do a hitless rebuild. If the active processor card fails while still updating its standby, it will perform a hitless rebuild.
During any active control card failure, a decision must be made about the type of initialization to undertake. Table 4-17 shows the possible conditions, and the corresponding actions.
Reason | Standby Ready | Standby Updating | Standby Not Ready, Not Updating | Standby State Unknown | Standby Does Not Exist | Standby in Upgrade | Standby State Not Applicable |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Aborts (examples include:
| Switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Abort (CC mastership error. Active now is standby card) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full standby rebuild (DBs are corrupted) |
Exceptions
| Switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Exceptions
| Switch | Hitless
| Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Exceptions
| Switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
Bad Image CRC | Switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
WatchDog Time-out | Switch | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | Hitless | N/A |
User Command
| N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild |
Bad CommBus | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Degrade Mode |
Bus Diagnostics (destructive) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild |
configuration Changes
| N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild |
Bad BCC card | Switch | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | N/A |
Bad CrossPoint | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore | Ignore |
Preparation for revision change (happens only on the standby card) | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full standby rebuild |
Revision Switch | Switch | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Hitless rebuild on standby |
Primary Revision Change | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild on either card |
Starting the updates to the standby cardmessage is sent by the active card | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | Full rebuild on the standby card |
User switchcc (hitless on standby card) | Switch | Switch
| Switch
| N/A | N/A | N/A | Hitless rebuild on the standby card |
When a controller card switchover to the new card occurs, the new standby card (unless shown differently in Table 4-17) performs a hitless rebuild. These databases are maintained, allowing the card to take over without affecting traffic until the updates are started. After the updates have started, the new standby card does a full rebuild to get ready to receive the updates.
When the threshold is exceeded and the node is to enter degraded mode, a hitless rebuild occurs first. After the hitless rebuild completes the node enters degraded mode.
Full rebuilds result in the complete initialization of all RAM memory regions. Before the Hitless Rebuild feature, there was no need to save any databases in RAM through an initialization. All databases were rebuilt from configuration stored in BRAM. For a rebuild to be hitless, databases containing certain types of critical information related to trunks, connections, and so on, must survive intact in RAM.
Configuration data that must survive a hitless rebuild is moved to regions where it remains intact. These "hitless regions" regions are managed by a memory management algorithm.
When logged into a node, you can see the changes by using the Profiler. The commands dspprf and dspprfhist show some statistics related to memory usage. Refer to the service commands for descriptions of dspprf and dspprfhist commands. You must have service-level privileges to use the debug, or service-level commands.
The Hitless Rebuild feature does not cause many changes to errors or alarms. However, most of the conditions that cause a hitless rebuild will themselves generate errors or alarms. There are no changes to these.
The Hitless Rebuild feature introduces two new events, indicating the end of a hitless rebuild or a full rebuild. These will be logged into the local event log on the node (which you can view with dsplog).
Corresponding Robust Card Alarm messages are sent from the node to Cisco WAN Manager, and these generate traps that are sent to Cisco WAN Manager's RTM proxy. The traps make the information available to external network management systems that register for traps on Cisco WAN Manager.
As always, the Robust Alarm mechanism does not guarantee that all alarm state transitions will result in messages being sent to Cisco WAN Manager. The mechanism guarantees that "current state" information is sent; however, when multiple transitions occur close together, only the last one is guaranteed. During a rebuild, a few changes may occur quickly.
The Robust Card Alarm messages sent to Cisco WAN Manager have the following values:
When a hitless rebuild is completed, the node goes through consistency checks to verify the databases. Some of these include topology checking, and verification of LCONS and VIA LCONS to have valid end points.
During normal switch operation, or during normal switchovers into hot standby processor cards, the Hitless Rebuild feature should have no impact on the performance of switch software.
The following chart shows the steps for a normal switchcc. The standby is ready (in Standby state). Up to step 4 the new standby (card 7) can do a hitless rebuild if necessary. A standby card rebuild is not the same as an active card rebuild. This is the same for both normal and hitless rebuilds.
The normal abort case is almost identical to this case. In step 1, the abort causes an automatic switch. The remaining steps are the same.
Card 7 | Card 8 | |
---|---|---|
Step 1 | Active BCC. | Standby BCCReady |
Step 2 | User issues switchcc. |
|
Step 3 | Does Standby Hitless Rebuild, not ready to receive updates, can do Hitless Rebuild. | Activates itself. |
Step 4 |
| Kicks off standby updates. Can now do a Hitless Rebuild. |
Step 5 | Does normal standby rebuild. | Waits for standby. |
Step 6 | Enters normal standby mode, ready to receive updates, cannot do Hitless Rebuild. |
|
Step 7 |
| Starts standby updates and network updates. |
All the action is on the part of the active card (see Table 4-18).
Card 7 | Card 8 | |
---|---|---|
0 | Active BCC. | Standby BCCNot Ready |
1 | Abort occurs. |
|
2 | Does active hitless rebuild. |
|
3 | Tries to start standby updates. |
|
4 | Starts network updates. |
|
In the case of a Commbus failure, the active card is no longer certain of the state of any other card. In particular, it can make no assumptions about the state of the standby BCC.
Card 7 | Card 8 | |
---|---|---|
0 | Active BCC | Standby BCCAny |
1 | Commbus failure detected. |
|
2 | Enter Degraded Mode if feature is enabled; otherwise, a full rebuild will occur |
|
Displays interface control template information for data channels and Frame Relay ports:
For Frame Relay ports, the entire port configuration screen is displayed (see dspfrport command). Any RTS to CTS delay is also shown.
dspict <port> <template>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<port> | Specifies the physical slot and port of the Frame Relay card set. |
<template> | Specifies which control template to display for the channel. Three templates are available for data channels and one (a) for Frame Relay ports. You also specify which end of the circuit. a = Active control template (normal operation). The only choice for a c = Conditioned control template (when connection fails). l = Looped control template (with local or remote loopback). n = Near. f = Far. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfict, cpyict
Display the active interface control template for channel 25.1.
dspict 25.1 a
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:33 MST
Data Channel: 25.1
Interface: RS232 DCE
Clocking: Normal
Interface Control Template for Connection while ACTIVE
Lead Output Value Lead Output Value
RI OFF DSR ON
CTS ON SRxD ON
DCR OFF DCD ON
SCTS ON SDCD ON
SQ ON
Last Command: dspict 25.1 a
Next Command:
Display the Frame Relay data channel 9.1 interface control template.
dspict 9.1 a
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:26 PST
Port: 9.1 [ACTIVE ]
Interface: FRI-V35 DTE Configured Clock: 256 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Measured Rx Clock: 0 Kbps
Port ID 7
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 6 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 10 cyl
Signalling Protocol None ForeSight (CLLM) No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Status Tx Timer 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 Interface Control Template
N392 Error Threshold 3 Lead State
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 RTS ON
Communicate Priority No DTR ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25%
Min Flags / Frames 1
Last Command: dspict 9.1 a
Next Command:
Displays information about a job:
This command requires at least the same privilege level as the person who created the job.
dspjob <job_number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
job number | Specifies the the number of the job to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
addjob, deljob, dspjob
Display job number 2.
dspjob 2
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:17 PST
Job 1 test
Last Execution Results: None Status: Idle
Next Execution Time: 08/17/97 20:20:30 Interval: 1 days
1: prtlog
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 2 Times and Abort Exec. Results: None
Last Command: dspjob 1
Next Command:
Displays information on each job:
To see details of an individual job, use the dspjob command.
dspjobs
addjob, deljob, dspjob
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display a summary of all jobs stored at the node.
dspjobs
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:16 PST
Job Description Next Execution Status Interval Access Group
1 test 08/17/97 20:20:30 Idle 1 days Group 1
Last Command: dspjobs
Next Command:
Displays the addresses and configuration for the LAN Ethernet. The dsplancnf screen displays configuration fields showing the type of network capability and if it is ready or unavailable.
dsplancnf
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-5 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnflan (SuperUser)
Field | Description |
<IPAdd> | Specifies the Internet address of the node used in the TCP/IP protocol. |
<IP subnet mask> | Specifies a 32-bit mask that contains information about the bit lengths of the subnet ID and host ID address fields. The format of this field uses 1s for the subnet ID field and 0s for the host ID address field as defined in the TCP/IP protocol. This mask denotes both subnet ID and host ID fields as 8-bit fields. |
<Max. LAN Transmit Unit> | BPX only: typical amount is 1500 bytes. |
<TCPServicePort> | Specifies the node's service point used by the transmission control protocol (TCP). |
<GatewayIPAddr> | Specifies the Internet gateway address. |
Type | List of socket types (for example, TCP, UDP, and SNMP) that are open (in READY state) for communication between the node and the LAN. In the system response shown, the TCP socket is no longer used by switch software, indicated by the UNAVAIL state. The TimeHndlr (or Daytime) socket is related to TFTP. It lets an external node retrieve the day and time from the switch. The Tunneling socket is used for communication between a BPX and an INS (Intelligent Network Server). |
State | State of communication socket between the node and the LAN. READY indicates that the socket is open for communication between the node and the LAN. UNAVAIL indicates that the socket is not available for communication between the node and the LAN. |
Display the LAN configuration for the current node.
dsplancnf
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:23 GMT
Active IP Address: 204.179.31.104
IP Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
IP Service Port: 5120
Default Gateway IP Address: None
Maximum LAN Transmit Unit: 1500
Ethernet Address: 00.C0.43.00.21.F0
Type State Type State
LAN READY TUNL READY
TCP UNAVAIL
UDP READY
Telnet READY
TFTP READY
TimeHdlr READY
SNMP READY
Last Command: dsplancnf
Displays the LAN IP address and subnet mask of the local node and the LAN IP address of all other nodes reachable from a given node in the network, including feeder nodes. Feeder nodes are displayed with a blank node name, and they appear immediately beneath the hub node to which they are attached.
Similar to the dspnwip command, the dsplanip command supports Out-of-Band network management which enables management traffic to be sent over IP to the switches' LAN Ethernet interface, thereby reducing the load on trunk bandwidth and node processor times.
The service-affecting alarms feature enhances reporting of switch alarm conditions to Cisco WAN Manager, and to a customer network management system (NMS) through the Cisco WAN Manager RTM Proxy. Robust Alarm messages are generated from existing switch events that could affect service.
Out-of-Band network management enables management traffic to be sent over IP to switches' LAN Ethernet interface to Cisco WAN Manager, thereby reducing the load on trunk bandwidth and node processor times. For WAN Manager to be able to manage a switch out of band, these things must be done:
To change the LAN IP address of a routing node, use the cnflan command. The Out-of-Band Network Management software detects a change to the LAN IP address on a routing or feeder note and forwards an update message to Cisco WAN Manager.
The service-affecting alarms and out-of-band network management features in Release 9.2 can interoperate in mixed networks of one or more nodes running switch software Release 9.1 or 8.5.
dsplanip
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspphyslns, dsptrks
Display the LAN IP address of local node, and all other reachable nodes in network.
dsplanip
sw248 TN StrataCom BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:28 GMT
Active LAN IP Address: 172.29.9.155
Active LAN IP Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
NodeName LAN IP Address
sw252 172.29.9.159
172.29.9.175
sw263 172.29.9.167
172.29.9.163
sw8 172.29.9.124
sw248 172.29.9.155
172.29.9.134
172.29.9.173
Last Command: dsplanip
Displays Annex G LMI statistics for the trunk that connects an IGX/AF interface shelf to the BPX core switch shelf. To execute this command from the access shelf itself, you must Telnet to the IGX/AF. The dsplmistats command provides information to help you analyze problems that might arise while you set up a tiered network.
On an access shelf:
dsplmistats
On an IGX node:
dsplmistats <trunk_number>
On a BPX node:
dsplmistats <slot.port>[.vport] [clear]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port[.vport] | Specifies the card slot, physical, and optional virtual port number (BXM only). Virtual ports are not available for ASI or UXM cards. |
clear | On a BPX node only, the optional clear argument clears the current statistics after dsplmistats executes. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX/AF, BPX |
|
| No |
|
Display the LMI statistics for the trunk attached to the hub.
dsplmistats
batman SuperUser IGX/AF 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:04 PST
Annex G LMI Statistics for slot:1 port:1
VPI.VCI: 0.0 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled
Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10
Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 0 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10
Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5
Unknown IE Type Rx: 0 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10
Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5
Status Rx: 1384 Spc Polling Timer : 3
Status Enq Tx: 1384 Spc Retry Timer : 0
Status Enq Rx: 1384 Spc Retry Counter : 1
Status Tx: 1384 Node Status Retry Timer : 0
Status Ack Rx: 8 Node Status Retry Counter : 0
Update Status Tx: 8 Node Status Polling Timer : 2
Update Status Rx: 8
Status Ack Tx: 8
Last Command: dsplmistats
Next Command:
Display LMI statistics for port 6 on the BXM card in slot 3.
dsplmistats 3.6
An internal firmware command provides the capability for the controller card to fetch ILMI/LMI statistics on ILMI/LMI sessions on the BXM card. The BXM must be firmware-capable. Refer to LMI Statistics and Descriptions in Table 4-19 for dsplmistats (ATM) for BXM Card.
Object ID | Object Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
01 | Message Tag | Byte 0-3 : Tag ID Byte 4-7 : IP Address | 0 | Identifier and source IP address sent with CommBus message. Both will be copied into the response, if any is to be sent. |
02 | Port Number | 1-12 | R | Identifies the target port. If multiple port numbers are sent during the operation, then each port number object terminates the configuration for the string of objects for the previous port number. |
03 | Virtual Port # | 1-255 | R | Identifies the target virtual port. |
04 | Status Sync | 0 : Clear 1 : Get Status | R | Sync up ingress status information to bcc. |
05 | Session Status | 0 : Okay 1 : Failed | 0 | Indicates whether or not the ILMI/LMI session on this logical interface is failed. |
06 | BPX/Feeder IP Address | 0-232-1 | 0 | Valid for feeder connections. Indicates the IP address of the feeder. |
07 | BPX/Feeder Name | Byte 0..8 : String | N/A | Valid for feeder connections. Indicates the name of the feeder. |
08 | BPX/Feeder Serial Number | Byte 0..8 : String | N/A | Valid for feeder connections. Indicates the serial number of the feeder. |
09 | BPX/Feeder Alarm Status | 0 : Clear 1 : Minor 2 : Major | N/A | Valid for feeder connections. Indicates the alarm status of the feeder. |
0A | BPX/Feeder Line Rate | 0-232-1 | N/A | Valid for feeder connections. Indicates the line receive rate of the feeder. |
0B | BPX/Feeder LAN IP Address | 0-232-1 | 0 | Valid for feeder connections. Indications the LAN IP address of the feeder. |
0C-0F | RESERVED |
|
|
|
10 | ILMI Number of Get Req Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Requests received. |
11 | ILMI No. of Get Next Req Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Next Requests received. |
12 | ILMI No. of Get Next Req Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Next Requests transmitted. |
13 | ILMI No. of Set Req Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Set Requests received. |
14 | ILMI No. of Traps Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of traps received. |
15 | ILMI No. of Get Resp. Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Responses received. |
16 | ILMI No. of Get Req. Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Requests transmitted. |
17 | ILMI No. of Get Resp. Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of Get Responses transmitted. |
18 | ILMI No. of Traps Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of traps transmitted. |
19 | ILMI Unknown PDUs Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | ILMI number of unknown PDUs received. |
1A-1F | RESERVED |
|
|
|
20 | LMI No. of Status Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Status transmitted. |
21 | LMI No. Update Status Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Update Status transmitted. |
22 | LMI No. of Status Ack. Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of StatusAck. transmitted. |
23 | LMI No. of Status Enq. Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Status Enquiries received. |
24 | LMI No. of Status Enq. Tx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Status Enquiries transmitted. |
25 | LMI No. of Status Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Status received. |
26 | LMI No. Update Status Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Update Status received. |
27 | LMI No. of Status Ack. Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of StatusAck. received. |
28 | LMI No. of Invalid PDU Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of invalid PDUs received. |
29 | LMI No. of Invalid PDU Len. Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of invalid PDU lengths received. |
2A | LMI No. Unknown PDUs Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of unknown PDUs received. |
2B | LMI No. of Invalid IEs Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of Information Elements received. |
2C | LMI No. of Invalid T.ID Rx'd | 0-232-1 | N/A | LMI number of invalid Transaction IDs received. |
Displays alarm configuration by alarm type. Each alarm type includes:
The alarm threshold, alarm time, and alarm are set by using the cnflnalm command.
dsplnalmcnf
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnflnalm, dspclnerrs, dsptrkerrs
View the line alarm threshold configured for a node.
dsplnalmcnf
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:51 PST
Line Alarm Configuration
Minor Major
Violation Rate Alarm Time Clear Rate Alarm Time Clear
1) Bpv 10E-7 10 min 3 min 10E-3 10 sec 10 sec
2) Fs .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
3) Oof .0001% 10 min 3 min .01% 10 sec 10 sec
4) Vpd 2% 5 min 3 min 5% 60 sec 10 sec
5) Tsdp .01% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
6) Ntsdp .01% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
7) Pkterr .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 125 sec 10 sec
8) Los .0001% 10 min 3 min .01% 10 sec 10 sec
This Command: dsplnalmcnf
Continue?
---------------
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:51 PST
Line Alarm Configuration
Minor Major
Violation Rate Alarm Time Clear Rate Alarm Time Clear
9) Fer .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 200 sec 10 sec
10) CRC .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 200 sec 10 sec
11) Pkoof .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 200 sec 10 sec
12) Oom .001% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
13) Ais16 .0001% 10 min 3 min .01% 10 sec 10 sec
14) Bdapd .001% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
15) Bdbpd .001% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
16) Badclk .1% 10 min 3 min 1% 50 sec 10 sec
This Command: dsplnalmcnf
Continue?
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:52 PST
Line Alarm Configuration
Minor Major
Violation Rate Alarm Time Clear Rate Alarm Time Clear
17) Pccpd .001% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
18) Lcv 10E-6 10 min 3 min 10E-2 10 sec 10 sec
19) Pcvl 10E-6 10 min 3 min 10E-2 10 sec 10 sec
20) Pcvp 10E-6 10 min 3 min 10E-2 10 sec 10 sec
21) Bcv 10E-6 10 min 3 min 10E-2 10 sec 10 sec
22) Rxvpd 1% 5 min 3 min 4% 60 sec 10 sec
23) Rxtspd .01% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
24) Rxntspd .01% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
This Command: dsplnalmcnf
Continue?
----------------
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 10:52 PST
Line Alarm Configuration
Minor Major
Violation Rate Alarm Time Clear Rate Alarm Time Clear
25) Rxbdapd .001% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
26) Rxbdbpd .001% 5 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
27) Rxhppd .001% 4 min 3 min .1% 60 sec 10 sec
28) Atmhec .1% 10 min 3 min 1% 120 sec 10 sec
29) Plcpoof .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 200 sec 10 sec
30) Rxspdm .01% 4 min 2 min .001% 10 sec 5 sec
Last Command: dsplnalmcnf
Next Command:
Displays the configuration of a line. The display fields that actually contain data depend on the type of line.
dsplncnf <line number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line number> | Identifies the line in the format slot or slot.line. If the back card has one line connector and cable, enter the slot number. If the card has more than one physical line, such as a UXM, enter a slot and line number. In the case of a UVM, however, enter just the slot number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfln (obsolete name: cnfcln)
Screen Item | Description | Options |
---|---|---|
LN configuration | Line type and the number of channels. | T1 |
Loop clock | Specifies whether the receive clock is looped back to the transmit clock. | Y |
Line framing | Identifies the type of line framing used by the circuit line. | DS4 for T1 |
Line coding | Identifies the line coding used by the circuit line. | E1: HDB3, AMI |
CRC | Specifies the CRC checking on E1 lines. | Y |
recv impedance | Nominal impedance for the receive line. | 75 ohms balanced or unbalanced |
E1 signaling | Identifies the signaling type used for E1. | CCS or ABCD with CAS |
encoding | Specifies the voice encoding scheme. | micro-law |
T1 signaling | Identifies the signaling type used for T1. | ABCD or ABAB (with ESF line framing) or AB (with D4 line framing); CCS is available in timeslot 24 if applicable PBXs need it. |
56 Kbps Bit Pos: | Position in word for bit stuffing on 56 Kbps data channels. | MSB or LSB |
Pct fast modem |
|
|
Cable type | Specifies the T1 or E1 cable type (used for equalization). | MAT |
Cable length | Specifies the T1 or E1 cable length in feet to the CSU or digital cross-connect. | 0-220 220-440 440-655 |
Cnfg | Applies to the UVM: cnfg shows the mode of an individual UVM port. The slot.line identifies the line. | External, Passing, Blocked, or Inserting See the UVM documentation in the Cisco IGX 8400 Series Reference for a description of these modes. |
Transmit Line Rate | Applies to ATM line cards: the display shows the transmit line rate (the direction is away from the node). | The value is always the maximum for the line and is in cells per second (cps): 96000 cps for T3 |
Receive Line Rate | Applies to ATM line cards: the display shows the user-configured receive line rate (the direction is towards the node). | The value is in cells per second (cps). Range for T3: 150-9600 cps |
Header Type | Applies to ATM cards: the display | The header type is VCC or VPC. |
Payload Scramble | Applies to ATM cards: the display | The display shows Yes or No. |
Displays the configuration for an IMA line in slot 5. The dsplncnf shows the same screen as cnfln without prompting for configuration.
dsplncnf 5.1
sw225 TRM StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.a6 Mar. 10 2000 05:55
GMT
LN 5.1(4) Config E1/119 UXM slot:5
Line DS-0 map: 1-15,17-31
IMA Group Member(s): 1-4
Retained links: 4
IMA Protocol Option: Enabled
IMA Max. Diff. Dly: 200 msec.
IMA Clock Mode: CTC
Loop clock: No
Line coding: HDB3
Line CRC: Yes
Line recv impedance: 75 ohm
Idle code: 54 hex
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
VC Shaping: No
Last Command: dsplncnf 5.1
Displays configuration for line 1 of the UVM in slot 20. The "cnfg" field shows "External," so all DS0s terminate on line 1. Also, CAS switching is off, and SVC caching is on.
dsplncnf 20.1
igxr02 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 13:51 PST
LN 20.1 Config T1/24 UVM slot:20
Loop clock: No
Line framing: D4
Line coding: ZCS
Line encoding: u-LAW
Line T1 signalling: AB
Line cable type: ABAM
Line length: 0-133 ft.
Line 56KBS Bit Pos: msb
Line pct fast modem: 20
Line cnfg: External
Line cnf slot.line: --
Line CAS-Switching: Off
Line SVC-Caching: Off
Last Command: dsplncnf 20.1
Display configuration for line 12 of the CVM in slot 12.
dsplncnf 12
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 19 2000 23:09 PST
LN 12 Config T1/24 CVM slot:12
Loop clock: No
Line framing: D4
Line coding: ZCS
Line encoding: u-LAW
Line T1 signalling: AB
Line cable type: ABAM
Line length: 0-133 ft.
Line 56KBS Bit Pos: msb
Line pct fast modem: 20
Line SVC-Caching: Off
Last Command: dsplncnf 12
Show card in slot 11 as a BXM in a BPX node.
dsplncnf 11.2
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 09:47 GMT
LN 11.1 Config OC3 [353208cps] BXM slot: 11
Loop clock: 0 Idle code: 7F hex
Line framing: --
coding: --
recv impedance: --
E1 signalling: --
encoding: -- cable type: --
T1 signalling: -- length: --
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
56KBS Bit Pos: -- Frame Scramble: Yes
pct fast modem: -- Cell Framing: STS-3C
This Command: dsplncnf 11.2
Show the UXM OC-3 card in slot 5 of an IGX node.
dsplncnf 5.3
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o1 Dec. 5 2000 09:42 GMT
LN 5.3 Config OC3 UXM slot:5
Loop clock: No
Line framing: STS-3C
Idle code: 7F hex
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
Frame Scramble: Yes
Last Command: dsplncnf 5.3
Displays the accumulated error count since the last time errors were reset. The clrlnerrs command clears the error counters for circuit lines by resetting all error counts to 0.
dsplnerrs [line_number]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line number | Specifies the circuit for the error count display. Otherwise, a summary screen for all lines appears. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrclnerrs, prtclnerrs
Type | Explanation |
---|---|
Bipolar errors | Number of times two consecutive pulses have the same polarity (occurs only when the line uses AMI coding). |
Frame slips | Number of times a frame is discarded to re-establish synchronization. |
Out of frames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism is detected on this line. |
Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the circuit line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
Frame bit errors | Number of times the frame bit failed to alternate (frame error). |
CRC errors | Number of times the generated CRC character did not match the received CRC character (applies only if CRC checking is enabled). |
Out of MFrames | Number of times a multiframe synch error was detected (E1 lines only). |
AIS - 16 | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
dsplnerrs
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 10:12 GMT
Total Statistical Errors
Code Frame Out of LossOf Frame CRC Out of
CLN Errors Slips Frames Signal BitErs Errors MFrms AIS-16
3.1 0 - 0 0 0 0 - -
3.2 0 - 0 0 0 0 - -
3.3 0 - 0 0 0 0 - -
4.1 0 - 0 0 0 0 - -
4.3 0 - 0 0 0 0 - -
Last Command: dsplnerrs
Displays basic configuration and status information for all the lines on the node. The dsplns command is the same as the dspclns command.
The dsplns information includes the line number, the type of line, and the line alarm status. The line type shows whether the line is J1, T3, E3, T1, E1, or OC-3 and shows the number of configured DS0s. This command also shows the primary line in an IMA line configuration and the line alarm status. Line alarm status categories include:
| Alarm Information Signal |
| Remote Out of Frame |
| Remote Out of Packet Frame |
| Loss of Multiframe |
With Release 9.3.20, the dsplns command supports the Universal Router Module (URM) introduced on the IGX 8400 to provide IOS-based voice support and basic router functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router. The internal ATM port has no physical line interfaces. However, switch software resource management uses one entry from the line database for each active URM port. Consequently, the number of physical lines available in the node is reduced by the number of active URM ports.
The dsplns command accounts for the active URM ports. The dsplns command displays:
dsplns [s | d]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
s | Displays the line summary for an IGX node. The summary includes the number of active lines, the number of active router ports, and the number of available lines. |
d | Displays detailed information for each line in an IGX node. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dnln, dsptrks, upln, dspphyslns
Display circuit lines on the node.
dsplns
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 09:29 GMT
Line Type Current Line Alarm Status
11.1 OC3 Clear - OK
11.8 OC3 Clear - OK
Last Command: dsplns
Display the lines within an IMA configuration. Line 5.1 designates the primary line (the line first added to the configuration) and (8) designates that eight lines are grouped together to form this IMA line. The overall IMA group alarm status is shown in the dsplns display. The dspphyslns command shows the alarm status on each of the 8 physical lines within the IMA group.
dsplns
sw225 TN StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.l3 Feb. 2 2000 10:15 GMT
Line Type Current Line Alarm Status
5.1(8) E1/238 Clear - OK
Last Command: dsplns
Display the line detail and summary information for an IGX node with two active Universal Router Module (URM) ports. The summary screen is displayed by answering "yes" (y) to the prompt. The number of "Available Lines" is the "Total Lines" minus the "Active Lines" and the "Active Router Ports".
dsplns
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2a July 20 2000 15:33 GMT
Line Type Current Line Alarm Status
4.1 T3/636 Clear - OK
4.2 T3/636 Clear - OK
5.3 OC3 Clear - OK
5.4 OC3 Clear - OK
7.1 E1/30 Clear - OK
This Command:dsplns
Display the summary lines output?
--------------------- Screen 2 --------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2a July 20 2000 15:34 GMT
Line Summary:
Active Lines 5
Active Router Ports 2
Available Lines 57
Total Lines 64
Last Command:dsplns
Display the detail for the activated lines on an IGX node with active URM ports.
dsplns d
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2a July 20 2000 15:33 GMT
Line Type Current Line Alarm Status
4.1 T3/636 Clear - OK
4.2 T3/636 Clear - OK
5.3 OC3 Clear - OK
5.4 OC3 Clear - OK
7.1 E1/30 Clear - OK
Last Command:dsplns d
Display the line summary for an IGX node with active URM ports.
dsplns s
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2a July 20 2000 15:33 GMT
Line Summary:
Active Lines 5
Active Router Ports 2
Available Lines 57
Total Lines 64
Last Command:dsplns s
Displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected line. This command displays the last five occurrences of the line statistic. You select the line statistic from the list displayed when you enter the command. Use the dsplnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Use cnflnstats to enable a statistic. (Note that dspclnstathist is the same as dsplnstathist.)
dsplnstathist <line> <statistic number> <interval> <owner>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample. Range: 1-255 minutes |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnflnstats, dsplnstatcnf
dsplnstathist 11.8
-------------------------------------SCREEN 1-----------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 12:27 GMT
Line Statistic Types
1) Loss of Frames 39) Path FEBE
2) Loss of Signal 40) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
19) HCS Errors 41) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
28) YEL Transitions 42) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
30) Alarm Indication Signal 43) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
31) Loss of Cell Delineation 44) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
32) Loss of Pointer 45) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
33) OC3 Path AIS 46) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
34) OC3 Path YEL 47) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
35) Section BIP8 48) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
36) Line BIP24 49) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
37) Line FEBE
38) Path BIP8
This Command: dsplnstathist 11.8
Continue? y
-------------------------------------SCREEN 2-----------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 12:27 GMT
Line Statistic Types
50) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
51) Line Unavailable Secs.
52) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
53) Path Unavailable Secs.
54) Path Farend Unavailable Secs.
55) HCS Correctable Error
56) HCS Correctable Error Err. Secs
This Command: dsplnstathist 11.8
Statistic Type:
Displays both the used and available bandwidth (both in the transmit and receive directions) for each trunk at the specified node. The "transmit" direction is from the node specified and to the node at the other end of the trunk. In the screen display, the numbers of disabled trunks appear in dim, reverse video on the screen.
The dspload display reflects the static load model stored by the node and used to determine the bandwidth available for new connections and reroutes. The display does not represent changes due to the dynamic utilization of the trunks. Some types of connections, such as voice connections using adaptive voice and data connections using Data Frame Multiplexing (DFM), suppress packets. In contrast, Frame Relay connections may generate additional packets when bandwidth permits.
When this command is executed at a local node in structured networks, the information displayed is for any node on the intra-domain lines belonging to the same domain. The node uses the terminating and through routed connections' calculated load to calculate the trunk load. The connection type (v, c, a, or d) or baud rate (9.6 Kbps, 56 56 Kbps, and so on) and other factors determine its basic load. The calculated trunk load may also be modified by using the cnfchutl command for connections that use VAD, DFM, or Frame Relay.
A certain amount of bandwidth is reserved for each trunk (when using cnftrk). The reserved bandwidth is available only for high priority packets (for example, PCC traffic). The node cannot route connections using this reserved bandwidth. The following loading, in packets per second, is calculated for each trunk in each direction:
dspload [nodename] [line number] [-cos]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
nodename | Specifies the local node. |
line number | Specifies the physical line whose loading information is displayed. |
-cos | Displays loading based on all cos band values. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsptrkutl, cnfcmparm
Display the load for all trunks that terminate on the current node.
dspload
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:54 PST
Trunk loads for node 'alpha'
Units Used Available Reserved Cmax In Use Cmax In Use
PLN Xmt Rcv Xmt Rcv Xmt Rcv Xmt Rcv XmtA RcvA XmtB RcvB
10 Pkts Pkts 1760 1744 8304 8320 600 600 0 0 0 0
14 Pkts Pkts 504 504 6896 6896 600 600 20 20 0 0
Last Command: dspload
Next Command:
Display the load for the trunk in slot 10 of the current node. If the dspload arguments include a trunk number, detailed information for each of the packet types on that line appears. Additional categories of information for Frame Relay loads on the trunk include Cmax In Use, Cmax Available, and Cmax Capacity.
dspload 10
sw151 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:05 GMT
Configured Trunk Loading: TRK sw151 10--10 sw150
Load Type Xmt-p Rcv-p lcl
NTS 2016 2016 Conid In Use 11
TS 432 432 Conid Available 1760
Voice 208 208 Total Capacity 1771
BData A 0 0
BData B 0 0 Line type is Terrestrial
CBR 0 0 Line supports BData Load
rt-VBR 0 0 Line does not use ZCS
nrt-VBR 50 50
ABR 0 0 Traffic class:
Total In Use 2656 2656 V TS NTS FR FST CBR nrt-VBR ABR rt-VBR
Reserved 992 992
Available 76352 76352
Total Capacity 80000 80000
Last Command: dspload 10
Next Command:
Displays the load for trunk 1 in slot 1 of the current node based on load type (CBR, ABR, etc.). The trunk queue delay is also displayed if routing with delay is enabled. The dspload screen displays the bandwidth used by rt-VBR and nrt-VBR connections on a trunk.
dspload 1.1
sw203 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:05 GMT
Configured Trunk Loading: TRK sw203 1.1-- 1.1 sw242
Load Type Xmt-c Rcv-c lcl
NTS 0 0 Conid In Use 1068
TS 0 0 Conid Available 703
Voice 0 0 Total Capacity 1771
BData A 0 0
BData B 0 0 Trunk cost: 26
CBR 23100 23100 Trunk V Qdelay: 2.5 msec
rt-VBR 14300 14300 Trunk NTS Qdelay: 31.9 msec
nrt-VBR 14300 14300 Trunk end doesn't support complex gateway
ABR 18901 18901 Trunk is Terrestrial
Total In Use 56301 56301 Trunk does not use ZCS
Reserved 1000 1000 Trunk end doesn't support complex gateway
Available 38699 38690 Traffic class: V TS NTS FR FST CBR nrt-VBR ABR
Total Capacity 96000 96000 rt-VBR
Last Command: dspload 1.1
Next Command:
Displays the "cos based" load for trunk 1 in slot 1 of the current node. The -cos option displays the load categorized by bands. This is applicable and meaningful only when the Priority Bumping option is enabled.
dspload 1.1 -cos
sw67 TRM StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.a7 Mar. 2 2000
13:52 GMT
Configured Trunk Loading: TRK sw67 1.1--13.1 sw66
Band: CoS Xmt-c Rcv-c
B0 : 0- 1 50 50 Conid In Use+Avail: 1+
1770= 1771
B1 : 2- 3 0 0 VPC conids: 0/256
B2 : 4- 5 0 0
B3 : 6- 7 0 0 Trunk is Terrestrial
B4 : 8- 9 0 0 Trunk supports cell routing
B5 :10-11 0 0 Trunk does not use ZCS
B6 :12-13 0 0 Trunk end doesn't support complex
gateway
B7 :14-15 0 0 Traffic: V TS NTS FR FST CBR
NRT-VBR ABR
Total In Use 50 50 RT-VBR
Reserved 5000 5000 Lcn/GwLcn bmap, oe: 00/00,00/00
Available 90950 90950
Total Capacity 96000 96000
Last Command: dspload 1.1 -cos
Displays the event log for a node. Events affecting the node are displayed in chronological order with the most recent events at the top of the log. The display includes a description of the event, the date and time of the event, and the alarm class of the event. A Continue? prompt is displayed if more than one screen is required to display all the log entries. Events generating alarms are marked Major or Minor, and events clearing alarms are marked Clear.
When you enter parameters with the dsplog command, they may all be used and entered in any order (except the <i> parameter, which cannot be used with <p>).
The dsplog entries show the virtual trunk number of a trunk, for example, slot.port.vtrk.
For UXM cards with ATM Forum IMA compliant trunks, a trunk is displayed in dsptrks as:
For example, an IMA trunk would display in the TRK column in the dsptrks display as:
In this case, 5.1x4 indicates an ATM Forum-compliant IMA trunk 5.4 which consists of four physical lines. To see all physical lines belonging to this IMA trunk, you can enter the dspphyslns command.
For IMA trunks, you can configure nonconsecutive physical lines.
To support ATM Forum compliant IMA trunks, the UXM card must have Model B firmware. (Model A firmware supports Cisco proprietary IMA protocol trunks, but not the ATM Forum-compliant trunks.)
The dsplog displays an SES interface shelf (feeder) when it is added to or removed from an IGX 8400 routing hub.
When you execute the dsplog command a message tells you when a Hitless Rebuild of the node occurred. See Example 2, which shows even log entries indicating that a hitless rebuild has occurred.
When a hitless rebuild occurs, event log entries indicating the occurrence of the rebuild will be logged. You view these event log entries by using dsplog.
Whenever the polling type changes, this event is logged in the event log (displayed by using dsplog command) on the switch.
Related to degraded mode conditions, which may occur when a node has exhausted its internal resources due to excessive messaging (among other possible causes) which leads the node to abort, the node either switches to the standby CC if it is available, or else it goes to into the degraded mode, assuming that this mode has been enabled. A node indicates that it is in degraded mode by: displaying degraded on the console screen; remote nodes generating degraded mode alarms; remote nodes showing the degraded mode as unreachable/degraded (UNDeg). The abort that put the node into degraded mode is logged in the switch software log, which you can display by using the dsplog command.
After a node enters the degraded mode, communication is halted with the rest of the network. All the network nodes immediately transition to communication break with the node in degraded mode.
The communication break generates a Minor Alarm for the network nodes. Each node inserts a special communication break message into the local event log (dsplog). For a locally attached Cisco WAN Manager, the message is also inserted into the Cisco WAN Manager event log. This message indicates the communication break was caused by a degraded mode at the remote node.
In addition to the log entries, a Communication Break Robust Alarm trap is generated to Cisco WAN Manager. This trap contains a new alarm type (code 997), which indicates the communication break was caused by a degraded mode at the remote node.
After a node exits the degraded mode, communication resumes with the rest of the network. All the network nodes clear communication break with the node.
The clearing of the communication break clears the Minor Alarm for the network nodes. Communication break clear messages are inserted into the local and Cisco WAN Manager event logs. A Communication break Robust Alarm trap is generated with the clear alarm type (code 998). The log messages and the robust trap for the communication break clear do not indicate that the communication break was caused by the node being in a degraded mode.
The dsplog command displays SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching) events and alarms shown in Table 4-20. APS alarms are also propagated to Cisco WAN Manager. APS events are indicated in the table by "Info" class type.
Class | dsplog Text | Description |
---|---|---|
Minor | APS standard mismatch | In a two-card APS 1+1 configuration, one card is programmed for GR-253 and the other card is programmed for ITUT. |
Minor | APS redundant protection back card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS redundant working back card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS 1+1 protection hardware front card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS 1+1 working hardware front card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS 1/2 channels parameter mismatch front card | Not supported |
Minor | APS firmware missing protection card | Not supported |
Minor | APS firmware missing working card | Not supported |
Minor | APS firmware missing working card | Not supported |
Minor | APS card missing | Indicates that either a BXM front card or back card supporting this APS line is detected as missing by a BXM. |
Minor | APS front card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS working back card missing | Not supported |
Minor | APS card mismatch | Not supported |
Clear | APS OK | APS line is up with no alarms |
Clear | APS deactivated | APS line is down |
Minor | APS lines looped | APS line is looped |
Minor | APS remote signal failure | A remote signal indicates that there is a problem with the far end signaling information in the K1K2 bytes. |
Minor | APS channel mismatch | Can happen only in bidirectional mode and indicates that there is a problem with the underlying APS channel protocol. The receive K2 channel number does not equal the transmit K1 channel number. |
Minor | APS protection switch byte failure | Protection switch byte failure or PSB. In bidirectional mode, indicates that there is an invalid K1 byte. The receive K1 request does not match the reverse request and is less than the transmit K1 request. In all modes, a PSB alarm indicates that K1/K2 protocol is not stable. |
Minor | APS far end protection failure | Far end protection failure indicates that the far end's protection line is failing. When there is signal failure on the protection channel, the remote end sees Far End Protection Fail. |
Minor | APS architecture mismatch1 | Architecture mismatch means that the APS configuration on one end of the line does not match the APS configuration at the other side of the line. Specifically, GR-253 at one end and ITUT at the other or 1+1 at one end and 1:1 at the other. |
Info | APS Init/Clear/Revert | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS has been initialized or a clear switch has occurred or a revert switch has occurred. |
Info | Cannot perform a Clear/Revert switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a clear/revert switch. |
Info | APS manual switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS has performed a user requested manual switch. |
Info | Cannot perform a manual switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a user requested manual switch. |
Info | APS signal degrade LoPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a low-priority signal degrade condition. An automatically initiated switch due to a "soft failure" condition resulting from the line BER exceeding a preselected threshold (cnfapsln). |
Info | Cannot perform a signal degrade LoPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a low-priority signal degrade condition. |
Info | APS signal degrade HiPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a high-priority signal degrade condition. An automatically initiated switch due to a "soft failure" condition resulting from the line BER exceeding a preselected threshold (cnfapsln). |
Info | Cannot perform a signal degrade HiPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a high-priority signal degrade condition. |
Info | APS signal failure LoPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a low-priority signal failure condition. An automatically initiated switch due to a signal failure condition on the incoming OC-N line including loss of signal, loss of frame, AIS-L defects, and a line BER exceeding 10-3. |
Info | Cannot perform a signal failure LoPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a low-priority signal failure condition. |
Info | APS signal failure HiPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a high-priority signal failure condition. An automatically initiated switch due to a signal failure condition on the incoming OC-N line including loss of signal, loss of frame, AIS-L defects, and a line BER exceeding 10-3. |
Info | Cannot perform a signal failure HiPri switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a high-priority signal failure condition. |
Info | APS forced switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS has performed a user requested forced switch. |
Info | Cannot perform a forced switch. | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a user requested forced switch. |
Info | APS lockout switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS has performed a user requested switch that prevents switching from working line to protection line from taking place. |
Info | Cannot perform a lockout switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a user requested lockout of protection switch. |
Info | WTR switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a Wait to Restore time-out. A state request switch due to the revertive switch back to the working line because the wait-to-restore timer has expired. |
Info | Cannot perform a WTR switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a WTR condition. |
Info | Exercise switch | Not supported. |
Info | Cannot perform an exercise switch | Not supported. |
Info | Reverse switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a reverse request. A state request switch due to the other end of an APS bidirectional line performing an APS switch. |
Info | Cannot perform a reverse switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a reverse switch request. |
Info | No Revert switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS performed a switch due to a Do Not Revert. A state request due to the external user request being cleared (such as a forced switch) while using non-revertive switching. |
Info | Cannot perform a No Revert switch | A BXM APS event indicating that the BXM APS was unable to perform a switch due to a Do Not Revert switch request. |
Minor | Standby line section trace | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line path trace | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line path yellow alarm | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line path AIS | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line loss of pointer | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line loss of cell | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line pclp yellow alarm | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line plcp out of frame alarm | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line yellow alarm | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line alarm indication signal (AIS) | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line out of frame alarm (LOF) | APS standby line alarm |
Minor | Standby line loss of signal alarm (LOS) | APS standby line alarm |
dsplog <r> <p> <t> <i>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<r> | Reverses the entry order in the log. Normally, the log displays the most recent entries at the top (newest to oldest. When you use the <r> parameter, entries are displayed oldest to newest. |
<p> | Allows you to page through the log. Use "n" to go to the next page, "p" to go to the previous page, and "q" to quit the log. |
<t> | Searches the log for an exact or closest timestamp. The syntax is: For example: For fields that you do not search, insert a zero. For example: |
<i> | This parameter is available only for service level privilege and above. Displays all log entries, software error entries (dspswlog), and aborts (dspabortlog). Software error and abort entries are integrated by timestamp. This parameter can be used with either the <r> or <t> parameter. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspabortlog, dspswlog, clrogs, dspphyslns, dsptrks
Displays the log in reverse order, oldest entries first.
dsplog r
sw215 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.r7 Mar. 16 2000 08:49 PST
Least recent log entries (most recent at bottom)
Class Description Date Time
Info Log Cleared Date/Time Not Set
Info BCC 8 Restarted due to a Primary Revision Change Date/Time Not Set
Info CC 8 Starting rebuild due to Primary Revision Change Date/Time Not Set
Info Full Rebuild Occurred Date/Time Not Set
Info Invalid Login Attempt via Control Port (Local) Date/Time Not Set
Info BCC 8 downloading Flash with Revision 9.3.r7 Date/Time Not Set
Info ASM Inserted Date/Time Not Set
Info ASM 15 Activated Date/Time Not Set
Info Polling type changed to 2 Date/Time Not Set
Clear LMASM 15 Inserted - Activated Date/Time Not Set
Minor Fan #1 RPM out of range Date/Time Not Set
Minor Fan #2 RPM out of range Date/Time Not Set
Minor Fan #3 RPM out of range Date/Time Not Set
This Command: dsplog r
Displays the log in pages. Use "n" for next, "p" for previous, and "q" to quit out of the log.
dsplog p
sw215 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.r7 Mar. 16 2000 08:50 PST
Snapshot of log entries (most recent at top)
Class Description Date Time
Info AXIS shelf on TRK 2.1: Added 03/16/00 08:48:07
Info BCC 8 downloaded Flash with Revision 9.3.r7 03/16/00 08:47:58
Clear TRK 2.1 OK 03/16/00 08:47:51
Clear TRK 2.1 Activated 03/16/00 08:47:51
Info BNI-T3 2 Activated 03/16/00 08:47:51
Info BCC 8 downloading Flash with Revision 9.3.r7 03/16/00 08:47:25
Info Port 3.1 Activated 03/16/00 08:47:25
Info BCC 8 Restarted due to a Primary Revision Change 03/16/00 08:47:21
Clear LN 3.1 OK 03/16/00 08:47:21
Clear LN 3.1 Activated 03/16/00 08:47:21
Info ASI-T3 3 Activated 03/16/00 08:47:21
Clear Fan #3 RPM out of range 03/16/00 08:46:58
Clear Fan #2 RPM out of range 03/16/00 08:46:58
This Command: dsplog p
Continue direction - Next/Previous/Quit? (n/p/q)
Displays the log by timestamp.
dsplog t 2000 3 16 8 46 58
sw215 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.r7 Mar. 16 2000 08:52 PST
Snapshot of log entries (most recent at top)
Class Description Date Time
Clear Fan #3 RPM out of range 03/16/00 08:46:58
Clear Fan #2 RPM out of range 03/16/00 08:46:58
Clear Fan #1 RPM out of range 03/16/00 08:46:58
Info T3-2 3 Inserted 03/16/00 08:46:55
Info ASI-T3 3 Inserted 03/16/00 08:46:55
Info MMF-2 14 Inserted 03/16/00 08:46:53
Info BNI-155 14 Inserted 03/16/00 08:46:53
Info Time changed from: Date/Time Not Set 03/16/00 08:46:52
Info SMF-2 6 Inserted Date/Time Not Set
Info BNI-155 6 Inserted Date/Time Not Set
Info Name change from NODENAME to sw215 Date/Time Not Set
Info LM-BXM 11 Inserted Date/Time Not Set
Info BXM 11 Inserted Date/Time Not Set
This Command: dsplog t 2000 3 16 8 46 58
For service level privilege and above. Displays log entries, software error entries, and aborts. This example shows a dsplog screen where notification is given when high-priority mode is in use by the High Priority! string on the screen. The local event log indicates when the high-priority mode is entered and exited.
These strings are logged:
When in local high-priority mode, using the vt command to execute commands on another node provides a high-priority virtual terminal session. If you log into a control port at high priority, and then use the vt command to remotely log into another node with high priority VT, then both nodes will be at a high priority. The local node operates at the control port high priority, while the remote node serves you at a priority just below the network handler. When using the high-priority vt command, the screen shows High Priority VT and the local event log shows these strings.
Similar to the console screen, the Cisco WAN Manager and maintenance log show only the normal VT strings.
dsplog i
sw215 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.r7 Mar. 16 2000 09:00 PST
Most recent log entries (most recent at top)
Class Description Date Time
Info BCC 8 Restarted due to a Software Abort 03/16/00 08:59:38
Info Abort 9000000 Data:00000001 PC:30200A30/USR1 9.3.r7 03/16/00 08:59:19
Info User Cisco logged in (Local) 03/16/00 08:59:03
Info Hitless Rebuild Occurred 03/16/00 08:59:01
Info CC 8 Starting rebuild due to Software Abort 03/16/00 08:59:00
Info User Cisco logged in (Local) 03/16/00 08:59:02
Info User Service logged out (Local) 03/16/00 08:58:51
Info User Service logged in (Local) 03/16/00 08:58:34
Info User SuperUser logged out (Local) 03/16/00 08:58:29
Info User SuperUser logged in (Local) 03/16/00 08:57:22
Info Invalid Login Attempt via Control Port (Local) 03/16/00 08:57:03
Info User Cisco logged out (Local) 03/16/00 08:56:57
Info Error 1015 Data:DEADBEEF PC:302B74A6/USR1 9.3.r7 03/16/00 08:56:53
Last Command: dsplog i
Displays the mode of the card. The mode applies only to a UFM-U back card. The UFM-U back cards are the UFI-12V.35, UFI-12X.21, and UFI-4HSSI. A card mode is a combination of maximum port speeds and for specific port numbers. For a description of the UFM-U modes, see the UFM-U description in the Cisco IGX 8400 Series Reference.
dspmode <slot>
Parameter | Description | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
slot | Specifies the slot of the UFM-U card. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnffrport, cnfmode, dspmodes
Table 4-21 lists the maximum port speeds and active ports for each card mode.
V.35 and X.21 Ports | HSSI Ports | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
Group A | Group B | Group C | ||
Mode | 1 2 3 4 | 5 6 7 8 | 9 10 11 12 | 1 2 3 4 |
1 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 8 8 8 8 |
2 | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - | 16 - 16 - |
3 | 10 - - - | 10 - - - | 10 - - - | 16 - - - |
4 | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 |
|
5 | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 |
|
6 | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
7 | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
8 | 10 - - - | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
9 | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - |
|
10 | 10 - - - | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - |
|
11 | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
12 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - |
|
13 | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
14 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - |
|
15 | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - |
|
16 | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - |
|
17 | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 |
|
18 | 8 - 8 - | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - |
|
19 | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - |
|
20 | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - |
|
21 | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 | 8 - 8 - |
|
22 | 10 - - - | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - |
|
23 | 3 3 3 3 | 10 - - - | 10 - - - |
|
24 | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - |
|
25 | 8 - 8 - | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - |
|
26 | 10 - - - | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - |
|
27 | 8 - 8 - | 10 - - - | 10 - - - |
|
Display the mode of the UFM-U in slot 13.
dspmode 13
sw180 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 01:39 GMT
UFMU Card Mode Configuration
Slot Number Configured Mode Available Ports Currently Activated Ports
13 1 [111111111111] [100000000000]
Last Command: dspmode 13
Next Command:
Displays the ports that are active with each mode of an unchannelized UFM. The mode applies only to a UFM-U back card. The UFM-U back cards are the UFI-12V.35, UFI-12X.21, and UFI-4HSSI.
A card mode is a combination of maximum port speeds and specific port numbers. Refer to the dspmode definition for the table that lists the maximum port speeds and active ports for each mode. For a description of the UFM-U modes, see the UFM-U description in the Cisco IGX documentation.
The dspmodes command takes no parameters. Also, note that only the first three modes apply to a UFI-4HSSI.
dspmode
cnffrport, cnfmode, dspmode
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
Display the possible modes.
dspmodes
sw180 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 01:39 GMT
UFMU Card Mode Configuration
Slot Number Configured Mode Available Ports Currently Activated Ports
13 1 [111111111111] [100000000000]
Last Command: dspmode 13
Next Command:
Displays the name, type, and alarm status of all nodes within the network of the node executing the command. The remote node alarm is provided. You can use the vt command to reach the remote node and obtain the alarm information.
If a node is in alarm, its name is highlighted and the alarm type (major/minor), is displayed. A major alarm will be a flashing word. A junction node is identified with "Yes" printed under the Jct column.
dspnds [+n | -p | -d | domain]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
+n | Specifies the node number. Assigning a node number requires SuperUser privilege. |
-p | Specifies that the display include the type of controller card in the node. The types are BCC, NPM, and so on. |
-d | Specifies that the display include the type of node for each named node. The type is either "IGX" or "BPX." |
dspnw
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display the alarm status of all nodes within the network.
dspnds
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:42 PST
NodeName Alarm
alpha MAJOR
beta MAJOR
gamma MAJOR
Last Command: dspnds
Next Command:
Displays the Neighbor Device's topology information. You can display the neighbor information for all ports on an interface card in a specified slot or for all ports on all interface cards in the switch.
dspnebdisc <slot number>
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display the neighbor information for the ports on the BXM card in slot 4.
dspnebdisc 4
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 14 2000 14:09 PST
Port Neighbor Discovery
Port Enable State NbrIpAddress NbrIfName
4.3 Yes ACTIVE 172.29.9.205 ATM1/0
Last Command: dspnebdisc 4
Display the neighbor information for all ports on all BXM cards in the BPX.
dspnebdisc
sw143 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 9 2000 17:02 GMT
Port Neighbor Discovery
Port Enable State NbrIpAddress NbrIfName
4.1 No ACTIVE N/A N/A
4.3 Yes ACTIVE 172.29.9.205 ATM1/0
4.4 No ACTIVE 172.29.9.206 ATM3/0
11.1 Yes ACTIVE 172.29.9.207 ATM1/0
Last Command: dspnebdisc
Use the dspnebdisc command to display all the neighbor's information discovered by the IGX via the ELMI Neighbor Discovery procedure.
dspnebdisc
top TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 July 25 2000 09:31 GMT
Port Neighbor Discovery
Port Enable State IpAddress IfIndex/IfName
5.1 Yes ACTIVE 2.2.2.2 11
7.1 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.2 No ACTIVE 2.2.2.2 2
7.3 Yes ACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.4 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.5 Yes ACTIVE 1.1.1.1 5
7.6 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.7 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.8 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.9 No ACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.10 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
7.11 No ACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
This Command: dspnebdisc
Display the neighbor information for all ports on all UXM cards in the IGX.
Port 4.2 is failed, so the IpAddress field contains N/A, and if the IfName field contains N/A, even the ILMI is run on the card and Neighbor Discovery is configured to Yes.
Port 4.3 is showing Neighbor's IpAddress 172.29.200.154 and IfName "ATM3/IMA0."
Port 9.1 has the same situation as port 4.2.
Port 9.4 does not configure ILMI to be run on the card. Slot 5 and 10 are not UXM cards.
dspnebdisc
igxf1 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 July 26 2000 23:32 PST
Port Neighbor Discovery
Port Enable State IpAddress IfIndex/IfName
4.2 Yes FAILED N/A N/A
4.3 Yes ACTIVE 172.29.200.154 ATM3/IMA0
5.1 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
5.5 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
6.1 No ACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
6.2 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
6.4 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
9.1 Yes FAILED N/A N/A
9.4 No ACTIVE N/A N/A
10.1 Yes INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
10.2 No ACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
10.3 No INACTIVE 0.0.0.0 0
This Command: dspnebdisc
Displays a summary of the interface shelves.
The dspnode command can isolate the shelf where an alarm has originated. For example, when you execute dspalms, the display indicates the number of shelves with alarms but does not identify the shelves. Therefore, execute dspnode on the IPX/BPX core switch shelf to determine which interface shelf generated the alarm.
To execute a command from an IGX/AF itself, you must either Telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to the shelf.
Use the dspnode command to display the VSI controllers on a BPX node. You can display the control_VPI and control_VCI_start of the particular controller.
If the BPX cannot communicate LMI messages to its feeders, then the LMI status at the feeders must be maintained to keep the connections "active" to their external devices. If the BPX hub is flooded with network messages, then LMI/ILMI communication with its feeders may be interrupted. LMI normally runs a keep-alive between the hub and feeder. If the keep-alive fails, then the other end changes the status of all connections to "failed." If the outage is due to a network message flood, then it is desirable to override this mechanism to keep the connection status as "active."
dspnode
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX, IGX/AF, BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
addshelf, delshelf, dsptrks
Display information about the loopbacks on feeders to the BPX node.
dspnode
sazu TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:11 GMT
BPX Interface Shelf Information
Trunk Name Type Alarm
10.2 sw157 IPX/AF MAJ (L)
Last Command: dspnode
dspnode
sw167 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2T Dec. 18 2000 21:47 PST
BPX 8620 Interface Shelf Information
Trunk Name Type Part Id Ctrl Id Control_VC Alarm
VPI VCIRange
1.1 sw250 AXIS - - - - MIN
12.1 sw156 IGX 8400/ - - - - OK
Last Command: dspnode
dspnode
bpx03 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2V Jan. 19 2001 08:37 PST
BPX 8620 Interface Shelf Information
Trunk Name Type Part Id Ctrl Id Control_VC Alarm
VPI VCIRange
5.1 SES1 AAL/5 2 2 0 40-54 OK
5.3 VSI VSI 1 1 0 40-54 OK
Last Command: dspnode
dspnode
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2Q Dec. 13 2000 08:01 PST
IGX Interface Shelf Information
Trunk Name Type Alarm
3.1 sw134 IGX 8400/AF OK
Last Command: dspnode
Displays the network topology in tabular form. Alarms appear in a column, and added trunks (by addtrk) appear to the right to the node name. Each trunk entry shows the local back card slot number and the node name and back card slot number on the other end of the line.
Conventions:
If the network has more nodes and trunk connections than are currently on the screen, a "Continue?" prompt appears. Press the Return key to display other parameters, or enter "n" to exit the command.
dspnw [+b | -b] [+z | -z]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
+b | Display only the lines that support bursty data. |
-b | Display only the lines that do not support bursty data. |
+z | Display only the lines that use ZCS encoding. |
-z | Display only the lines that do not use ZCS encoding. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspnds, prtnw
dspnw
------------------------------------SCREEN 1-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:18 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw197
6.1-4.1/sw94
sw290
13.1-4.2/sw69
sw167 Minor
4.2-4.2/sw147 9.1-9.1/sw69
4.1-4.1/sw147 3.1-2.1/sw69
2.1-2.1/sw58 2.2-2.2/sw58
2.3-2.3/sw58 14.1-11.1/sw64
11.2-12.2/sw69
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:18 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw64
11.1-14.1/sw167 2.1-6.1/sw147
2.3-6.3/sw147 2.5-6.5/sw147
1.2-1.2/sw94 5.1-14.5/sw94
5.2-14.6/sw94
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 3-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:19 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw147 Minor
4.1-4.1/sw167 2.1-3.1/sw94
6.1-2.1/sw64 6.3-2.3/sw64
6.5-2.5/sw64 1.3-3.1/sw69
4.2-4.2/sw167 10.2-11.2/sw94
9.2-11.2/sw69 2.2.1-2.2.1/sw94
2.2.2-2.2.2/sw94 2.2.3-2.2.3/sw94
2.2.4-2.2.4/sw94 5.2-14.3/sw94
2.2.23-2.2.23/sw94 2.2.5-2.2.5/sw94
2.2.6-2.2.6/sw94 2.2.12-2.2.12/sw94
2.2.24-2.2.24/sw94 2.2.7-2.2.7/sw94
2.2.8-2.2.8/sw94 2.2.9-2.2.9/sw94
2.2.10-2.2.10/sw94 2.2.11-2.2.11/sw94
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 4-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:19 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw147 Minor
2.2.13-2.2.13/sw94 2.2.14-2.2.14/sw94
2.2.15-2.2.15/sw94 2.2.16-2.2.16/sw94
2.2.17-2.2.17/sw94 2.2.18-2.2.18/sw94
2.2.19-2.2.19/sw94 2.2.20-2.2.20/sw94
2.2.21-2.2.21/sw94 2.2.22-2.2.22/sw94
2.2.30-2.2.30/sw94 2.2.25-2.2.25/sw94
2.2.26-2.2.26/sw94 2.2.27-2.2.27/sw94
2.2.28-2.2.28/sw94 2.2.29-2.2.29/sw94
2.2.31-2.2.31/sw94 2.2.32-2.2.32/sw94
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 5-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:19 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw58
1.3-1.3/sw69 10.1-9.1/sw94
3.1-2.1/sw94 9.1-11.1/sw69
2.1-2.1/sw167 2.2-2.2/sw167
2.3-2.3/sw167 12.1-11.1/sw94
5.1-3.3/sw150 1.2.1-1.2.1/sw69
1.2.2-1.2.2/sw69 1.2.3-1.2.3/sw69
1.2.4-1.2.4/sw69 1.2.5-1.2.5/sw69
1.2.6-1.2.6/sw69
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 6-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:20 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw150
5.3-4.1/sw69 14.2.6-4.6.6/sw69
8.1-5.2/sw94 14.2.3-4.6.3/sw69
14.2.1-4.6.1/sw69 14.3-4.8/sw69
14.2.2-4.6.2/sw69 14.2.7-4.6.7/sw69
14.2.4-4.6.4/sw69 14.2.5-4.6.5/sw69
3.3-5.1/sw58 14.2.13-4.6.13/sw69
14.2.8-4.6.8/sw69 14.2.9-4.6.9/sw69
14.2.10-4.6.10/sw69 14.2.11-4.6.11/sw69
14.2.12-4.6.12/sw69 14.2.14-4.6.14/sw69
9.1-14.1/sw94
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 7-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:20 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw94
3.1-2.1/sw147 1.2-1.2/sw64
4.1-6.1/sw197 2.1-3.1/sw58
9.1-10.1/sw58 14.3-5.2/sw147
14.5-5.1/sw64 2.2.23-2.2.23/sw147
11.1-12.1/sw58 1.1-2.3/sw69
2.2.1-2.2.1/sw147 2.2.2-2.2.2/sw147
2.2.3-2.2.3/sw147 2.2.4-2.2.4/sw147
11.2-10.2/sw147 5.2-8.1/sw150
14.6-5.2/sw64 2.2.12-2.2.12/sw147
2.2.9-2.2.9/sw147 2.2.5-2.2.5/sw147
2.2.6-2.2.6/sw147 2.2.7-2.2.7/sw147
2.2.8-2.2.8/sw147 14.1-9.1/sw150
This Command: dspnw
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 8-----------------------------------
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 09:20 PST
NodeName Alarm Packet Line
sw94
3.1-2.1/sw147 1.2-1.2/sw64
4.1-6.1/sw197 2.1-3.1/sw58
9.1-10.1/sw58 14.3-5.2/sw147
14.5-5.1/sw64 2.2.23-2.2.23/sw147
11.1-12.1/sw58 1.1-2.3/sw69
2.2.1-2.2.1/sw147 2.2.2-2.2.2/sw147
2.2.3-2.2.3/sw147 2.2.4-2.2.4/sw147
11.2-10.2/sw147 5.2-8.1/sw150
14.6-5.2/sw64 2.2.12-2.2.12/sw147
2.2.9-2.2.9/sw147 2.2.5-2.2.5/sw147
2.2.6-2.2.6/sw147 2.2.7-2.2.7/sw147
2.2.8-2.2.8/sw147 14.1-9.1/sw150
Last Command: dspnw
Displays the IP address for each node in the network. The IP address is used to route TFTP messages transferring bulk statistics between the node and the WAN Manager Statistics Master.
dspnwip
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfwip
Display network IP addresses.
dspnwip
axiom1 TN bootzilla IGX 32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:18 GMT
Active Network IP Address: 169.134.90.106
Active Network IP Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
NodeName IP Address
axiom1 169.134.90.111
169.134.90.105
169.134.90.101
axiom2 169.134.90.102
axiom3 169.134.90.103
axiom1 169.134.90.106
Last Command: dspnwip
Next Command:
Displays the open space for a connection route.
dspospace <connection | group>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<connection | group> | Specifies the connection. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
Display the open space for the ATM Frame Relay connection 4.1.1. The line interface card is a UFM-8C.
dspospace 4.1.1
sw110 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:11 GMT
Open Space for 4.1.1 Snapshot
Domain
Local: sw110 8--10.3sw86 6.2-- 6.1sw81
ms_cur_pkts: 524272 ms_cur_cells: 12576
sm_cur_pkts: 4368 sm_cur_cells: 11296
Last Command: dspospace 4.1.1
Next Command:
Displays status and level information for either a specific Port Concentrator Shelf or all Port Concentrators attached to the node. When the command has a specific slot number for an argument, information appears for each concentrated link. The information for each concentrated link is:
The first example shows the results when a slot number is specified. When the command executes without a specified slot, a general status statement and the firmware revision for each port appear as shown in the second example.
dsppcs [slot]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies slot associated with the ports you want to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnffrport, dspfrcport, dspfrcbob, dspportstats
Display PCS information for port 6.
dsppcs 6
singha TN SuperUser IGX32 9.2 July 7 1997 14:04 GMT
Detailed Port Concentrator Display For FRP in slot 6
Link Number: 1 Link Number: 3
Status: Failed Status: OK
Test Status: No Test Test Status: Passed
FW Revision: FW Revision: P3
Boot PROM Date: Boot PROM Date: 11/9/95
Boot PROM Revision: Boot PROM Revision: P3
Link Number: 2 Link Number: 4
Status: Failed Status: OK
Test Status: No Test Test Status: Passed
FW Revision: FW Revision: P3
Boot PROM Date: Boot PROM Date: 11/9/95
Boot PROM Revision: Boot PROM Revision: P3
Last Command: dsppcs 6
Next Command:
Display information for all Port Concentrator Shelves.
dsppcs
singha TN SuperUser IGX32 9.2 July 7 1997 14:02 GMT
Port Concentrator Status
Slot.Port Status FW Revision
6.1 Failed
6.2 Failed
6.3 OK P3
6.4 OK P3
Last Command: dsppcs
Next Command:
Displays the accumulated line error counts, by failure type, for the specified trunks. If no trunk number is entered, a one-line summary of errors for all trunks at the local node is displayed. If a specific trunk number is entered with the command, a detailed analysis, including error threshold (ETH), is displayed.
The numbers of disabled trunks are displayed in dim, reverse video on the screen. The clrphyslnerrs command resets all error counts to 0. Table 4-22 briefly describes each error.
Physical line statistics are displayed on the dspphyslnstats, dspphyslnstathist, and dspphyslnerrs screens. These commands accept only physical line numbers (that is, slot.port).
Line Type | Error | Explanation |
---|---|---|
All except ATM | Bipolar errors | Number of times two consecutive pulses have the same polarity (AMI coding only). |
| Frame slips | Number of times a frame is discarded to re-establish synchronization. |
| Out of frames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism is detected on this circuit line. |
| Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the circuit line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
| Frame bit errors | Number of times the frame bit failed to alternate (frame error). |
| CRC errors | Number of times the generated CRC character did not match the received CRC character (applies only if CRC checking is enabled). |
| Out of MFrames | Number of times a multiframe synch error was detected (E1 lines only). |
| AIS - 16 | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
Only ATM | Out of Frames | Number of times a momentary loss of-DS3 frame alignment was detected. |
| Loss of sync (XX) | Number of times a loss of DS3 frame alignment lasting more than XX seconds was detected. |
| Packet Error | Number of CRC errors for a packet address. |
| Line Code Errors | Number of B3ZS code errors detected. |
| P-bit Parity Errors | Number of parity errors for the DS3 parity bit (P-bit) sequence. |
| C-bit Parity Errors | Number of parity errors for the DS3 control bit (C-bit) sequence. |
| Comm Fails | Number of BCC failed to communicate to the other node. |
| Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the trunk line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
Only ATM | AIS (BLU) | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
| Out of MFrames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism in the DS3 multiframe alignment was detected. |
| Remote Oof | Number of times the DS3 remote alarm (indicating remote end was out of frame alignment) was received. |
dspphyslnerrs [slot | slot.port]
or
dspphyslnerrs <slot.port> (for virtual physical lines)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[slot | slot.port] | Specifies a physical line for the error display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrphyslnerrs, prtphyslnerrs
Display a summary of all physical line errors at the local IGX node.
dspphyslnerrs
sw150 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 18 2000 22:28 PST
Total Statistical Errors
Code Out of LossOf Frame CRC
PHYSLN Errors Frames Signal BitErs Errors
3.1 - 0 0 0 0
3.3 - 0 0 0 0
5.3 0 0 0 0 0
8.1 0 0 0 0 0
9.1 0 0 0 0 0
14.2 0 0 0 0 0
14.3 0 0 0 0 0
Last Command: dspphyslnerrs
Display a detailed description of the errors for physical line 4.2 (an OC-3 trunk).
dspphyslnerrs 4.2
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 10:25 GMT
PHYSLN 4.2 Clear - OK Clrd:12/04/00 17:26:01
Statistical Alarm Count ETS Status Integrated Alarm Count ETS Status
Bipolar Err 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
Out of Frms 0 0 AIS (BLU) 0 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 0 -
Frame BitErrs 0 0 Remote (YEL) 0 -
CRC Err 0 0 Loss of Cell 0 -
Line Code Errs 0 0 Loss of Pointer 0 -
P-bit Parity Errs 0 0 Path AIS 0 -
C-bit Parity Errs 0 0 Path Yellow 0 -
BIP-8 Code Errs 0 0 Frame Sync 0 -
Frame Sync Errs 0 0 Remote Framing 0 -
Rmt Path Trace 0 -
Rmt Section Trace 0 -
Last Command: dspphyslnerrs 4.2
Display a detailed description of the errors for physical line 3.1 (an E3/T3 trunk).
dspphyslnerrs 3.1
sw150 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 18 2000 22:29 PST
PHYSLN 3.1 Clear - OK Clrd:12/18/00 20:52:07
Statistical Alarm Count ETS Status Integrated Alarm Count ETS Status
Out of Frms 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 AIS (BLU) 0 -
Frame BitErrs 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 0 -
CRC Err 0 0 Remote (YEL) 0 -
Line Code Errs 0 0 Loss of Cell 0 -
P-bit Parity Errs 0 0 Loss of Pointer 0 -
BIP-8 Code Errs 0 0 Frame Sync 0 -
Frame Sync Errs 0 0 Remote Framing 0 -
Rmt Path Trace 0 -
Last Command: dspphyslnerrs 3.1
Display a detailed description of the errors for physical line 11.3 (an E1 trunk).
dspphyslnerrs 11.3
sw228 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:59 PST
PHYSLN 11.3 Status:Clear - OK
Clrd: 08/27/97 13:33:15
Type Count ETS Status Type Count ETS Status
Out of Frms 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 AIS (BLU) 0 -
Frame BitErrs 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 0 -
CRC Err 0 0 Frm Err Rate(RED) 0 -
AIS-16 (RED) 0 -
Rmt Oof (YEL) 0 -
Loss of Cell 1 -
Last Command: dphyslnerrs 11.3
Display a detailed description of the errors for physical line 7.1 (a T1 IMA trunk).
dspphyslnerrs 7.1
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 14:44 PST
PHYSLN 7.1 Clear - OK Clrd:01/14/01 17:50:01
Statistical Alarm Count ETS Status Integrated Alarm Count ETS Status
Bipolar Err 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
Out of Frms 0 0 AIS (BLU) 0 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 0 -
Frame BitErrs 0 0 Rmt Oof (YEL) 0 -
CRC Err 0 0 Loss of Cell 0 -
Line Code Errs 0 0 IMA Line Failures 0 -
P-bit Parity Errs 0 0 IMA Failures 0 -
C-bit Parity Errs 0 0
BIP-8 Code Errs 0 0
Frame Sync Errs 0 0
Last Command: dspphyslnerrs 7.1
Displays a summary of the connection type and current alarm status for physical lines at the local IGX node for the ATM port specified. If no trunk number is entered, a one-line summary of errors for all trunks at the local node is displayed. If a specific slot number is entered with the command, a detailed analysis, including error threshold (ETH), is displayed. The trunk numbers of disabled trunks are displayed in dim, reverse video on the screen.
The summary for physical lines include the cell count in the transmit and receive directions, and error counts associated with the port. The display indicates the date and time that the statistics were cleared and the statistics collection time since they were last cleared. Cells transmitted indicates the amount of data transmitted out the port to the user device. Cells received indicates the amount of data received from the user device at the port. Corrupted statistics result from channel/port loopbacks or port tests. A yes in this field indicates that such a loopback or port test has occurred since the statistics were last cleared.
The clrphyslnerrs command resets all error counts to 0. Table 4-22 contains a brief description of each error.
You can configure nonconsecutive physical lines on the same IMA trunk. Use dspphyslns to display all physical lines belonging to a particular IMA trunk.
IMA physical line alarms are maintained differently than other types of logical (physical and virtual) trunks. Each IMA trunk has a configurable number of retained links. If the number of non-alarmed lines is less than the number of retained links, the logical (physical and virtual) trunks on the IMA trunk are placed into major alarm.
For example, if a line has IMA virtual trunks 4.5-8.2 and 4.5-8.7, the number of retained links on 4.5-8 has been configured to 2. If 4.5 and 4.6 go into LOS (loss of signal), physical line alarms are generated for these two physical lines. The logical trunks 4.5-8.7 do not go into alarm because the two retained links are still healthy. In this situation, the bandwidth on the logical trunks is adjusted downward to prevent cell drops, and the connections on those trunks are rerouted. If a third line goes into alarm, the logical trunks are then failed.
dspphyslns [slot]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[slot] | Specifies the slot number. |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
PHYSLN | The physical line number. |
Type | Physical line type. |
Current Line Alarm Status | The alarm status is one of the following values:
|
Trk/Line | Shows the primary line or trunk number. The primary line or trunk is the first line or trunk added to an IMA configuration using the upln or uptrk command. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspphyslnstathist, clrphyslnerrs, prtphyslnerrs
Display a summary of physical lines.
dspphyslns
sw150 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 18 2000 22:12 PST
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status Trk/Line
3.1 E3/530 Clear - OK 3.1-T
3.3 E3/530 Clear - OK 3.3-T
5.3 OC3 Clear - OK 5.3-T
8.1 T3/636 Clear - OK 8.1-T
9.1 OC3 Clear - OK 9.1-T
14.2 OC3 Clear - OK 14.2.1(14)
14.3 OC3 Clear - OK 14.3-T
Last Command: dspphyslns
Display the physical lines on card 4.
dspphyslns 4
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 13:35 GMT
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status Trk/Line
4.2 OC3 Clear - OK 4.2-T
4.4 OC3 Clear - OK 4.4-T
Last Command: dspphyslns 4
Display a detailed description of the type and current alarm status for the physical lines in slot 7 (a T1 IMA trunk).
dspphyslns 7
igxr03 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 14:16 PST
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status Trk/Line
7.1 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.2 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.3 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.4 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.5 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.6 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.7 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
7.8 T1/24 Clear - OK 7.1(8)-T
Last Command: dspphyslns 7
Display a detailed description of the type and current alarm status for the physical lines in slot 5.
dspphyslns 5
sw225 TN StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3.l3 Feb. 2 2000 10:11 GMT
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status Trk/Line
5.1 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.2 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.3 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.4 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.5 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.6 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.7 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
5.8 E1/30 Clear - OK 5.1(8)-L
Last Command: dspphyslns 5
Displays physical line (see Table 4-23) statistics configured as enabled for a selected line on a UXM card by the cnfphyslnstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. (The older command dsplnstatcnf is an alias for the IGX only.)
The Owner column identifies who or what set the statistic. If the Owner column shows "Automatic," the node's features set the statistic. If the node name appears under Owner, Cisco WAN Manager set the statistic. If the user name appears under Owner, the cnfchstats command executed from the command line interface set the statistic.
Statistic Object | Stat Type | Card Type | Definition |
---|---|---|---|
Total Cells Received | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Total Cells Transmitted | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
LOS Transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
LOF Transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
Line AIS Transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Line RDI (Yellow) Transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Uncorrectable HCS Errors | Physical | UXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Correctable HCS Errors | Physical | UXM | T3/E3/SONET |
HCS Errors | Physical | BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Line Code Violations, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
Line Parity (P-bit]) Errors, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Path Parity (C-bit) Errors, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Far End Block Errors | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Framing Errors and SES | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
Unavailable Seconds | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
PLCP LOF and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP YEL | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP BIP-8, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP FEBE, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP FOE, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP UAS | Physical | BXM | T3 |
LOC Errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | E3/SONET |
LOP Errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Path AIS Errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Path RDI Errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Section BIP-8 Counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line BIP-24 Counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line FEBE Counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Section SEFS | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line UAS and FarEnd UAS | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Clock Loss Transitions | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Frame Loss Transitions | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Multiframe Loss | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
CRC Errors | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
BPV | Physical | UXM | T1 |
Frame Bit Errors | Physical | UXM | E1 |
Unknown VPI/VCI Count | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
Errored LPC Cell Count | Physical | UXM | All |
Non-zero GFC Cell Count | Physical | UXM/BXM |
|
Max Differential Delay | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Uncorrectable HEC errors | Physical | UXM | All |
Cell Hunt Count | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Bandwidth Changed Count | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Receive CLP=0 Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=1 Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=0 Cell Discard | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=1 Cell Discard | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit CLP=0 Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit CLP=1 Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive OAM Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit OAM Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive RM Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit RM Cell Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
For Each Traffic Type: (V,TS,NTS, ABR, rt-VBR, |
|
|
|
Cells Served | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Maximum Qbin Depth | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Cells Discarded Count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
The dspphyslnstatcnf command lets you view the configuration (see Table 4-24) of these additional physical line statistics (which support the ATM Forum-compliant IMA protocol):
Statistics Object | Definition |
---|---|
IV-IMA | ICP Violations: count of errored, invalid or missing ICP cells during non-SES-IMA or non-UAS-IMA condition. |
Near End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA) | Count of one second intervals containing 30% of the ICP cells counted as IV-IMAs (see note 1), or one or more link defects (such as, LOS, OOF/LOF, AIS or LCD), LIF, LODS defects during non-UAS-IMA condition. |
Far End Severely Errored Seconds (SES-IMA-FE) | Count of one second intervals containing one or more RDI-IMA defects during non-UAS-IMA-FE condition. |
Near End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA) | Unavailable seconds: unavailability begins at the onset of 10 contiguous SES-IMA and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA. |
Far End Unavailable Seconds (UAS-IMA-FE) | Unavailable seconds at FE: unavailability begins at the onset of 10 contiguous SES-IMA-FE and ends at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds with no SES-IMA-FE. |
Near End Tx Unusable Seconds (Tx-UUS-IMA) | Tx Unusable seconds: count of Tx Unusable seconds at the NE LSM. |
Near End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA) | Rx Unusable seconds: count of Rx Unusable seconds at the NE LSM. |
Far End Tx Unusable Seconds (Tx-UUS-IMA-FE) | Tx Unusable seconds at FE: count of seconds with Tx Unusable indications from the FE LSM. |
Far End Rx Unusable Seconds (Rx-UUS-IMA-FE) | Rx Unusable seconds at FE: count of seconds with Rx Unusable indications from the FE LSM. |
Near End Tx No. of Failures (Tx-FC) | Count of NE Tx link failure alarm conditions. |
Near End Rx No. of Failures (Rx-FC) | Count of NE Rx link failure alarm conditions. |
dspphyslnstatcnf <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the line. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfphyslnstats
Display statistics enabled for a physical line on an IGX.
dspphyslnstatcnf 5.1
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 12:38 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Physical Line 5.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
1) Bipolar Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
3) Out of Frames 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
4) Losses of Signal 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
5) Frames Bit Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
6) CRC Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
29) Line Code Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
32) Line Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
35) Path Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
41) BIP-8 Code Violations 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
98) Frame Sync Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
Last Command: dspphyslnstatcnf 5.1
Displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected physical line on an active IMA trunk or line on a UXM card.
This command displays the last five occurrences of the line statistic for a physical line on an active IMA trunk on a UXM card. Select the line statistic from the list displayed when you first enter this command. Use the dspphyslnstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected channel. Use cnfphyslnstats to enable a statistic.
dspphyslnstathist <line> <statistic number> <interval> <owner>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample. Range: 1-255 minutes |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). You might need to enter "AUTO" in capital letters. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfphyslnstats, dspphyslnstatcnf
Display statistics for a physical line on an IGX.
dspphyslnstathist 5.1
------------------------------------SCREEN 1----------------------------------
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 13:04 GMT
Line Statistic Types
1) Bipolar Violations 37) Severely Err Secs - Path
3) Out of Frames 38) Severely Err Frame Secs
4) Losses of Signal 40) Unavail. Seconds
5) Frames Bit Errors 41) BIP-8 Code Violations
6) CRC Errors 42) Cell Framing Errored Seconds
29) Line Code Violations 43) Cell Framing Sev. Err Secs.
30) Line Errored Seconds 44) Cell Framing Sec. Err Frame Secs
31) Line Severely Err Secs 45) Cell Framing Unavail. Secs.
32) Line Parity Errors 62) Total Cells Tx to line
33) Errored Seconds - Line 69) Total Cells Rx from line
34) Severely Err Secs - Line 98) Frame Sync Errors
35) Path Parity Errors 141) FEBE Counts
36) Errored Secs - Path 143) Cell Framing FEBE Err Secs
This Command: dspphyslnstathist 5.1
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2----------------------------------
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 13:06 GMT
Line Statistic Types
144) Cell Framing FEBE Sev. Err. Secs. 202) Section BIP8 Err. Secs.
151) Yellow Alarm Transition Count 203) Line BIP24 Err. Secs.
152) Cell Framing Yel Transitions 204) Line FEBE Err. Secs.
153) AIS Transition Count 205) Path BIP8 Err. Secs.
193) Loss of Cell Delineation 206) Path FEBE Err. Secs.
194) Loss of Pointer 207) Section BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
195) OC3 Path AIS 208) Section Sev. Err. Framing Secs.
196) OC3 Path YEL 209) Line BIP24 Severely Err. Secs.
197) Section BIP8 210) Line FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
198) Line BIP24 211) Path BIP8 Severely Err. Secs.
199) Line FEBE 212) Path FEBE Severely Err. Secs.
200) Path BIP8 213) Line Unavailable Secs.
201) Path FEBE 214) Line Farend Unavailable Secs.
This Command: dspphyslnstathist 5.1
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 3----------------------------------
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 13:06 GMT
Line Statistic Types
215) Path Unavailable Secs. 228) INVMUX: Tx Failure Count
216) Path Farend Unavailable Secs. 229) INVMUX: Rx Failure Count
217) HCS Uncorrectable Error
218) HCS Correctable Error
219) INVMUX: line violations
220) INVMUX: Severely Err. Secs.
221) INVMUX: Farend Sev. Err. Secs.
222) INVMUX: Unavailable Secs.
223) INVMUX: Farend Unavail Secs.
224) INVMUX: Tx Unusable Seconds
225) INVMUX: Rx Unusable Seconds
226) INVMUX: Farend Tx Unusable Secs.
227) INVMUX: Farend Rx Unusable Secs.
This Command: dspphyslnstathist 5.1
Statistic Type:
Displays detailed status on a single specified port (same as alias command dspfrport). The more specific the port address in the command, the more detail is provided. For a full description of the port configuration parameters, use the cnfport command.
Displays information on Frame Relay cards and physical and logical ports. The applicable card sets are the FRP, FRM, and UFM. The content of the information display depends on the arguments you include with the command. The information can be:
Sample commands:
dspport
Display the states of all Frame Relay ports in the node.
dspport 8
Display the port states for FRP in slot 8.
dspport 8.1
Display the configuration for port 1 of the FRP in slot 8.
dspport 6.44
Display the configuration for logical port 44 of the FRP-2 in slot 6.
dspport <slot.port> [.vport]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the physical slot and port of the Frame Relay card set. |
[.vport] | Optional virtual port number (BXM only). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfport, upport, dnport, addport, delport
The display fields show possible displayed port parameters for a single port.
Parameters | Parameters |
---|---|
Port number | Polling Verification Timer |
DLCI number | Error Threshold |
State: Active or inactive | Monitored Events Count |
Interface Type: V.35 or X.21, DCE or DTE | Priority Communicated |
Configured clock speed in Kbps | The lead states in the Interface Control Template |
Measured clock speed in Kbps | Receiver Not Ready Thresholds |
The port VC queue depth in bytes | Flags per frame |
The VC queue ECN threshold in bytes | OAM FastPacket Threshold (for NNI ports) |
The DE threshold | Link Integrity Timer (for NNI ports FRP rev. F/H or above) |
The Signaling Protocol | Full Status Polling cycle (for NNI ports) |
Asynchronous Status |
|
Show BXM port 11.1.
dspport 11.1
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 13:12 GMT
Port: 11.1 [ACTIVE ] Bandwidth/AR BW: 353208/353208
Interface: LM-BXM CAC Override: Enabled
VPI Range: 0 - 255 CAC Reserve: 0
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 0 %
Protocol: LMI Protocol by Card: Yes
VPI.VCI: 0.31
LMI Polling Enabled: Y
T393 Status Enquiry Timer: 10
T394 Update Status Timer: 10
T396 Polling Timer: 10
N394 Max Status Enquiry Retry: 5
N395 Max Update Status Retry: 5
Last Command: dspport 11.1
Show port 4.2 of a UXM card.
dspport 4.2
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 13:28 GMT
Port: 4.2 [FAILED ]
Interface: T3 CAC Override: Enabled
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Speed: 96000 (cps) GW LCNs: 200
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Reserved BW: 0 (cps)
Alloc Bandwidth: 96000 (cps) VC Shaping: Disabled
Protocol: ILMI Protocol run on the card: Yes
VPI.VCI: 0.16 Neighbor Discovery: Yes
ILMI Polling Enabled Y
Trap Enabled Y
T491 Polling Interval 30
N491 Error Threshold 3
N492 Event Threshold 4
Last Command: dspport 4.2
Display the status of all ports. In this example, slot 4 and 5 contain UXM; slot 6 contains FRM; slot 12, 14, and 15 contain URM.
dspport
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.r5 Dec. 21 2000 08:43 GMT
Port States
Port ID State
4.1 ACTIVE
4.2 ACTIVE
5.3 ACTIVE
6.1 0 INACTIVE
6.2 0 INACTIVE
6.3 0 INACTIVE
6.4 0 INACTIVE
12.1 ACTIVE
14.1 ACTIVE
15.1 ACTIVE
Last Command: dspport
Display the status of BXM port 13.1.
dspport 13.1
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 25 2000 16:57 GMT
Port: 13.1 [ACTIVE ] Bandwidth/AR BW: 353208/353208
Interface: LM-BXM CAC Override: Enabled
VPI Range: 0 - 255 CAC Reserve: 0
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 56 %
Protocol: NONE Protocol by Card: No
Last Command: dspport 13.1
Display the status of the Neighbor Discovery feature on port 4.3 of a BXM card running the ILMI protocol.
dspport 4.3
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 14 2000 14:01 PST
Port: 4.3 [ACTIVE ] Bandwidth/AR BW: 353208/353208
Interface: LM-BXM CAC Override: Enabled
VPI Range: 0 - 255 CAC Reserve: 0
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 0 %
Protocol: ILMI Protocol by Card: Yes
NbrDisc Enabled: Yes
VPI.VCI: 0.16 Addr Reg Enab: Y
ILMI Polling Enabled: Y
Trap Enabled: Y
T491 Polling Interval: 30
N491 Error Threshold: 3
N492 Event Threshold: 4 ILMI Reset Flag:Y
Last Command: dspport 4.3
Display the status of the primary link on port 2, slot 7, of an IMA line.
dspport 7.2
sw225 TN StrataCom IGX 16 9.3.00 Apr. 13 2000 13:39 PST
Port: 7.2 [ACTIVE ]
IMA Port Group: 2-5
Interface: E1-IMA CAC Override: Enabled
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Speed: 13433 (cps)
SIG Queue Depth: 640
Protocol: NONE
Last Command: dspport 7.2
Display the status of the Neighbor Discovery feature on port 5.1 of a UFM card running the ELMI protocol.
dspport 5.1
top TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 July 25 2000 09:36 GMT
Port: 5.1 [ACTIVE ] Primary
Interface: T1D Configured Clock: 1536 Kbps
Clocking: None Measured Rx Clock: None
Neighbor IP Add: 2.2.2.2 Neighbor IfIndex: 11
Port ID - Min Flags / Frames 1
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 10 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 6 cyl
Signalling Protocol Cisco LMI -E EFCI Mapping Enabled No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Enabled/Tx Timer No/ 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Channel Speed 64
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Line Number 1
Communicate Priority No Channel Range 1-24
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25% Neighbor Discovery Enable
Last Command: dspport 5.1
Display the port status of the UFMU card in slot 9.
dspport 9
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 21 2000 08:47 GMT
Port configuration for UFMU 9
Port Line ID Speed Interface State Protocol
1 1 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) ACTIVE None
2 2 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
3 3 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
4 4 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
5 5 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
6 6 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
7 7 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
8 8 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
9 9 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
10 10 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
11 11 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
12 12 0 256 Kbps V35 (DCE) INACTIVE None
Last Command: dspport 9
Display the status of the port 9.1.
dspport 9.1
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 21 2000 08:48 GMT
Port: 9.1 [ACTIVE ]
Interface: V35 DCE Configured Clock: 256 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Measured Rx Clock: 0 Kbps
Port ID 0 Min Flags / Frames 1
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 10 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 6 cyl
Signalling Protocol None EFCI Mapping Enabled No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Enabled/Tx Timer No/ 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Interface Control Template
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Lead CTS DSR DCD
Communicate Priority No State ON ON ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25%
Last Command: dspport 9.1
Display the detail information for the internal ATM port 11.1 on the Universal Router Module (URM) in an IGX node.
dspport 11.1
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.e9 Oct. 6 2000 05:29 GMT
Port: 11.1 [ACTIVE ]
Interface: INTERNAL CAC Override: Enabled
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Speed: 353208 (cps) GW LCNs: 200
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Reserved BW: 0 (cps)
Alloc Bandwidth: 353208 (cps) VC Shaping: Disabled
Protocol: NONE
Last Command:dspport 11.1
Next Command:
Display port status for all the Port Concentrator ports at slot 5.
dspport 5
tecate LAN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:59 PST
Port configuration for FRP 5
Port ID Speed Interface State Protocol
1 0 64 V.35 (DCE) ACTIVE None
2 0 64 V.35 (DCE) ACTIVE None
3 0 38.4 V.11 (DTE) ACTIVE None
4 0 38.4 V.11 (DCE) ACTIVE None
5 0 38.4 V.11 (DCE) ACTIVE None
6 0 38.4 V.11 (DTE) ACTIVE None
7 0 19.2 V.11 (DCE) ACTIVE None
8 0 19.2 V.28 (DCE) ACTIVE None
9 0 19.2 V.28 (DTE) ACTIVE None
10 0 38.4 V.28 (DCE) INACTIVE None
11 0 38.4 V.28 (DCE) INACTIVE None
12 0 38.4 V.28 (DCE) INACTIVE None
Last Command: dspfrport 5
Continue?
Display port configuration for Frame Relay port 6.44 (a Port Concentrator port).
dspport 6.44
singha TN SuperUser IGX32 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:38 GMT
Port: 6.44 [FAILED]
Interface: V.11 DCE Configured Clock: 38.4 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Startup Rx Clock: 0 Kbps
Min Flags / Frames 1
Port ID 0
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 10 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 6 cyl
Signalling Protocol None EFCI Mapping Enabled No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Enabled/Tx Timer No/ 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Interface Control Template
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Lead I
Communicate Priority No State ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25%
Last Command: dspport 6.44
Next Command:
Displays port IDs. The port ID is a user-specified identifier for a particular Frame Relay port where several virtual circuits share the same physical interface. The port ID can be any numeric value in the range 1-1024.
The command for specifying a port ID is cnffrport. Note that a Port Concentrator does not use port IDs.
dspport IDs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnffrport
Display the port IDs throughout the network.
dspportids
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:55 PST
Frame Relay Port IDs
ID Node
7 alpha |
9 alpha |
Last Command: dspportids
Next Command:
Displays the Automatic Routing Management port queue configuration for an ASI or BXM card on a BPX, or a UXM card on an IGX. After you enter this command with the required slot and physical port number parameters, the display shows the detailed port queue configuration information.
dspportq <slot.port>[<.vport>]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port[.vport] | Specifies the card slot, physical, and optional virtual port number (BXM only). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfportq
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
nni/uni | Specifies whether the cell header format is NNI or UNI. Default: UNI |
cbr queue parms | Specifies the CBR queue parameters of depth, cbr-hi, cbr-lo, and efci. |
nrt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the nrt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
rt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the rt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
ubr/abr queue parms | Specifies the ABR queue parameters of depth, abr-hi, abr-low, and efci. |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
nni/uni | Specifies whether the cell header format is NNI or UNI. Default: UNI |
cbr queue parms | Specifies the CBR queue parameters of depth, cbr-hi, cbr-lo, and efci. |
nrt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the nrt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
rt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the rt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
ubr/abr queue parms | Specifies the ABR queue parameters of depth, abr-hi, abr-low, and efci. UBR traffic shares this queue with the ABR traffic. |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
nni/uni | Specifies whether the cell header format is NNI or UNI. Default: UNI |
cbr queue parms | Specifies the CBR queue parameters of depth, cbr-hi, cbr-lo, and efci. |
nrt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the nrt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
rt-vbr queue parms | Specifies the rt-VBR queue parameters of depth, vbr-hi, vbr-low, and efci. |
ubr/abr queue parms | Specifies the ABR queue parameters of depth, abr-hi, abr-low, and efci. UBR traffic shares this queue with the ABR traffic. |
Display the port queue configuration for IGX port 5.3.
dspportq 5.3
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:05 GMT
Port: 5.3 [ACTIVE ]
Interface: OC3
Type: UNI
Speed: 353208 (cps) Alloc Bandwidth: 353208 (cps)
CBR Queue Depth: 600 rt-VBR Queue Depth: 5000
CBR Queue CLP High Threshold: 80% rt-VBR Queue CLP High Threshold: 80%
CBR Queue CLP Low Threshold: 60% rt-VBR Queue CLP Low Threshold: 60%
CBR Queue EFCI Threshold: 60% rt-VBR Queue EFCI Threshold: 60%
nrt-VBR Queue Depth: 5000 ABR Queue Depth: 20000
nrt-VBR Queue CLP High Threshold: 80% ABR Queue CLP High Threshold: 80%
nrt-VBR Queue CLP Low Threshold: 60% ABR Queue CLP Low Threshold: 60%
nrt-VBR Queue EFCI Threshold: 60% ABR Queue EFCI Threshold: 20%
Last Command: dspportq 5.3
Display the port queue configuration for BPX port 11.1.
dspportq 11.1
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 14:07 GMT
Port: 11.1 [ACTIVE ]
Interface: LM-BXM
Type: UNI
AR Bandwidth: 353208 (cps)
SVC Queue Pool Size: 0
QUEUE DEPTH CLP HI CLP LO EFCI VC SHAPE
/EPD
CBR 600 80% 60% 60% DISABLED
rt-VBR 5000 80% 60% 60% DISABLED
nrt-VBR 5000 80% 60% 60% DISABLED
UBR/ABR 20000 80% 60% 20% DISABLED
Last Command: dspportq 11.1
Displays either all of the ports on the node, or if a slot is specified, all of the ports on the specified slot.
dspports [<slot>]
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspport, addport, upport, dnport, delport
Display the status of all the ports on the BXM card.
dspports
sw167 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2T Dec. 19 2000 21:19 PST
Port States
Port State
5.1 ACTIVE
5.2 ACTIVE
6.3 ACTIVE
6.4 ACTIVE
6.5 ACTIVE
6.6 ACTIVE
6.7 ACTIVE
6.8 ACTIVE
Last Command: dspports
Display the status of BXM card slot 6.
dspports 3
sw167 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2T Dec. 19 2000 21:22 PST
Port configuration for ATM 64
Port VPI Min/Max Bandwidth Interface State Protocol Type
6.3 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
6.4 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
6.5 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
6.6 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
6.7 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
6.8 0 / 255 353208 (cps) LM-BXM ACTIVE NONE UNI
Last Command: dspports 6
Displays statistics configured as enabled for a selected Frame Relay port.
These are the statistics set by the cnfportstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. The owner column shows what set the statistic. If the Owner column is Automatic, it was set by feature; if it is node name, it was set by Cisco WAN Manager; if it is user, it was set with the cnfportstats command.
dspportstatcnf <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the port in the form slot.port: do NOT enter the DLCI. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfportstats
Display port statistics enabled.
dspportstatcnf 8.1
gamma Cisco WAN Manager YourID Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:47
PDT
Statistics Enabled on Port 8.1
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Frames Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Frames Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Bytes Received 5 60 4 1 M beta
Last Command: dspportstatcnf 8.1
Displays a history of statistics configured as enabled for a selected Frame Relay port. This command displays the data for the last five occurrences of the port statistic.You select the port statistic from the list displayed when you first enter the command. Use cnfportstats to enable a statistic.
dspportstathist <line> <statistic number> <interval> <owner>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the circuit line in the format slot.line. If the card set supports only one line, you can enter just the slot number. |
<statistic number> | Specifies the type of statistic to enable/disable. |
<interval> | Specifies the time interval of each sample. Range: 1-255 minutes |
<owner> | Specifies the source of the configuration ("auto," "user", or "tftp"). You might have to enter owner "AUTO" or "USER" in all capital letters. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfportstats, dspportstatcnf
dspportstathist 4.1
sw144 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Port Statistic Types
34) PORT: Unknwn VPI/VCI cnt 48) PORT: # of cells rcvd
35) VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 49) PORT: # of cells xmt
36) VI: OAM cells received 51) INVMUX: HEC cell errors
37) VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 52) INVMUX: LCP cell errors
39) VI: Cells received w/CLP=0 53) INVMUX: Cell Hunt Count
40) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 54) INVMUX: Bandwidth Change Count
41) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 55) ILMI: Get Req PDUs rcvd
42) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=0 56) ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS rx
43) VI: OAM cells transmitted 57) ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS xmt
44) VI: RM cells received 58) ILMI: Set Req PDUs rcvd
45) VI: RM cells transmitted 59) ILMI: Trap PDUs rcvd
46) VI: Cells transmitted 60) ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs rcvd
47) VI: Cells received 61) ILMI: Get Req PDUs xmt
This Command: dspportstathist 4.1
Continue?
sw144 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Port Statistic Types
62) ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs xmt 75) LMI: Invalid LMI PDU length rcvd
63) ILMI: Set Req PDUs xmt 76) LMI: Unknown LMI PDUs rcvd
64) ILMI: Trap PDUs xmt 77) LMI: Invalid LMI IE rcvd
65) ILMI: Unknwn PDUs rcvd 78) LMI: Invalid Transaction IDs
66) LMI: Status messages xmt 79) INVMUX: Unavailable Seconds
67) LMI: Updt Status msgs xmt 80) INVMUX: Near End Fail Count
68) LMI: Status Ack msgs xmt 81) INVMUX: Last Proto Fail Code
69) LMI: Status Enq msgs rcvd 82) INVMUX: Slowest Link
70) LMI: Status Enq msgs xmt 86) Q2 Cells Tx
71) LMI: Status msgs rcvd 87) Tx Q2 CDscd
72) LMI: Updt Status msg rcvd 88) Egr CRx Q2
73) LMI: Status Ack msg rcvd 89) Q3 Cells Tx
74) LMI: Invalid LMI PDUs rcvd 90) Tx Q3 CDscd
This Command: dspportstathist 4.1
Continue?
sw144 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Port Statistic Types
91) Egr CRx Q3 113) Q11 Cells Tx
101) Q7 Cells Tx 114) Tx Q11 CDscd
102) Tx Q7 CDscd 115) Egr CRx Q11
103) Egr CRx Q7 116) Q12 Cells Tx
104) Q8 Cells Tx 117) Tx Q12 CDscd
105) Tx Q8 CDscd 118) Egr CRx Q12
106) Egr CRx Q8 119) Q13 Cells Tx
107) Q9 Cells Tx 120) Tx Q13 CDscd
108) Tx Q9 CDscd 121) Egr CRx Q13
109) Egr CRx Q9 122) Q14 Cells Tx
110) Q10 Cells Tx 123) Tx Q14 CDscd
111) Tx Q10 CDscd 124) Egr CRx Q14
112) Egr CRx Q10 125) Q15 Cells Tx
This Command: dspportstathist 4.1
Continue?
sw144 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
Port Statistic Types
126) Tx Q15 CDscd
127) Egr CRx Q15
This Command: dspportstathist 4.1
Statistic Type:
dspportstathist 12.3
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 14 2000 11:43
GMT
Port Statistic Types
1) Unknown VPI/VCI count 24) Get Request PDUs transmitted
8) Number of cells received 25) Get Response PDUs transmitted
9) Number of cells rcvd w/CLP set 26) Trap PDUs transmitted
12) Number of cells xmitted 27) Unknown ILMI PDUs Received
13) OAM cells received count 28) Status messages transmitted
15) Number of cells xmitted w/CLP set 29) Update Status messages
transmitted
18) Get Request PDUs received 30) Status Acknowledge msgs
transmitted
19) Get Next Request PDUS received 31) Status Enquiry messages received
20) Get Next Request PDUS transmitted 32) Status Enquiry mesgs transmitted
21) Set Request PDUs received 33) Status messages received
22) Trap PDUs received 34) Update Status messages received
23) Get Response PDUs received 35) Status Acknowledge messages
received
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Continue?
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 14 2000 11:44
GMT
Port Statistic Types
36) Invalid LMI PDUs received received 48) Last unknown VPI/VCI pair
37) Invalid LMI PDU length received 49) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 0
38) Unknown LMI PDUs received 50) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 0
39) Invalid LMI IE received 51) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 0
40) Invalid Transaction IDs 52) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 1
41) Number of cells rcvd w/clp 0 53) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 1
42) Number of cells dscd w/clp 0 54) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 1
43) Number of cells dscd w/clp set 55) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 2
44) Number of cells tx w/clp 0 56) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 2
45) Tx OAM cell count 57) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 2
46) Rx RM cell count 58) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 3
47) Tx RM cell count 59) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 3
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Continue?
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 14 2000 11:44
GMT
Port Statistic Types
60) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 3 87) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 12
76) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 9 88) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 13
77) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 9 89) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 13
78) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 9 90) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 13
79) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 10 91) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 14
80) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 10 92) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 14
81) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 10 93) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 14
82) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 11 94) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 15
83) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 11 95) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 15
84) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 11 96) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 15
85) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 12
86) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 12
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Statistic Type:
dspportstathist 12.3
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.1Z July 14 2000 11:43 GMT
Port Statistic Types
1) Unknown VPI/VCI count 24) Get Request PDUs transmitted
8) Number of cells received 25) Get Response PDUs transmitted
9) Number of cells rcvd w/CLP set 26) Trap PDUs transmitted
12) Number of cells xmitted 27) Unknown ILMI PDUs Received
13) OAM cells received count 28) Status messages transmitted
15) Number of cells xmitted w/CLP set 29) Update Status messages transmitted
18) Get Request PDUs received 30) Status Acknowledge msgs transmitted
19) Get Next Request PDUS received 31) Status Enquiry messages received
20) Get Next Request PDUS transmitted 32) Status Enquiry mesgs transmitted
21) Set Request PDUs received 33) Status messages received
22) Trap PDUs received 34) Update Status messages received
23) Get Response PDUs received 35) Status Acknowledge messages received
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Continue?
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.1Z July 14 2000 11:44 GMT
Port Statistic Types
36) Invalid LMI PDUs received received 48) Last unknown VPI/VCI pair
37) Invalid LMI PDU length received 49) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 0
38) Unknown LMI PDUs received 50) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 0
39) Invalid LMI IE received 51) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 0
40) Invalid Transaction IDs 52) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 1
41) Number of cells rcvd w/clp 0 53) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 1
42) Number of cells dscd w/clp 0 54) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 1
43) Number of cells dscd w/clp set 55) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 2
44) Number of cells tx w/clp 0 56) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 2
45) Tx OAM cell count 57) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 2
46) Rx RM cell count 58) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 3
47) Tx RM cell count 59) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 3
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Continue?
rogue TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.1Z July 14 2000 11:44 GMT
Port Statistic Types
60) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 3 87) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 12
76) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 9 88) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 13
77) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 9 89) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 13
78) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 9 90) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 13
79) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 10 91) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 14
80) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 10 92) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 14
81) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 10 93) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 14
82) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 11 94) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 15
83) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 11 95) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 15
84) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 11 96) Tx Cells Received on Qbin 15
85) Tx Cells Served on Qbin 12
86) Tx Cells Discarded on Qbin 12
This Command: dspportstathist 12.3
Statistic Type:
Displays a summary of port statistics for a Frame Relay port. Statistics include the data byte count in the transmit and receive directions and error counts associated with the port. The display indicates the date and time the statistics were cleared and the amount of time since the node last cleared the statistics. Bytes transmitted indicates the amount of data transmitted from the port to the user device. Bytes received indicates the amount of data received at the port from the user device.
Corrupted statistics result from channel/port loopbacks or port tests. A "yes" in this field indicates that loopback or port tests have occurred since the statistics were last cleared. The statistics for User-to-Network Interface (UNI) ports (connections to user devices) are displayed with one screen.
dspportstats <slot.port> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies the Frame Relay card set slot. |
port | Specifies the port on the back card. |
[interval] | Specifies the refresh interval time for data. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
clrportstats
The dspportstats command also displays the statistics as shown in Table 4-25:
Frame Errors | LMI Statistics | Miscellaneous Statistics |
---|---|---|
Invalid CRC | Status Enquiries Received | Average TX Port Q |
Invalid Alignment | Status Transmitted | FECN Frames |
Invalid Frame Length | Update Transmit | FECN Ratio (%) |
Invalid Frame Format | Invalid Requests | BECN Frames |
Unknown DLCIs | Sequence # Mismatches | BECN Ratio (%) |
Last Unknown DLCI | Timeouts | Resource Overflow |
| Signaling Protocol | DE Frames Dropped (Egress) |
Network to Network (NNI) ports require two screens to display all the parameters. The first screen is the same as described previously for UNI portsyou display the second screen by responding with a "y" for yes to the Continue? prompt. The second screen compares receive LMI statistics (see Table 4-26) with transmit LMI statistics. The LMI receive statistics are repeated from the middle column of the first screen and displayed again so you can compare them. This table lists the usage statistics in screen 2.
LMI Receive Protocol Stats | LMI Transmit Protocol Statistics |
---|---|
Status Enquiries Received | Status Inquiries Transmitted |
Status Enquiries Transmitted | Status Received |
Asynchronous Status Transmitted | Asynchronous Status Received |
Sequence # Mismatches | Sequence # Mismatches |
Timeouts | Timeouts |
Invalid Frames |
|
Signaling Protocol |
|
The command displays frame error (see Table 4-27), LMI (see Table 4-28), miscellaneous statistics (see Table 4-29), and CCLM statistics (see Table 4-30).
Statistics | Description |
---|---|
CRC Errors | Based on a CRC CCITT 16-bit frame check sequence, which is a cyclic redundancy check. If the frame received at a port has an incorrect CRC, it is flagged as a CRC error, and the frame is discarded. Receive Frame CRC Errors (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment in which the CRC calculated by the IGX does not match the CRC provided by the attached equipment in the last two octets of the frame. Any frame received with an incorrect CRC is discard by the network. However, the IGX does not wait to receive the entire frame before starting to packetize the frame and send it through the network. As long as the frame header format is valid (see Invalid Format Receive Frames statistic) and the DLCI field in the frame header is recognized (see Receive Frames Undefined DLCI Count statistic below), packets containing the beginning of the frame are created(one start-of-frame (SOF) packet and subsequent middle-of-frame (MOF) packets)and sent as soon as possible. If the frame is short and if there are other packets already waiting to be sent, the detection of the CRC error will cause all the packets of the frame to be discarded. However, if the frame is long and there is no congestion in the ingress VC queue, some packets are sent through the network before the CRC error is detected. As soon as the CRC error is detected, any portion of the frame that has not yet been sent is discarded. In particular, no end of frame (EOF) packet is ever sent. At the far end, when an SOF packet arrives that does not immediately follow an EOF packet, the incomplete frame is discard and counted in the PVC statistic of Transmit Frames Discarded. If the CRC is incorrect because of a bit error in the DLCI field in the frame header, then the error will also be recorded as a Receive Frame with Undefined DLCI unless the errored DLCI is also configured on the port. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Alignment error | Frame was not an integral number of bytes. Receive Frame Alignment Errors (Ingress). This statistic provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment in which the total frame length is not an integral number of octets. Any frame received with an incorrect alignment is discarded by the network. However, the IGX does not wait to receive the entire frame before starting the packetize the frame and send it to the network. As long as the frame header format is valid (See Invalid Format Receive Frames statistic), and the DLCI field in the frame header is recognized (see Receive Frames Undefined DLCI Count statistic), packets containing the beginning of the frame are created(one start-of-frame (SOF) packet and subsequent middle-of-frame (MOF) packets)and sent as soon as possible. If the frame is short or if there are other packets already waiting to be sent, the detection of the alignment error will cause all the packets of the frame to be discarded. However, if the frame is long and there is no congestion in the ingress VC queue, some packets are sent through the network before the alignment error is detected. As soon as the alignment error is detected, any portion of the frame that has not yet been sent is discarded. In particular, no end-of-frame (EOF) packet is ever sent. When the next frame arrives, a new SOF packet is sent, etc. At the far end, when an SOF packet arrives that does not immediately follow an EOF packet, the incomplete frame is discarded and counted in the PVC statistic of Transmit Frames Discarded. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Frame length errors | Frames <5 bytes or> 4096 bytes. Illegal Length Receive Frames (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment in which the total frame length is either too short or too long. To be accepted, a frame must be at least five octets, but no more than 4510 octets long, including the header and frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. Any frame received with an invalid length is discard by the network. A frame that is too short is immediately detected and discarded. For a frame that is too long, the IGX does not wait to receive the entire frame before starting to packetize the frame and send it through the network. As long as the frame header format is valid (see Invalid Format Receives Frames statistic), and the DLCI field in the frame header is recognized (see Receive Frames Undefined DLCI Count statistic below), packets containing the beginning of the frame are created(one start of frame (SOF) packet, and sent as soon as possible. Since the frame is very long, it is very likely that some packets are sent through the network before the length error is detected. As soon as the length error is detected, any portion of the frame that has not yet been sent is discarded. In particular, no end-frame (EOF) packet is ever sent. When the next frame arrives, a new SOF packet arrives that does not immediately follow an EOF packet, the incomplete frame is discarded and counted in the PVC statistic of Transmit Frames Discarded. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Frame format errors | Occurs when either of the least significant bits in the first two bytes of the Frame Relay header are set incorrectly. These two bytes are the frame's address field. The first byte's least significant bit is defined to be a zero, meaning that there is a second byte to the address. The second byte's least significant bit is defined to be a one, meaning this is the last byte of the address because it's a two byte address field. Invalid Format Receive Frames (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of frames received from the attached equipment in which the Extended Address (EA) bits (the least significant bit in each of the two Frame Relay header octets) is incorrect. The IGXIGX must see a r0s as the least significant bit of the first octet and a r1s as the least significant bit of the second octet. Any frame received with incorrect EA bits is discarded immediately. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Unknown DLCIs | Occurs when a frame arrives at a Frame Relay port and the DLCI has not been mapped and the frame is discarded. Received Frames Undefined DLCI Count (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of frames received with a DLCI for which no PVC is provisioned on this port. This count includes any signaling protocol frames received while no signaling protocol is enabled or the wrong signaling protocol is enabled (such as by enabling the Strata LMI signaling protocol while the attached equipment is generating Annex A or Annex D signaling protocol frames, or vice versa). Any frame received with an undefined DLCI is discarded immediately. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Last unknown DLCI | Displayed so that the user can see the unknown DLCI. |
Statistics | Description |
---|---|
Status inquiries transmitted/received | Provides a count of the number of status enquiry frames received from the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UIN signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. LMI UNI Status Enquiries (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of status enquiry frames received from the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is also valid for any NNI signaling protocol chosen (ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. LMI NNI Status Enquiries (Egress). Provides a count of the number of status enquiry frames transmitted to the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any NNI signaling protocol chosen (ANSI Annex D or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
Status transmit/received | The number of Status messages sent to the user device. LMI UNI Status Transmit Count (Egress). Provides a count of the number of status frames transmitted to the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
Async status Xmit | The number of asynchronous status messages sent to the user device. Provides a count of the number of asynchronous status update frames transmitted to the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is also valid for any NNI signaling protocol chosen (ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). If enabled as part of the port configuration (cnfport command), an asynchronous status update frame is generated any time a PVC is failed or downed and again any time a PVC is repaired or upped. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
Invalid requests | The number of invalid requests received from the user device. LMI Invalid Status Enquiries (Ingress). Provides a count of the number of status enquiry frames with an invalid format received from the attached equipment as part of the selected signaling protocol. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is also valid for any NNI signaling protocol chosen (ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
Timeouts | The number of LMI protocol timeouts. LMI UNI Link Timeout Errors. Provides a count of the number of times that the rT392 Polling Verification Timers times out without a Status Enquiry frame having been received. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). The rT392 Polling Verification Timers is configured as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). |
Sequence number mismatches | The number of LMI protocol sequence number mismatches. LMI UNI Keepalive Sequence Errors. Provides a count of the number of times that there was a discontinuity in the (normally consecutive) sequence numbers contained the Status Enquiry frames received from the attached equipment. This statistic is valid for any UNI signaling protocol chosen (Strata LMI, ANSI Annex D, or CCITT Annex A). |
Signaling protocol | The protocol selected for this Frame Relay port interface: Cisco LMI, Annex A UNI, Annex D UNI, Annex A NNI, or Annex D NNI. |
Miscellaneous Statistics | |
---|---|
Statistics | Description |
Average queue depth | The average fill of the VC queue at the input of the FRP or FRM. Transmit Frames DiscardedQueue Overflow (Egress). Provides a count of the number of frames that were discarded because the port's transmit queue (egress queue) was full. The size of the port's transmit queue is configured as part of the port configuration (cnfport) command. Transmit Bytes DiscardedQueue Overflow (Egress). Provides a count of the number of octets in the Transmit Frames DiscardedQueue Overflow statistic. The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS or CRC) octets. |
BECN frames | Number Explicit Congestion Notification frames transmitted to the receiving router. Number of Explicit Congestion Notification frames transmitted to the transmitting router. Percentage of BECN frames sent to the total number of frames sent. Frames Transmitted with BECN (Egress). Provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment with the Backward Explicit Congestion Notification (BECN) bit set, regardless of where in the network the congestion was observed. |
FECN frames | The percentage of FECN frames sent to the total number of frames sent. Frames Transmitted with FECN (Egress). Provides a count of the number of frames transmitted to the attached equipment with the Forward Explicit Congestion Notification (FECN) bit set, regardless of the where in the network the congestion was experienced. This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
Rsrc overflow | Resource overflow indicates the number of times the port shut down due to receive frame buffer overflow or receive queue entries. |
DE Frames Dropped (Egress) | The total number of frames with Discard Eligibility that were discarded. Provides a count of the number of frames to be transmitted to the attached device that were discarded because the frame's DE bit is set and the port's egress buffer has reached the DE threshold. The DE threshold is configured as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). This statistic is a subset of the corresponding PVCs Transmit Frames Discarded statistic. |
Statistics | Description |
---|---|
CLLM Frames Received | Provides a count of the number of Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) frames received from the attached equipment. CLLM frames are used to exchange PVC congestion information over an NNI port to allow the ForeSight algorithm to regulate the flow of traffic on each PVC based on congestion in the local network as well as congestion in the attached network. This is not intended to be a full implementation of the CLLM suite. The CLLM mechanism is enabled as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Received statistic. |
CLLM Bytes Received (Ingress) | Provides a count of the number of octets in the frames counted in the CLLM Frames Received statistic. The octets counted include the Frame Relay header octets as well as the frame check sequence (FCS, or CRC) octets. This statistic is a subset of the Bytes Received statistic. |
CLLM Frames Transmitted (Egress) | Provides a count of the number of Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) frames transmitted to the attached equipment. CLLM frames are used to exchange PVC congestion information over an NNI port to allow the ForeSight algorithm to regulate the flow of traffic on each PVC based on congestion in the local network as well as congestion in the attached network. This is not intended to be a full implementation of the CLLM suite. The CLLM mechanism is enabled as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
CLLM Bytes Transmitted (Egress) | Provides a count of the number of Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) frames transmitted to the attached equipment. CLLLM frames are used to exchange PVC congestion information over an NNI port to allow the ForeSight algorithm to regulate the flow of traffic on each PVC based on congestion in an attached network. This is not intended to be a full implementation of the CLLM suite. The CLLM mechanism is enabled as part of the port configuration (cnfport command). This statistic is a subset of the Frames Transmitted statistic. |
CLLM Failures | Provides a count of the number of times that no CLLM frame was received within one second (not configurable), or a CLLM frame was received with any invalid internal format. An invalid CLLM frame that is discarded is included in the statistic of Frames Received. |
Display the port statistics for Frame Relay port 9.1.
dspportstats 9.1
-----------------------------------SCREEN 1------------------------------------
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 14:45 GMT
Port Statistics for 9.1 Cleared: Dec. 4 2000 17:26
Port Speed: 256 kbps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:00:00 Corrupted: NO
Sig Protocol: None
Bytes Average (kbps) Util (%) Frames
From Port: 0 0 0 0
To Port: 0 0 0 0
Frame Errors LMI Receive Protocol Stats Misc Statistics
Invalid CRC 0 Status Enq Rcvd 0 Avg Tx Port Q 0
Invalid Alignment 0 Status Xmit 0 FECN Frames 0
Invalid Frm Length 0 Asynch Xmit 0 Ratio (%) 0
Invalid Frm Format 0 Seq # Mismatches 0 BECN Frames 0
Unknown DLCIs 0 Timeouts 0 Ratio (%) 0
Last Unknown DLCI 0 Invalid Req 0 Rsrc Overflow 0
DE Frms Dropd 0
This Command: dspportstats 9.1
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
-----------------------------------SCREEN 2------------------------------------
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 14:51 GMT
Port Statistics for 9.1 Cleared: Dec. 4 2000 17:26
Port Speed: 256 kbps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:00:00 Corrupted: NO
Sig Protocol: None
Bytes Average (kbps) Util (%) Frames
From Port: 0 0 0 0
To Port: 0 0 0 0
LMI Receive Protocol Stats LMI Transmit Protocol Stats CLLM (ForeSight) Stats
Status Enq Rcvd 0 Status Enq Xmit -- Frames Rcvd --
Status Xmt 0 Status Rcd -- Bytes Rcvd --
Asynch Xmit 0 Asynch Rcvd -- Frames Xmt --
Seq # Mismatches 0 Seq # Mismatches -- Bytes Xmt --
Timeouts 0 Timeouts -- CLLM Failures --
Invalid Frames 0
Elmi Ver Req 0 Elmi Ver Rsp 0
Elmi QOS Req 0 Elmi QOS Rsp 0
Last Command: dspportstats 9.1
Displays a summary of port statistics for the ATM port specified. These include the cell count in the transmit and receive directions, and error counts associated with the port. The display indicates the date and time that the statistics were cleared and the statistics collection time since they were last cleared. Cells transmitted indicates the amount of data transmitted out the port to the user device. Cells received indicates the amount of data received from the user device at the port. Corrupted statistics result from channel/port loopbacks or port tests. A "yes" in this field indicates that such loopback or port tests have occurred since the statistics were last cleared.
dspportstats <slot.port>[.<vport>] [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port>[.<vport>] | Specifies the slot number of the card, the physical port and optional virtual port (BXM card only). Range (optional vport identifier): 1-31 |
[interval] | Specifies the refresh interval time for data. For BPX only: You must specify a value other than 0 for the "interval" parameter. Otherwise, the screen displayed for UXM and BXM cards will be just a snapshotit will not be updated periodically. If the Rx Q depth and the Tx Q depth on the BXM and UXM cards remain "0", specify a value for the interval parameter other than 0. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrportstats
The BPX port statistics shown in Table 4-31 are available for each BPX ATM port, with an ASI or BXM front card type, and T3, E3, or OC-3 back card type. (Note that the statistics names listed below are displayed in Cisco WAN Manager; the field name that appears on the dspportstats screen may vary slightly from the Cisco WAN Manager parameter/field name.)
Statistics Name in Cisco WAN Manager | Statistics ID |
---|---|
Cell Buffer Overflow | 1 |
Cells Rx w/CLP discarded | 42 |
Cells Rx w/CLP=0 | 40 |
Cells Rx w/CLP=0 discarded | 41 |
Cells Tx w/CLP=0 | 43 |
Egress OAM Cell Count | 44 |
Egress RM Cell Count | 46 |
Get Request Rx | 17 |
Get Request Tx | 23 |
Get Response Rx | 22 |
Get Response Tx | 24 |
GetNext Request Rx | 18 |
GetNext Request Tx | 19 |
Ingress RM Cell Count | 45 |
Invalid LMI IE Rx | 38 |
Invalid LMI Rx | 35 |
Invalid LMI length Rx | 36 |
Invalid Transaction IDs | 39 |
Non-zero GFC Count | 2 |
Number of BCM Cell Rx | 10 |
Number of Cells Rx | 7 |
Number of Cells Rx w/CLP set | 8 |
Number of Cells Rx w/EFCI set | 9 |
Number of Cells Tx | 11 |
Number of Cells Tx w/CLP set | 14 |
Number of Cells Tx w/EFCI set | 15 |
OAM Cells Rx Count | 12 |
Rx AIS Cell | 5 |
Rx FERF Cell | 6 |
SetRequest Rx | 20 |
Status Ack Rx | 34 |
Status Ack Tx | 29 |
Status Enq Rx | 30 |
Status Enq Tx | 31 |
Status Rx | 32 |
Status Tx | 27 |
Trap Rx | 21 |
Trap Tx | 25 |
Tx Header Err Discard | 16 |
Tx Payload Err Due to BIP-16 Err | 13 |
Unknown LMI Rx | 37 |
Unknown LMI Tx | 26 |
Unknown VPI/VCI | 0 |
Update Status Rx | 33 |
Update Status Tx | 28 |
Display the statistics for BXM port 11.1.
dspportstats 11.1
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 5 2000 14:26 GMT
Port Statistics for 11.1 Cleared: Dec. 5 2000 14:00
Port Speed: 353208 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:25:38 Corrupted: NO
Cells CLP (EFCI)
Rx Port: 0 0 --
Tx Port: 263 0 --
Unkn Addr (UA): 266 Rx OAM Cells : 0 Rx Clp 0 Cells: 0
Rx Clp 0 Dscd : 0 Rx Clp 1 Dscd : 0 Tx Clp 0 Cells: 263
Tx OAM Cells : 263 Rx RM Count : 0 Tx RM Count : 0
Lst Unk VpiVci: 0.0
UA sums across ports in port group.
This Command: dspportstats 11.1
Display the statistics for UXM port 11.1.
dspportstats 11.1
-----------------------------------SCREEN 1------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:31 GMT
Port 4.1
Collection Time: day(s) 02:29:24 Clrd: 12/05/00 11:51:28
Type Count
VI: Cells received 0
VI: Cells transmitted 0
VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells received w/CLP=0 0
VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=0 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 0
VI: OAM cells received 0
VI: OAM cells transmitted 0
VI: RM cells received 0
VI: RM cells transmitted 0
This Command: dspportstats 4.1
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
-----------------------------------SCREEN 2------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:33 GMT
Port 4.1
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 02:30:40 Clrd: 12/05/00 11:51:28
Type Count
PORT: Unknwn VPI/VCI cnt 40
PORT: Last unknown VPI/VCI pair 0.16
PORT: # of cells rcvd 0
PORT: # of cells xmt 0
INVMUX: maximum diff delay 0
INVMUX: HEC cell errors 0
INVMUX: LCP cell errors 0
INVMUX: Cell Hunt Count 0
INVMUX: Bandwidth Change Count 0
INVMUX: Unavailable Seconds 0
INVMUX: Near End Fail Count 0
INVMUX: Last Proto Fail Code 0
This Command: dspportstats 4.1
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
-----------------------------------SCREEN 3------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:33 GMT
Port 4.1
Collection Time: (s) 02:31:06 Clrd: 12/05/00 11:51:28
Type Count
INVMUX: Slowest Link 0
ILMI: Get Req PDUs rcvd 0
ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs rcvd 0
ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS rx 0
ILMI: Trap PDUs rcvd 0
ILMI: Set Req PDUs rcvd 0
ILMI: Unknwn PDUs rcvd 0
ILMI: Get Req PDUs xmt 0
ILMI: Get Rsp PDUs xmt 0
ILMI: GetNxt Req PDUS xmt 0
ILMI: Trap PDUs xmt 0
ILMI: Set Req PDUs xmt 0
This Command: dspportstats 4.1
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
-----------------------------------SCREEN 4------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:33 GMT
Port 4.1
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 02:31:31 Clrd: 12/05/00 11:51:28
Type Count
LMI: Status msgs rcvd 0
LMI: Updt Status msg rcvd 0
LMI: Status Enq msgs rcvd 0
LMI: Status Ack msg rcvd 0
LMI: Status messages xmt 0
LMI: Updt Status msgs xmt 0
LMI: Status Enq msgs xmt 0
LMI: Status Ack msgs xmt 0
LMI: Invalid LMI PDUs rcvd 0
LMI: Invalid LMI PDU length rcvd 0
LMI: Unknown LMI PDUs rcvd 0
LMI: Invalid LMI IE rcvd 0
This Command: dspportstats 4.1
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
-----------------------------------SCREEN 5------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.o9 Dec. 5 2000 14:34 GMT
Port 4.1
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 02:31:57 Clrd: 12/05/00 11:51:28
Type Count
LMI: Invalid Transaction IDs 0
This Command: dspportstats 4.1
Displays the current print configuration for the network where the command is entered. The three printing modes, "remote," "local," and "no" are listed and the currently selected mode is highlighted. If remote printing is selected, the node name where the remote printer is located also appears. If the name of the node is flashing, the node is unreachable.
Remote mode indicates that the log for the node prints on the printer at the listed remote node.
Local mode indicates that the log for the node prints on the node's printer.
No printing mode indicates that the log for the node does not print.
dspprtcnf
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfprt
Display the print configuration. The example does not show the highlighted field.
dspprtcnf
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:02 PST
Printing Mode
Remote Printing
Local Printing
No Printing
Last Command: dspprtcnf
Next Command:
Displays the password of the current user or any user at any lower privilege level.
dsppwd <user_id>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
userid | Specifies the user whose password is displayed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display the password for user YourID.
dsppwd yourid
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8410 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:56 PST
The password for YourID is liftoff
This Command: dsppwd YourID
This screen will self-destruct in ten seconds
Next Command: dsppwd YourID
Displays the current status of the power supply monitor, the current power supply configuration (which may consist of one to four power supplies depending on node requirements), and the current cabinet temperature.
On the right side of the screen is displayed the internal cabinet temperature in degrees Centigrade and Fahrenheit. The temperature is displayed as a thermometer and the exact temperature appears at the top of the thermometer.
dsppwr
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspcd, dspcds
Display the power status and temperature inside the current IGX node.
dsppwr
sw151 TN SuperUser IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:50 GMT
Power Supply Status Cabinet Temperature
Monitor Rev AK, Ser # 247582 - Status: Active 30 86
AC Supply Status C 60 | | 140 F
A 1 875W OK e | | a
B 1 875W OK n 50 |--| 122 h
C 1 Empty t | | r
D 2 Empty i 40 | | 104 e
E 2 Empty g | | n
F 2 Empty r 30 | | 86 h
a | | e
d 20 | | 68 i
e \Q--' t
Last Command: dsppwr
Next Command:
Display the power status and temperature inside the current BPX node.
dsppwr
bootzilla TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:06 GMT
Power Status Cabinet Temperature
ASM Status: Active 21 69
Power voltage A/B: 0 / 49 V C 60 | | 140 F
e | | a
PSU Ins Type Rev SerNum Failure n 50 |--| 122 h
A N N/A N/A N/A N/A t | | r
B Y ???? 00 ...... None i 40 | | 104 e
g | | n
Fan Status r 30 | | 86 h
a | | e
FAN 1 2 3 d 20 | | 68 i
0000 3300 3240 RPM e \Q--' t
Last Command: dsppwr
Next Command:
Displays the Qbin resources on a selected trunk, port, or virtual trunk:
Only Qbins (Class of Service Buffers) 10 to 15 are used for VSI connections.
To display all VSI Qbins on an interface, pass the wildcard character (the asterisk *) as the Qbin ID to the command.
dspqbin <slot.port.vtrk>[qbin-id]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port.vtrk> | Specifies the UXM card slot number, port number, and virtual trunk number. For VSI, specifies the ID number of the Qbin available for use by the LSC (MPLS Controller). |
[qbin-id] | Specifies the ID number of the Qbin available for use by the LSC (MPLS controller) for VSI. Range: 10-15 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
cnfqbin, dspqbint
Object (Parameter) Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|
Qbin Number | 10-15 | R | Identifies the target Qbin to modify. |
Discard Selection | 1: CLP Hysteresis (EPD Disabled) 2: Frame Discard (EPD Enabled) EPD: Early Packet Discard | R | Indicates whether Qbin should perform the CLP Hysteresis or the Frame Discard option. The Qbin can be configured to do only one or the other. |
Discard Threshold | 0-? cells | R | The Qbin depth: Determines the amount of cell memory dedicated to this Qbin. |
CLP High Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin CLP-tagged cells are discarded. Discard continues until the Qbin depth drops below the Qbin CLP Low Threshold. |
CLP Low Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin CLP-tagged cells are admitted. |
EFCI Threshold | 0- 100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin EFCI bits are tagged in the departing cells. |
EPD Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level the QBIN Frame Discard is activated. |
Display the current Qbin configuration on Qbin 10 of the OC-3 trunk 13.2.
dspqbin 9.1 10
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 13:56 PST
Qbin Database 13.2 on UXM qbin 10 (Configured by MPLS1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 65536 cells
EPD Threshold: 95%
High CLP Threshold: 100%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
Last Command: dspqbin 13.2 10
Next Command:
Display the current Qbin configuration on slot 13, port 2, Qbin 15.
dspqbin 13.2 15
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 13:57 PST
Qbin Database 13.2 on UXM qbin 15 (Configured by MPLS1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 65536 cells
EPD Threshold: 95%
High CLP Threshold: 100%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
Last Command: dspqbin 13.2 15
Next Command:
Display all VSI Qbins on virtual trunk 3.2.1. Answer yes when prompted to display the next Qbin.
dspqbin 3.2.1 *
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 13:58 PST
Qbin Database 3.2.1 on UXM qbin 10 (Configured by MPLS1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 900 cells
EPD Threshold: 95%
High CLP Threshold: 100%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
This Command: dspqbin 3.2.1 *
Continue?
Display the current Qbin configuration on Qbin 10 of the OC-3 trunk 4.2
dspqbin 4.2 10
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 19:45 GMT
Qbin Database 4.2 on BXM qbin 10 (Configured by MPLS1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 105920 cells
EPD Threshold: 95%
High CLP Threshold: 100%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
Last Command: dspqbin 4.2 10
Next Command:
Display the current Qbin configuration on slot 10, port 2, Qbin 15.
dspqbin 10.2 15
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 19:48 GMT
Qbin Database 10.2 on BXM qbin 15 (Configured by ATMF1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 131072 cells
EPD Threshold: 60%
High CLP Threshold: 80%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
Last Command: dspqbin 10.2 15
Next Command:
Display all VSI Qbins on virtual trunk 10.1.1. Answer yes when prompted to display the next Qbin.
dspqbin 10.1.1 *
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 19:51 GMT
Qbin Database 10.1.1 on BXM qbin 10 (Configured by MPLS1 Template)
(EPD Enabled on this qbin)
Qbin State: Enabled
Discard Threshold: 900 cells
EPD Threshold: 95%
High CLP Threshold: 100%
EFCI Threshold: 100%
This Command: dspqbin 10.1.1 *
Continue?
Table 4-32 lists parameters included in the Class of Service (CoS) Buffer (Qbin) portion of the Service Class Templates. A Qbin is a platform-specific instance, such as BXM, of the more general Class of Service Buffer. A firmware command sends a command (message) to switch software to initialize the CoS Buffer Descriptors in the Service Class Templates. This command may contain multiple instances of Qbin number, each indicating a new Qbin configuration.
Object (Parameter) Name | Range/Values | Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|
Qbin Number | 10-15 | R | Identifies the target Qbin to modify. |
Discard Selection | 1: CLP Hysteresis (EPD Disabled) 2: Frame Discard (EPD Enabled) EPD: Early Packet Discard | R | Indicates whether Qbin should perform the CLP Hysteresis or the Frame Discard option. You can configure the Qbin to do only one or the other. |
Discard Threshold | 0-? cells | R | The Qbin depth: Determines the amount of cell memory dedicated to this Qbin. |
CLP High Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin CLP-tagged cells are discarded. Discard continues until the Qbin depth drops below the Qbin CLP Low Threshold. |
CLP Low Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin CLP-tagged cells are admitted. |
EFCI Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level in the Qbin EFCI bits are tagged in the departing cells. |
EPD Threshold | 0-100% | R | Parameter determines at which level the QBIN Frame Discard is activated. |
Displays Qbin summary statistics associated with a trunk or port.
dspqbinstats <trunk | port> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
trunk | Specifies the trunk for statistics display. Format is slot.port[.vtrk] |
port | Specifies the port for statistics display. |
[interval] | Specifies the interval (in seconds) between updates of the statistics display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspstatparms, dsptrkerrshist
Display Qbin statistics for port 3.6 on a BXM (BPX) card.
dspqbinstats 3.6
NODENAME TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
QBIN Stats for Port 3.6 Cleared: Date/Time Not Set
Prt TX Rate: 96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:08:00
STATS Cells STATS Cells STATS Cells
Qbin 0 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN0 CRx :0 Tx Q0 CDscd :0
Qbin 1 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN1 CRx :0 Tx Q1 CDscd :0
Qbin 2 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN2 CRx :0 Tx Q2 CDscd :0
Qbin 3 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN3 CRx :0 Tx Q3 CDscd :0
Qbin 9 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN9 CRx :0 Tx Q9 CDscd :0
Qbin 10 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN10 CRx:0 Tx Q10 CDscd :0
Qbin 11 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN11 CRx:0 Tx Q11 CDscd :0
Qbin 12 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN12 CRx:0 Tx Q12 CDscd :0
Qbin 13 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN13 CRx:0 Tx Q13 CDscd :0
Qbin 14 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN14 CRx:0 Tx Q14 CDscd :0
This Command: dspqbinstats 3.6
Next page? (+/DEL key to quit):
NODENAME TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Date/Time Not Set
QBIN Stats for Port 3.6 Cleared: Date/Time Not Set
Prt TX Rate: 96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:08:00
STATS Cells STATS Cells STATS Cells
Qbin 15 CTXL :0 Egr QBIN15 CRx:0 Tx Q15 CDscd :0
This Command: dspqbinstats 3.6
Display Qbin statistics for port 5.1 on a UXM (IGX) card.
dspqbinstats 5.1
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:45 GMT
QBIN Stats for Port 5.1 Cleared: May 31 2000 01:26
Prt TX Rate: 96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:15:00
STATS Cells STATS Cells STATS Cells
Q2 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q2 :0 Tx Q2 CDscd :0
Q3 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q3 :0 Tx Q3 CDscd :0
Q7 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q7 :0 Tx Q7 CDscd :0
Q8 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q8 :0 Tx Q8 CDscd :0
Q9 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q9 :0 Tx Q9 CDscd :0
Q10 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q10 :0 Tx Q10 CDscd :0
Q11 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q11 :0 Tx Q11 CDscd :0
Q12 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q12 :0 Tx Q12 CDscd :0
Q13 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q13 :0 Tx Q13 CDscd :0
Q14 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q14 :0 Tx Q14 CDscd :0
This Command: dspqbinstats 5.1
Next page? (+/DEL key to quit):
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:46 GMT
QBIN Stats for Port 5.1 Cleared: May 31 2000 01:26
Prt TX Rate: 96000 cps Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:17:41
STATS Cells STATS Cells STATS Cells
Q15 Cells Tx :0 Egr CRx Q15 :0 Tx Q15 CDscd :0
This Command: dspqbinstats 5.1
Displays the default Qbin parameters for a VSI Qbin in a Qbin template. The Qbin template is associated with the Service Class Template. There are nine Service Class Templates so there are nine corresponding Qbin templates. Each Qbin template contains entries for all VSI Qbins (10-15).
For more detailed information on service class templates and Qbin templates, please read the section on VSI in the Cisco IGX Series Reference Guide and the Cisco BPX Installation and Configuration Guide.
dspqbint <Service_Class_Template #><qbin ID #>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Service_Class_Template | Specifies the Service Class Template associated with the Qbin. |
Qbin ID # | Specifies the ID number of the Qbin available for use by the LSC (MPLS Controller) for VSI. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
dspsct, dspqbin, cnfrsrc, dsprsrc, cnfvsiif, dspvsiif
Display the Qbin parameters in Qbin 10 of Service Class Template 1.
dspqbint 1 10
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:05 PST
Service Template: 1 Qbin: 10
Discard Threshold: 300000 (micro secs)
CLP Low/EPD Threshold: 95 (% of Discard Threshold)
CLP High Threshold: 100 (% of Discard Threshold)
EFCI Threshold: 100 (% of Discard Threshold)
EPD: Enabled
Vc Shaping: Enabled
Last Command: dspqbint 1 10
Next Command:
Display the Qbin parameters in Qbin 10 of Service Class Template 1.
dspqbint 1 10
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:08 GMT
Service Template: 1 Qbin: 10
Discard Threshold: 300000 (micro secs)
CLP Low/EPD Threshold: 95 (% of Discard Threshold)
CLP High Threshold: 100 (% of Discard Threshold)
EFCI Threshold: 100 (% of Discard Threshold)
EPD: Enabled
Vc Shaping: Enabled
Last Command: dspqbint 1 10
Next Command:
Displays the system configuration and status of the primary and secondary software revisions running on all nodes in the network. The primary revision is the software that is running on the node. The secondary revision is the software that is available in memory but not being run.
dsprevs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
runrev, loadrev
Status | Description |
---|---|
unavailable | The revision is currently unavailable for the node displayed. The revision has not propagated to the node yet. |
available | The node has located the specified revision but has not yet downloaded it. |
partial | The revision was only partially downloaded. Indicates the download was temporarily interrupted. |
downloading | The revision is in the process of being downloaded. Blocks of data are transferring. |
loaded | The revision has completed downloading but is not ready for running. |
upgrading | The controller card is being upgraded by the current revision. This process generally occurs immediately following the download. |
upgraded | The upgrade procedure has been completed. |
running | The primary revision is currently used to run the node. |
dsprevs
sw171 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:52 GMT
------ Primary ------ ----- Secondary -----
NodeName Status Revision Status Revision
sw29 Running 9.2.h3
sw43 Running 9.2.h5
sw44 Running 9.2.h3
sw171 Running 9.2.h0 Loaded 9.2.h9
sw177 Running
sw106 Running 9.2.h3
sw181 Running 9.2.h3
Lowest revision running in net: 9.2.h0
Last Command: dsprevs
Next Command:
Displays the statistics associated with the Robust Alarms messages between the node and Cisco WAN Manager NMS. The optional "clear" argument clears the statistics buffers.
dsprobst [clear]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[clear] | Specifies that the statistics buffers should be cleared after the display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfrobparm
dsprobst
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 05:43 GMT
Robust Communications Statistics since : Date/Time Not Set
Updts msg xmit: 0
Updts msg ackd: 0
Updts ack tout: 0
LCBs freed: 0
Updts ack reset: 0
Last Command: dsprobst
Next Command:
Displays the network statistics for connection rerouting resulting from failed trunks. These statistics are useful in determining the performance of the reroute algorithm. Use the "clear" option to clear the counters before accumulating the statistics.
dsprrst [s] [clear]
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[s] |
|
[clear] | Specifies that the reroute statistics buffers should be cleared after the display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
rrtcon, drtop
Statistic | Description |
---|---|
Number of Completed Routes | The total number of connections routed since the trunk was rebuilt. |
Number of Failed Routes | The number of attempted reroutes that failed for any reason. |
Number of Collisions | During a reroute, the initiating node locks all nodes on the route until rerouting is done. If another node attempts to reroute through a locked node, a collision occurs, so the second node must wait then retry. |
Max. # of Consec. Collisions | The count of consecutive collisions as defined above. |
Max/Avg Secs To Select Route | Time taken within the initiating node to select a new route. |
Max/Avg Secs To Perform Route | Time taken to contact and lock the nodes on the new route and perform the rerouting process. |
Avg Secs to Route a Conn: | Time to perform a reroute divided by the average number of connections in a bundle. |
% of Collisions/Rrt Attempt | Another statistic derived from the number of collisions and the number of reroute attempts. |
Max Secs To NOT find Route | Similar to "max secs to select a route" except that the algorithm finished and no route was found. |
Number of Routes not found | Number of routes not found in the rerouting process. This parameter updates periodically as a heartbeat to check for activity. |
# of Rrts with rrt req_bit set | Number connections awaiting reroute. If rrt_req bit is set, a reroute was not successful; or trunk deletions or loading additions mean connections must be rerouted. Rerouting clears the rrt_req bit. |
Address of Forced Rrt Counts | Memory address for database information. |
Max routes checked in search | Maximum number of PLNs examined in a search for a new route. |
Max good rts checked in search | Maximum number of possible routes found before the search ended. The value should be 1. |
# our lns rmvd from under us | Measure the number of changes to topology and loading that occurred while rerouting was in progress. |
# lines rmvd out from under us | Same as above. |
dsprrst
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 05:49 GMT
Conn. Routing Statistics LOC_DOMAIN
Number of Completed Routes: 0 Blocked by other st machines: 0
Number of Failed Routes: 0 Timeouts waiting for ACK/NACK: 0
Number of Collisions: 0 Timeouts in LOCKED state: 0
Max # of Consec Collisions: 0 Number of Routes Not found: 0
Max Secs To Select Route: 0.000 # of Rrts with rrt_req bit set: 0
Max Secs To Perform Route: 0.000 Address of Forced Rrt Counts: 313F9860
Max Bundle Size Routed: 0 Max routes checked in search: 0
Avg Secs To Select Route: 0.000 Max good rts checked in search: 0
Avg Secs To Perform Route 0.000 # nibs rmvd out from under us: 0
Avg Secs To Route a Conn: 0.000 # our lns rmvd from under us: 0
Avg Bundle Size Routed: 0 # lns rmvd from under us: 0
% of Collisions/Rrt Attempt: 0% Number of conid conflicts: 0
Max Secs To NOT find Route: 0.022 Number of LCON deroutes: 0
Times conns deletd while rtng: 0 Number of VLCON deroutes: 0
This Command: dsprrst
Continue?y
sw197 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 05:50 GMT
Conn. Routing Statistics LOC_DOMAIN
# conns added to Rrt waitlist: 0 # no destination trunk: 0
# conns unroutable: 0 # lowest cost route found: 0
# Reroute_Line_Debug: 4000103 # lowest cost route not found: 0
# Reroute_Debug: FFFFFFFF # unsuccessful cache usage: 0
# Upd_via_info: 0 # successful cache usage: 0
# diff rrt cons number: 0 # successful on-demand: 0
# hop count exceeded: 0
# cost exceeded: 0
# delay exceeded: 0
# open cell space too low: 0
# open packet space too low: 0
# open conid space too low: 0
# open GW LCN space too low: 0
# lowest cost path replaced: 0
Last Command: dsprrst
Next Command:
Displays the partition of all the resources on the specified trunk or port. It also displays virtual trunks for a specified trunk or port. Resources not applicable to virtual trunks are not displayed.
To display all active interfaces with or without partitions on the node, enter the command with no parameters.
To display all active interfaces with or without partitions on a particular slot, enter the command with the slot number.
To display detailed information about all the partitions enabled on an active interface, enter:
dsprsrc slot.port or dsprsrc slot.port.vtrk
dsprsrc <slot>.<port>.<vtrk> [partition_id]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot> | Specifies the card slot. |
<port> | Specifies the card port number. |
<vtrk> | Specifies the virtual trunk number. |
[partition_id] | Specifies the ID number of the partition available for use by the LSC (MPLS Controller) for VSI. Optional. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
cnfrsrc, cnfqbin, dspqbin
Display partition resources on the IGX node.
dsprsrc
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:19 PST
VSI Partitions on this node
Interface (slot.port) Part 1 Part 2 Part 3
Line 4.1 E D D
Trunk 5.1 D E D
Trunk 5.2 D D D
Trunk 5.3 D D D
VTrunk 5.4.1 D D E
Line 5.5 E E D
Last Command: dsprsrc
Next Command:
Display partition resources on slot 5 of the IGX node.
dsprsrc 5
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 11:20 PST
VSI Partitions on this node
Interface (slot.port) Part 1 Part 2 Part 3
Trunk 5.1 D E D
Trunk 5.2 D D D
Trunk 5.3 D D D
VTrunk 5.4.1 D D E
Line 5.5 E E D
Last Command: dsprsrc 5
Next Command:
Display partition resources on port 5 of the UXM card in slot 5 of the IGX node.
dsprsrc 5.5
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 12:05 PST
Line : 5.5
Maximum PVC LCNS: 256 Maximum PVC Bandwidth: 3000
(Reserved Port Bandwidth: 150)
State MinLCN MaxLCN StartVPI EndVPI MinBW MaxBW
Partition 1: E 200 500 100 200 100 500
Partition 2: E 200 500 255 255 250 500
Partition 3: D
Last Command: dsprsrc 5.5
Next Command:
Display partition resources on the OC-3 trunk on card slot 3, port 2, and virtual trunk 1 on the BPX node.
dsprsrc 3.2.1
sw57 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3.10 Mar. 10 2000 10:41 GMT
Virtual Trunk: 3.2.1
Full Port Bandwidth: 3000
Maximum PVC LCNS: 256 Maximum PVC Bandwidth: 1867
(Statistical Reserve: 1000)
PVC VPI RANGE [1]: -1 /-1 PVC VPI RANGE [2]: -1 /-1
PVC VPI RANGE [3]: -1 /-1 PVC VPI RANGE [4]: -1 /-1
Partition : 1 2 3
Partition State : Disabled Disabled Disabled
VSI LCNS (min/max): 0 /0 0 /0 0 /0
VSI VPI (start/end): 0 /0 0 /0 0 /0
VSI BW (min/max): 0 /0 0 /0 0 /0
VSI ILMI Config: CLR CLR CLR
Display partition resources on the OC-3 trunk on port 1 of slot 13 on the BPX to support MPLS.
dsprsrc 13.1
sw57 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3.10 Mar. 10 2000 10:41 GMT
Trunk : 13.1
Full Port Bandwidth: 353208
Maximum PVC LCNS: 256 Maximum PVC Bandwidth: 352207
(Statistical Reserve: 1000)
PVC VPI RANGE [1]: -1 /-1 PVC VPI RANGE [2]: -1 /-1
PVC VPI RANGE [3]: -1 /-1 PVC VPI RANGE [4]: -1 /-1
Partition : 1 2 3
Partition State : Enabled Disabled Disabled
VSI LCNS (min/max): 0 /6323 0 /0 0 /0
VSI VPI (start/end): 60 /70 0 /0 0 /0
VSI BW (min/max): 0 /0 0 /0 0 /0
VSI ILMI Config: CLR CLR CLR
Last Command: dsprsrc 13.1
Displays the cache of all cost-based routing connections. The optional index parameter lets you specify a cache entry index. The optional c parameter clears the cache.
dsprtcache [index] [c]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[index] | Specifies a particular route entry within the cache. When used with the c parameter, the route is either displayed or cleared from the cache. |
[c] | Clears the cache, or if you also enter the index parameter, clears the route cache specified by the index number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX, BPX |
|
| No |
|
dspcon, cnfrtcost, cnfpref
Display route cache contents, and let you monitor and manually clear the cache.
dsprtcache
pissaro TN StrataCom BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:11 GMT
Route Cache (Summary)
Index Use No. Cost Delay Restrict Load VPC Hops RemoteNode
0 Yes ...1.......Yes No None VBR No 2 lautrec
1 Yes 6 Yes No *s BDB No 3 vangogh
2 Yes 9 Yes No None BDA No 3 matisse
3 Yes 3 Yes No *t BDB No 3 rousseau
4 Yes 1 Yes No None CBR No 3 seurat <- current
5 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
6 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
7 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
8 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
9 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
10 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
11 No 0 No No None --- No 0 ---
Last Command: dsprtcache
Next Command:
Displays the configuration of the Universal Router Module (URM) embedded router on a specified router slot. The configurable router parameters include the IOS configuration file source and the router serial port function. A full description of these parameters is provided in the cnfrtr command definition.
dsprtr <router-slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
router-slot | Specifies the virtual shelf slot to support the URM embedded router. Switch software manages the embedded router in the URM as if the router resides on a slot in a virtual shelf (of routers). Each slot in the IGX shelf has a corresponding router slot in the virtual shelf. A router slot is considered empty when the equivalent IGX slot is empty or contains an IGX card without an embedded router. If the IGX slot contains a URM card, the router slot is reported as hosting an IOS router. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfrtrparm, cnfrtr, dsprtrslot, dsprtrslots, dspalms, rstrtr
Display the configuration for the URM embedded router in router slot 6.
dsprtr 6
sw108 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2E Sep. 5 2000 09:03 GMT
Configuration for Router Slot 6: Snapshot
IOS Configuration: Basic (from NPM)
Router Serial Port: CON
Last Command:dsprtr 6
Displays detailed operational information and alarm status for the URM embedded router on a specified router slot. The display is dynamically updated by switch software.
The URM dynamically reports router operational information to the NPM. The information reported is described in Table 4-33.
Information Type | Description |
---|---|
Router State | The router operational status. Router states include:
|
IOS SW Image | The IOS image name and revision (up to 32 characters). |
VIC Type | The Voice Interface Card (VIC) type. VIC types include:
|
The URM dynamically reports router alarm conditions to the NPM. The alarm conditions for the embedded router are described in Table 4-34.
Alarm Condition | Description |
---|---|
Standby | Indicates the router state is Inactive on a standby URM slot. |
Clear | Indicates that the router state is IOS on an active URM logical slot. |
Service | Indicates the router state is either BootHelper or Network-Download on an active URM logical slot. When the router is in this condition, all connections on the internal port remain operational. Traffic on these connections, in both ingress and egress directions, is NOT discarded. |
Non-Operational | Indicates that the router state on an active logical URM slot is either Inactive, Rommon, Rommon-CLI, Network-Download-Setup, Boothelper-Setup, IOS-Setup, or Failed. When the router is in this condition, all connections on the internal port are FAILED. Traffic on these connections, in both ingress and egress directions, is discarded. |
Missing-Card | Indicates that the active logical URM card is either mismatched, down, failed, programming, or missing. When the router is in this condition, all connections on the internal port are FAILED. |
dsprtrslot <router-slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
router-slot | Specifies the virtual shelf slot to support the URM embedded router. Switch software manages the embedded router in the URM as if the router resides on a slot in a virtual shelf (of routers). Each slot in the IGX shelf has a corresponding router slot in the virtual shelf. A router slot is considered empty when the equivalent IGX slot is empty or contains an IGX card without an embedded router. If the IGX slot contains a URM card, the router slot is reported as hosting an IOS router. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfrtrparm, cnfrtr, dsprtr, dsprtrslots, dspalms, rstrtr
Display the operational information and alarm status for the URM embedded router on router slot 6.
dsprtrslot 6
sw108 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2E Sep. 5 2000 09:02 GMT
Router Slot 6 Operational Info
Card Type : URM
Router State : Ios
IOS Status Alrm: Ok
IOS SW Image : VRXM-IS-M 12.1(20000727:081353)
VIC Type : VIC-2E1
Last Command:dsprtrslot 6
Displays a summary of the operational information and alarm status for all URM embedded routers in the IGX node. The operational information includes router slot number, card type, and Voice Interface Card (VIC) type. The display is dynamically updated by switch software.
Use the dsprtrslots command in conjunction with the dsprtrslot command. The dsprtrslot command displays detailed operational information for the router on a specific router slot. The router states and router alarm conditions reported by the URM are described in the dsprtrslot command.
dsprtrslots [l | u]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
l | u | Specifies the virtual shelf in a 32-slot IGX for display.
Switch software manages the embedded router in the URM as if the router resides on a slot in a virtual shelf (of routers). Each slot in the IGX shelf has a corresponding router slot in the virtual shelf. A router slot is considered empty when the equivalent IGX slot is empty or contains a legacy IGX card. If the IGX slot contains a URM card, the router slot is reported as hosting an IOS router. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfrtrparm, cnfrtr, dsprtr, dsprtrslot, dspalms, rstrtr
Display the operational information for all URM embedded routers in the IGX node.
dsprtrslots
sw108 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2E Sep. 5 2000 08:51 GMT
R O U T E R S L O T S
Card VIC Router Card VIC Router
Type Type Status Type Type Status
1 No router in NPM 9 -- -- --
2 No router in NPM 10 -- -- --
3 -- -- -- 11 -- -- --
4 -- -- -- 12 -- -- --
5 -- -- -- 13 -- -- --
6 URM VIC-2E1 Ok 14 -- -- --
7 -- -- -- 15 -- -- --
8 -- -- -- 16 -- -- --
Last Command:dsprtrslots
Displays the routes used by all connections at a node. The display shows the trunk numbers and names of all nodes in the path.
Use dsprts to see the current cost for all connection routes. A derouted connection shows no current cost. A connection route optimized with trunk delay shows the current total delay. A highlighted connection on the display has exceeded the maximum route cost.
dsprts [start group | chan] [nodename]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start group or channel | Specifies the starting group or channel with which to begin the display. Channel displays are in numeric order. If no starting channel is specified, the display begins with the first connected channel. Start channel is specified in one of the following formats: Voice connection: slot.channel Data connection: slot.port Frame relay connection: slot.port.DLCI Frame relay connection group: remote node.groupname Access device connection: slot.port.device_ID |
node name | Specifies that connections from only the local node to the current node are displayed. If no nodename is entered, connections from the local node to all other nodes are displayed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
| Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfpref
Display the connection routes.
dsprts
sw203 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:47 GMT
Conn Route
9.1.1.* (Cost = 5)
sw203 1.1-- 1.1sw242
Pref: Not Configured
9.2.5.100 (Cost = 1)
sw203 3.1.1-- 2.1.1sw242
Pref: Not Configured
9.2.5.101 (Cost = 1)
sw203 3.1.1-- 2.1.1sw242
Pref: Not Configured
9.2.5.102 (Cost = 5)
sw203 1.1-- 1.1sw242
Pref: Not Configured
This Command: dsprts
Continue?
Displays a list of nine Service Class Templates (SCT). There are three levels of operations for this command:
dspsct [template #][service_type]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[template #] | Template ID number; lists all the Service Classes (service types) in this template. |
[service_type] | Lists the parameters of the specified Service Class |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
dspqbint, cnfvsiif, dspvsiif
The service-type parameter for a connection is specified in the connection bandwidth information parameter group. The service-type and service-category parameters determine the Service Class to be used from the Service Template.
When a connection request is received by the VSI slave, it is first subjected to a Connection Admission Control process before being forwarded to the firmware layer responsible for actually programming the connection. The granting of the connection is based on these criteria:
LCNs available in the VSI partition
QoS guarantees
When the VSI slave accepts (that is, after CAC) a connection setup command from the VSI master in the Label Switch Controller, it receives information about the connection including service type, bandwidth parameters, and QoS parameters. This information is used to determine an index into the VI's selected Service Template's VC Descriptor table thereby establishing access to the associated extended parameter set stored in the table.
The service type identifier is a 32-bit number. However, the service type identifier is represented as a string (service type) on the dspsct screen. For example, to specify a Service Class Template number and service type:
dspsct 1 Tag0
A list of supported service templates and associated Qbins, and service types is shown in Table 4-35.
Template Type | Service Type ID | Service Type | Parameters | Associated Qbin |
---|---|---|---|---|
VSI Special Types | 0x0001
0x0002 | Default
Signaling | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types. | 13 for templates MPLS1, ATMF1, and ATMF2. 10 for the rest of the templates. 10 for template MPLS1 |
ATMF1 and ATMF2 templates (for PNNI controllers) | 0x0100 0x0101 0x0102 0x0103 0x0104 0x0105 0x0106 0x0107 0x0108 0x0109 0x010A 0x010B | cbr.1 vbr.rt1 vbr.rt2 vbr.rt3 vbr.nrt1 vbr.nrt2 vbr.nrt3 ubr.1 ubr.2 abr cbr.2 cbr.3 | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types.
| 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 14 10 10 |
MPLS Types (for MPLS controllers) | 0x0001 0x0002 0x0200 0x0201 0x0202 0x0203 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 0x0207 0x0210 | Default Signaling Tag0 Tag1 Tag2 Tag3 Tag4 Tag5 Tag6 Tag7 TagABR | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types. | 13 10 10 11 12 13 10 11 12 13 14 |
ATMF_tagcos_1 ATMF_tagcos_2
| 0x0001
0x0100 0x0101 0x0102 0x0103 0x0104 0x0105 0x0106 0x0107 0x0108 0x0109 0x010A 0x010B
0x0200 0x0201 0x0202 0x0203 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 0x0207 0x0210 | Default
cbr.1 vbr.rt1 vbr.rt2 vbr.rt3 vbr.nrt1 vbr.nrt2 vbr.nrt3 ubr.1 ubr.2 abr cbr.2 cbr.3
Tag0 Tag1 Tag2 Tag3 Tag4 Tag5 Tag6 Tag7 Tag Abr | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types. | 10
15 11 11 11 12 12 12 10 10 14 15 15
10 10 13 13 10 10 13 13 14 |
ATMF_TAGABR_1 ATMF_TAGABR_2
| 0x0001
0x0100 0x0101 0x0102 0x0103 0x0104 0x0105 0x0106 0x0107 0x0108 0x0109 0x010A 0x010B
0x0200 0x0201 0x0202 0x0203 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 0x0207 0x0210 | Default
cbr.1 vbr.rt1 vbr.rt2 vbr.rt3 vbr.nrt1 vbr.nrt2 vbr.nrt3 ubr.1 ubr.2 abr cbr.2 cbr.3
Tag0 Tag1 Tag2 Tag3 Tag4 Tag5 Tag6 Tag7 TagAbr | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types. | 10
15 11 11 11 12 12 12 10 10 14 15 15
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 13 |
atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_1 atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_2
| 0x0001
0x0100 0x0101 0x0102 0x0103 0x0104 0x0105 0x0106 0x0107 0x0108 0x0109 0x010A 0x010B
0x0200 0x0201 0x0202 0x0203 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 0x0207 0x0210 | Default
cbr.1 vbr.rt1 vbr.rt2 vbr.rt3 vbr.nrt1 vbr.nrt2 vbr.nrt3 ubr.1 ubr.2 abr cbr.2 cbr.3
Tag0 Tag1 Tag2 Tag3 Tag4 Tag5 Tag6 Tag7 TagAbr | See dspsct command for sample parameters for various service types. | 10
10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 11 10 10
12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 13 |
Listed below is detailed information on connection (VC) parameters used in Service Class Templates. Some of these parameters may appear on the dspsct display.
Qbin #
Description CoS Buffer (Qbin) to use for this CoS
Range/Values: 10 - 15
Units: enumeration
UPC Enable
Description: Enable/Disable Policing function. The first 2 values are consistent with the definition for the older cards. Option #2 and #3 are new and provide the ability to turn on policing on just GCRA #1 (PCR policing) or #2 (SCR policing).
Range/Values: 0 -3
0: Disable both GCRAs
1: Enable both GCRAs
2: Enable GCRA #1 only (PCR policing)
3: Enable GCRA #2 only (SCR policing)
Units: enumeration
UPC CLP Selection
Description: Selects processing of policing Buckets based on the CLP bit.
Range/Values: 0 -2
0 - Bk 1: CLP (0+1), Bk 2: CLP (0)
1 - Bk 1: CLP (0+1), Bk 2: CLP (0+1)
2 - Bk 1: CLP (0+1), Bk 2: Disabled
Units: enumeration
Policing Action (GCRA #1)
Description: Indicates how cells that fail the second bucket (SCR bucket) of the policer should be handled, if policing is enabled.
Range/Values: 0 - Discard
1 - Set CLP bit
2 - Set CLP of untagged cells, disc. tag'd cells
Units: enumeration
Policing Action (GCRA #2)
Description: Indicates how cells that fail the second bucket (SCR bucket) of the policer should be handled, if policing is enabled.
Range/Values: 0 - Discard
1 - Set CLP bit
2 - Set CLP of untagged cells, disc. tag'd cells
Units: enumeration
PCR
Description: Peak Cell Rate; used as default value if not supplied in VSI connection request.
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: cells/sec
MCR
Description: Minimum Cell Rate; used as default value if not supplied in VSI connection request.
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: cells/sec
SCR
Description: Sustained Cell Rate; used as default value if not supplied in VSI connection request.
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: cells/sec
ICR
Description: Initial Cell Rate . Used only for ABR VCs to set initial ACR value after idle traffic period.
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: cells/sec
MBS
Description: Maximum Burst Size - used to set bucket depth in policer function.
Range/Values: 1 - 5M
Units: cell count
CoS Min BW
Description: Bandwidth reserved for this Class of Service; used to initialize the CoS Buffer (Qbin) Minimum Service Rate (HW param. = ICG), and for CAC purposes (subject to CAC treatment type).
Range/Values: 0% - 100%
Units: % of Partition Min BW.
CoS Max BW
Description: Maximum value allowed for the sum of VC Min. BW's for this CoS; used by CAC (subject to CAC treatment type).
Range/Values: 0% - 100%
Units: % of Partition Max BW
Scaling Class
Description: Scaling table used for modifying per-VC thresholds under VI or Global cell-memory congestion.
Range/Values: choices are 0 - 3,
0: CBR
1: VBR
2: ABR
3: UBR
Units: enumeration
CAC Treatment
Description: Connection Admission Control algorithm used by this CoS
Range/Values: 0 - 256
0: No CAC performed; all connections admitted.
1: LCN_CAC; check for LCN availability only; no BW consideration.
2: MINBW_CAC; LCN + simple min. BW test (sum_of_VC_min_BW <= CoS_max_BW)
3: CAC_2 w/ overbooking allowed
4: ECR_CAC; LCN + ECR calculation (from table) & BW test (sum_of VC_ECR <= Cos_max_BW).
5: CAC_4 w/ overbooking allowed
6: MEASURED_CAC; LCN + ECR calculation (from dynamic measurement) & BW test (sum_of VC_ECR <= Cos_max_BW).
Units: enumeration
VC Max
Description: Maximum VC-cell-count threshold; all cells are discarded on a VC when this threshold has been exceeded.
Range/Values: 0 - VI_max_cell_count
Units: cell count
VC CLPhi
Description: VC cell count above which CLP=1 cells are discarded
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: % of VC Max threshold
VC CLPlo
Description: VC cell count below which CLP=1 cells are no longer discarded (discards having begun when CLPhi was exceeded).
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: % of VC Max threshold
VC EPD
Description: VC cell count above which AAL-5 frames are discarded
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: % of VC Max threshold
VC EFCI
Description: VC cell count above which congestion notification is activated
Range/Values: 0 - 100
Units: % of VC Max threshold
VC Discard Selection
Description: Choice of frame-based discard (EPD) or CLP-hysteresis
Range/Values: 0 - 1
0: CLP Hysteresis
1: EPD
Units: enumeration
VSVD/FCES
Description: For ABR VC's, enable/disable Virtual Source/Virtual Destination (VSVD) and/or Flow Control on External Segments (FCES) functionality
Range/Values: 0 -2
0: None
1: VSVD
2: VSVD w/ FCES
Units: enumeration
ADTF ABR only parameter
Description: ACR decrease time factor; idle time before ACR -> ICR
Range/Values: 10 - 1023
Units: milliseconds
RDF ABR only parameter
Description: Rate Decrease Factor
ACR = ACR - (ACR * RDF)
Range/Values: 2 - 512, in powers of 2
Units: Inverse decrease factor
RIF ABR only parameter
Description: Rate Increase Factor
ACR = ACR + (PCR * RDF)
Range/Values: 2 - 512, in powers of 2
Units: Inverse decrease factor
NRM ABR only parameter
Description: Number of data cells between FRM cells
Range/Values: 2 - 512, in powers of 2
Units: cells
TRM ABR only parameter
Description:
Range/Values:
Units:
CDF ABR only parameter
Description:
Range/Values:
Units:
TBE ABR only parameter
Description:
Range/Values:
Units:
FRTT ABR only parameter
Description:
Range/Values:
Units:
Displays all the templates in the IGX node.
dspsct
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:10 PST
Service Class Templates
Template Name
1 MPLS1
2 ATMF1
3 ATMF2
4 ATMF_tagcos_1
5 ATMF_tagcos_2
6 ATMF_TAGABR_1
7 ATMF_TAGABR_2
8 atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_1
9 atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_2
Last Command: dspsct
Next Command:
Display all service classes of the MPLS1 template in the IGX node.
dspsct 1
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:11 PST
Service Class Map for MPLS1 Template
Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin
Default 13
Signaling 10
Tag0 10
Tag1 11
Tag2 12
Tag3 13
Tag4 10
Tag5 11
Tag6 12
Tag7 13
TagAbr 14
Last Command: dspsct 1
Next Command:
Display service type Default in template 1.
dspsct 1 default
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:12 PST
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Default (1)
Service Category Default (1)
Qbin 13
UPC Enable NONE
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 61440 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection EPD
VC CLP High 100 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EPD 40 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 1 Default
Next Command:
Display service type Signaling in Template 1.
dspsct 1 Signaling
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:14 PST
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Signaling (2)
Service Category Signaling (2)
Qbin 10
UPC Enable NONE
Sustained Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Maximum Burst Size 0 (cells)
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 0 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection Hystersis
VC CLP High 75 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC CLP Low 30 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 1 Signaling
Next Command:
Display service type Tag0 in Template 1.
dspsct 1 Tag0
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:15 PST
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Tag0 (200)
Service Category Tag0 (200)
Qbin 10
UPC Enable NONE
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 61440 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection EPD
VC CLP High 100 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EPD 40 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Last Command: dspsct 1 Tag0
Next Command:
Display service type TagAbr in Template 1.
dspsct 1 TagAbr
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:15 PST
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: TagAbr (210)
Service Category TagAbr (210)
Qbin 14
UPC Enable NONE
Minimum Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Sustained Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Initial Cell Rate 100 (% of PCR)
Maximum Burst Size 1024 (cells)
Scaling Class Scaled 2nd
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 61440 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection EPD
VC CLP High 100 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EPD 40 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
This Command: dspsct 1 TagAbr
Continue? Y
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:16 PST
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: TagAbr (210)
VC EFCI 20 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VSVD NONE
Decrease Time Factor 500 (milli seconds)
Rate Decrease Factor 16 (Inverse Decrease Factor)
Rate Increase Factor 16 (Inverse Decrease Factor)
data cells b/w Fwd RM Cells 32 (Cells)
Time b/w Fwd RM Cells 0
Cut-Off Decrease Factor 16
Transient Buffer Exposure 16777215
Fixed Round Trip Time 0
Last Command: dspsct 1 TagAbr
Next Command:
Displays all the templates in the BPX node.
dspsct
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:23 GMT
Service Class Templates
Template Name
1 MPLS1
2 ATMF1
3 ATMF2
4 ATMF_tagcos_1
5 ATMF_tagcos_2
6 ATMF_TAGABR_1
7 ATMF_TAGABR_2
8 atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_1
9 atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_2
Last Command: dspsct
Next Command:
Display Service Class Template 2, which displays Service Classes (also referred to as service categories or service sub-categories) for the ATMF1 template, along with designated Qbins.
dspsct 2
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:26 GMT
Service Class Map for ATMF1 Template
Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin
Default 13 Cbr1 10
Signaling 12 Cbr2 10
VbrRt1 11 Cbr3 10
VbrRt2 11
VbrRt3 11
VbrNRt1 12
VbrNRt2 12
VbrNRt3 12
Ubr1 13
Ubr2 13
Abr 14
Last Command: dspsct 2
Display Service Class Template 3, which displays service classes for the ATMF2 template, along with designated Qbins.
dspsct 3
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:39 GMT
Service Class Map for ATMF2 Template
Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin Service Class Qbin
Default 13 Cbr1 10
Signaling 12 Cbr2 10
VbrRt1 11 Cbr3 10
VbrRt2 11
VbrRt3 11
VbrNRt1 12
VbrNRt2 12
VbrNRt3 12
Ubr1 13
Ubr2 13
Abr 14
Last Command: dspsct 3
Next Command:
Display service type VbrRt1 in Template 2.
dspsct 2 VbrRt1
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:41 GMT
Service Template: ATMF1 (2) Service Type: VbrRt1 (101)
Service Category VbrRt (101)
Qbin 11
UPC Enable GCRA_1_2
UPC CLP Selection CLP01_CLP01
Policing Action 1 DISCARD
Policing Action 2 DISCARD
Sustained Cell Rate 100 (% of PCR)
Maximum Burst Size 1024 (cells)
Scaling Class Scaled 3rd
CAC Treatment CAC4
VC Max Threshold 1280 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection Hystersis
VC CLP High 80 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
This Command: dspsct 2 VbrRt1
Continue? Y
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:42 GMT
Service Template: ATMF1 (2) Service Type: VbrRt1 (101)
VC CLP Low 35 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 2 VbrRt1
Next Command:
Display service type Abr in Template 2.
dspsct 2 Abr
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:43 GMT
Service Template: ATMF1 (2) Service Type: Abr (109)
Service Category Abr (104)
Qbin 14
UPC Enable GCRA_1
UPC CLP Selection CLP01
Policing Action 1 DISCARD
Minimum Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Sustained Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Initial Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Maximum Burst Size 1024 (cells)
Scaling Class Scaled 2nd
CAC Treatment MIN BW
VC Max Threshold 8000 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection Hystersis
This Command: dspsct 2 Abr
Continue? Y
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:44 GMT
Service Template: ATMF1 (2) Service Type: Abr (109)
VC CLP High 80 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC CLP Low 35 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EFCI 20 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VSVD NONE
Decrease Time Factor 500 (milli seconds)
Rate Decrease Factor 16 (Inverse Decrease Factor)
Rate Increase Factor 16 (Inverse Decrease Factor)
data cells b/w Fwd RM Cells 32 (Cells)
Time b/w Fwd RM Cells 0
Cut-Off Decrease Factor 16
Transient Buffer Exposure 16777215
Fixed Round Trip Time 0
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 2 Abr
Next Command:
Display service type Default in Template 1 (MPLS1).
dspsct 1 Default
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:44 GMT
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Default (1)
Service Category Default (1)
Qbin 13
UPC Enable NONE
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 61440 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection EPD
VC CLP High 100 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EPD 40 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 1 Default
Display the Signaling service type in Template 1 (MPLS1).
dspsct 1 Signaling
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:46 GMT
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Signaling (2)
Service Category Signaling (2)
Qbin 10
UPC Enable NONE
Sustained Cell Rate 0 (% of PCR)
Maximum Burst Size 0 (cells)
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 0 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection Hystersis
VC CLP High 75 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC CLP Low 30 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 1 Signaling
Next Command:
Display the service type Tag0 in Template 1 (MPLS1).
dspsct 1 Tag0
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:48 GMT
Service Template: MPLS1 (1) Service Type: Tag0 (200)
Service Category Tag0 (200)
Qbin 10
UPC Enable NONE
Scaling Class Scaled 1st
CAC Treatment LCN
VC Max Threshold 61440 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection EPD
VC CLP High 100 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC EPD 40 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Last Command: dspsct 1 Tag0
Next Command:
Display the service type Cbr1 in Template 9.
dspsct 9 Cbr1
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:50 GMT
Service Template: atmf_TAGCoS_TAGABR_2 (9) Service Type: Cbr1 (100)
Service Category Cbr (100)
Qbin 10
UPC Enable NONE
Scaling Class Scaled 4th
CAC Treatment CAC4
VC Max Threshold 160 (cells)
VC Dscd Selection Hystersis
VC CLP High 80 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
VC CLP Low 35 (% of Vc MAX Threshold)
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance 250000
Last Command: dspsct 9 Cbr1
Next Command:
Displays the current signaling state received at the node from the specified voice channel.
This command displays the current signaling state received at the node from the specified voice channel. The status of the transmit and receive A and B signaling bits (for DS1 trunks) or A, B, C and D signaling bits (for E1 trunks) are displayed as a 0 or 1. The status of the bits (0 or 1) depends on the signaling type utilized on the connection displayed. The transmit direction of transmission is toward the remote node; the receive direction is toward the local circuit line.
The dspsig command can be used to verify the connection signaling type. If you compare the A/B bit states on-hook and off-hook with those shown in the dspchcnf command, you will note that the node passes signaling straight through. The signaling definition is only important for monitoring the on-hook/off-hook state and setting conditioning patterns.
dspsig <start_channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<start_channel> | First voice channel in the format slot.port. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfclnsigparm, cnfrcvsig, dspclnsigparm
dspsig 7.1
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:25 PST
Signalling Information
From 7.1 TXA-bit TXBbit TXCbit TXDbit RXA-bit RXBbit RXCbit RXDbit no_serv
7.1-15 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
7.17-31 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
Last Command: dspsig 7.1
Next Command:
Displays the configuration for the A, B, C, and D bit signaling qualifiers for all channels. The only parameter is the starting channel. You set the values for these signaling bits by using the cnfrcvsig and cnfxmtsig commands. Note that these signaling bit states are different from the states during circuit alarm (signaling conditioning).
During normal operation of the voice circuit, the A, B, C, and D signaling bits may be held at a fixed value (0 or 1), inverted (I), or passed through transparently (T).
Signal direction:
dspsigqual <start channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start channel | Specifies the starting channel. On a CDP or CVM, the format is slot.channel. On a UVM, the format is slot.line.channel. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfxmtsig, cnfrcvsig
Display the channel signaling bit qualifiers for channel 13.1.
dspsigqual 13.1
sw150 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2T Dec. 19 2000 23:58 PST
Signalling Qualifiers
From 13.1 TXAbit TXBbit TXCbit TXDbit RXAbit RXBbit RXCbit RXDbit
13.1-24 T T T T T T T T
Last Command: dspsigqual 13.1
Displays system information associated with a specific card in the node.
This command displays system information associated with a specific card in the node. The information can help you debug card failures. When a card failure is reported to the Cisco TAC, the TAC engineer records the parameters for the associated card displayed by using dspslot.
The information displayed by the dspslot command is unique to the card and is used primarily by the controller card to supervise background system tasks lists the card parameters.
Use this command to add information on a failed card when you return it. Print the screen or otherwise record the information and return it with the faulty card to Cisco.
dspslot <slot number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot number> | Specifies the shelf slot number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspslot 6
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:27 PST
Card Data Base for FRP card in slot 6 at address 30BD820C
Logical Card 6 Test in Prog 0
Verify DB Flag 0 Slft Res Abort 0
Info Ptr 30B88C2C Slft Abort 0
Last Event TEST_FREE Last Test BKGD_TEST
Fail Inter 0 FRP Test Fail 0
Selftest Fail 0 FRP Test Fail I 0
Selftest Inter 0 FRP Port Test Fail 0
Selftest Timeout 0 FRP Port Capacity 31
Con Test Fail 0 FRP Line Capable 1
Red LED Flag 0 FRP V35 Capable 0
Restart Reason Not maintained FRP X21 Capable 0
Selftest Results FRP NNI/CLLM Cap 1
FRP CGW/ATFR Cap 1
Last Command: dspslot 6
Next Command:
Item | Parameter | Description |
---|---|---|
1 | Logical Card | This number represents the type of card. |
2 | Verify DB Flag | Verify database flag. Concerned with database and memory. |
3 | Info Ptr | Information pointer. Concerned with database and memory. |
4 | Last Event | This is the previous state of the card. |
5 | Fail Inter | Indicates intermittent card failure. |
6 | Selftest Fail | Indicates self-test fail condition. |
7 | Selftest Inter | Indicates intermittent self-test failure. |
8 | Selftest Timeout | Self-test routine timed out before completion. |
9 | Con Test Fail | Indicates failure of the test con command. |
10 | Red LED Flag | Indicates front panel FAIL LED on. |
11 | Restart Reason | Reason for last card reset. |
12 | Selftest Results | Results of last self-test for card. |
13 | Test in Prog | Indicates card test is in progress. |
14 | Slft Res Abort | Not used. |
15 | Slft Abort | Not used. |
16 | Card Stats Up | A "1" indicates statistics are being collected on this card. |
17 | Sib Pointer | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
18 | Summary stats | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
19 | Detailed stats | Pointer to database concerning statistics. |
20 | Bus Mastership | For BCC, this indicates whether this is the slave BCC. For other cards, this is not used. |
21 | Last Test | Last test performed on card in this slot. |
Displays the slot alarm configuration for the BPX node.
dspslotalmcnf [slot]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot number | Specifies the slot number of the card to be displayed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspslotalms
Display the slot alarm configuration for the BPX.
dspslotalmcnf 7
D1.jea TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:04 GMT
Slot Alarm Configuration
Minor Major
Violation Rate Alarm Time Clear Rate Alarm Time Clear
1) SBus .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
2) InvP .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
3) PollA .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
4) PollB .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
5) BGE .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
6) TBip .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
7) RBip .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
8) Bfrm .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
9) SIU .01% 10 min 3 min .1% 10 sec 10 sec
Last Command: dspslotalmcnf 7
Next Command:
Displays statistical alarms associated with the SIU on each BPX card. The display provides a single line for each slot in a local BPX node occupied by a card. Both the card type and the current card alarm status appears. If a card is operating normally, the display shows "Clear - Slot OK." If fault conditions continue to cause the slot errors to exceed a preset threshold, the column labeled Current Card Alarm Status reflects this fact. If the alarm condition has disappeared, use the clrslotalms command to clear these alarm messages. For a list of slot errors, see the dspsloterrs description.
dspslotalms <slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies the slot number of the card to display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
dspsloterrs
Display the status of the card in slot 1.
dspslotalms 1
D1.jea TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:00 GMT
Slot Type Current Slot Alarm Status
7 BCC Clear - Slot OK
11 BNI-T3 Clear - Slot OK
Last Command: dspslotalms
Next Command:
Displays statistical alarms associated with the SIU on each BPX card. The dspsloterrs command takes a slot number as an optional parameter: if you enter dspsloterrs without a slot number, the display shows a single line for each slot with statistics that have accumulated for all slots.
Both the card type and current status are displayed. If a card is operating normally, the status is "Clear - Slot OK." If fault conditions persistently cause the slot errors (described in the Display Slot Errors command) to exceed a preset threshold, this fact is displayed under the column labeled Current Card Alarm Status. The clrslotalm command clears the alarm messages if the alarm condition has been cleared. The chart below describes the errors is the display.
Error | Description |
---|---|
Standby Bus Errors | Indicates a background test over the standby bus produced an error. |
Invalid Port Errors | Indicates port number was out of the range 1-3. |
Polling Bus A Errors | Parity error occurred on this polling bus. |
Polling Bus B Errors | Parity error occurred on this polling bus. |
Bad Grant Errors | Error indicates arbiter did not issue a grant to send data before a timeout. |
Tx BIP-16 Errors | Data frame transmitted had a checksum error. |
Rx BIP-16 Errors | Data frame received with a checksum error. |
SIU Phase Errors | Serial Interface Unit on the card did not detect the frame synch properly. |
Bframe Errors | Errors detected in the BPX frame on the StrataBus or in a memory operation. |
dspsloterrs [slot]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies the slot number of a card for the display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
dspslotalms
Display the alarm statistics for the card in slot 7 of the BPX.
dspsloterrs 7
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:54 PDT
BCC 7 Status: Clear - Slot OK Clrd: Date/Time Not Set
Type Count ETS Status Type Count ETS Status
Stby PRBS Errs 0 0
Rx Invld Prt Errs 0 0
Poll Bus A Parity 0 0
Poll Bus B Parity 0 0
Bad Grant Errs 0 0
Tx BIP-16 Errs 0 0
Rx BIP-16 Errs 0 0
SIU Phase Errs 0 0
Bfrm. Par. Errs 0 0
Rx FIFO Sync Errs 0 0
Poll Clk Errs 0 0
CK 192 Errs 0 0
Last Command: dspsloterrs 7
Next Command:
Display the error status for all slots.
dspsloterrs
pubsbpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:01 PDT
Summary of Slot Errors
Invld Poll Poll Tx Rx B- Rx
Stdby Rx A Bus B Bus Bad BIP- BIP- SIU Frame FIFO Poll CK-
PRBS Port Par Par Grant 16 16 Phase Par Sync Clk 192
Slot Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs Errs
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Last Command: dspsloterrs
Next Command:
Displays enabled statistics for where a BXM card resides. These statistics are set by the cnfslotstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features.
The Owner column shows what set the statistic:
dspslotstatcnf <slot>
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot> | Specifies the slot where the BXM resides. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfslotstats
dspslotstatcnf 2
sw59 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:02 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Slot 2
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
1) Standby PRBS Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
2) Rx Invalid Port Errs 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
3) PollA Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
4) PollB Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
5) Bad Grant Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
6) Tx Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
7) Rx Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
8) Bframe parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
9) SIU phase Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
10) Rx FIFO Sync Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
11) Poll Clk Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
12) CK 192 Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
13) Monarch Specific Errors 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
This Command: dspslotstatcnf 2
Continue?
Display thresholds for slot 7.
dspslotstatcnf 7
D1.jea TRM SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:03 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Slot 7
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
----------------------------------- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
Standby PRBS Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Rx Invalid Port Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Polling Bus A Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Polling Bus B Parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Bad Grant Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Transmit Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Receive Bip 16 Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Bframe parity Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
SIU phase Errors 60 0 4 NONE Automatic
Last Command: dspslotstatcnf 7
Next Command:
Displays a history the last five occurrences of the slot statistic enabled for a BXM card slot.
You select the statistic from the list displayed when you first enter this command. Use the dspslotstatcnf to display the statistics enabled on the selected slot. Use cnfslotstats to enable a statistic.
dspslotstathist <port>
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot> | Specifies the slot. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfslotstats, dspslotstatcnf
Display these SNMP parameters for the current node:
dspsnmp
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfsnmp, dspsnmpstats
Display the SNMP parameters for the current node.
dspsnmp
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p0 Dec. 6 2000 09:03 GMT
Get Community String: audit
Set Community String: private
Trap Community String: private
SNMP Set Request Queue Size: 110
SNMP Queued Request Timeout (secs): 21600
SNMP Trap Event Queue Size: 100
Last Command: dspsnmp
Displays these SNMP statistics for the node:
dspsnmpstats
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfsnmp, dspsnmp
Display SNMP statistics for the current node.
dspsnmpstats
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p0 Dec. 6 2000 09:05 GMT
SVC Requests Received: 0 Traps Transmitted: 0
SVC Current Queue Length: 0 TRAP Current Queue Length: 0
SVC Maximum Queue Length: 0 TRAP Maximum Queue Length: 0
SVC Requests Timed Out: 0 TRAP Queue Events Discarded: 0
Overflow Traps Transmitted: 0
Current Trap Managers: 0/10 Snmp_Trap_Db Ptr: 315687BE
Last Command: dspsnmpstats
Displays memory usage for statistics collection.
This command displays memory usage for statistics collection. It is intended for debugging statistics collection problems, not everyday use. The command shows the amount of controller card memory allocated by the user to statistics display (defaults to 650 Kbytes).
The memory occupied by USER is used for user-enabled statistics. The memory occupied by USER figure is that used by the Cisco WAN Manager user. Memory occupied by AUTO is that used by node features.
dspstatmem
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dspstatmem
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 19:29 PST
User Configured Statistics Memory (In bytes) = 624640
Memory Occupied by USER (In bytes) = 0
Memory Occupied by AUTO (In bytes) = 21584
Last Command: dspstatmem
Next Command:
Displays the Cisco WAN Manager L3 (Layer 3) Link Control Blocks (LCBs). The dspsv3 command supports the Out-of-Band network management feature, which enables management traffic to be sent over IP to a switch LAN Ethernet interface. This feature reduces the load on trunk bandwidth and node processor times. The dspsv3 command provides a summary of all LCBs in a node and a detailed display of information for a specified LCB.
The dspsv3 command displays the LCBs used by a switch to communicate with one or more SV+ workstations. The display shows whether the out-of-band (lanip) option is being used. The dspsv3 screen distinguishes between the three modes:
The dspsv3 command displays counts of pending alarms for SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching) and robust object types that have updated status.
The dspsv3 command supports the Universal Router Module (URM) on the IGX 8400, providing IOS-based voice support and basic routing functions. It consists of an embedded UXM with one internal ATM port and an embedded IOS-based router. The dspsv3 display includes the URM embedded router object and reports router alarm link information.
dspsv3 <LCB number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
LCB number | Number of the Link Control Block for display of detailed information. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsplanip
The chart below provides a description of the fields in the dspsv3 LCB summary display.
Field | Explanation |
---|---|
Serial Admin | Serial link admin window |
LAN Admin | LAN Admin window |
LCB | Link Control Block number (0 is the gateway link) |
Node | SV+ gateway node number (0 is local IO) |
IP | IP address (* indicates nwip is enabled) |
The table below provides a description of the fields in the detailed display for one LCB.
Field | Explanation |
---|---|
LCB | LCB number |
Alloc | LCB allocated (1) or no (0) |
sv3_lcb_ptr | Address of LCB in memory |
IP Address | SV+ IP Address |
Response Timer | SV+ Link Response Timer |
Idle Timer | Display SV+ Link Idle Timer |
Retry Count | SV+ Link Retry Count |
Current Protocol State | Link state (idle, reset, transfer, poll) |
No. of buffers in the data_q | Messages in the data queue |
No. of buffers in the xmit_q | Messages in the transmit queue |
No. of buffers in the nflow_q | Messages in the non-flow-controlled queue |
Subscribed applications | Applications to which SV+ has subscribed |
Update | Robust object types that have updated object(s) status |
Pending | Robust object types that have been updated to SV+, and are waiting for an acknowledgment from SV+. |
Robust Database Updates data | Robust database update bitmap addresses |
Display Cisco WAN Manager L3 Link Control Blocks summary.
dspsv3
nsaigx2 TN StrataCom IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 06:11 GMT
Number of Active SV3 Links: 2 Serial Admin: None LAN Admin: None
LCB: 0 Node: 0 IP:*172.16.64.20
LCB: 1 Node: 3 IP:*172.16.64.20
>Last Command: dspsv3
Display Cisco WAN Manager L3 Link Control Blocks summary. The summary display shows three Link 1 LCBs, which connect to three different SV+ workstations. The "N" next to the first IP address indicates the nwip_on option. The "L" next to the second address indicates the lanip option. The absence of a symbol on the third line indicates the nwip_off option.
dspsv3
sw248 TN StrataCom BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:05 GMT
Number of Active SV3 Links: 2 Serial Admin: None LAN Admin: None
LCB: 0 Node: 128 IP:N172.29.9.29
LCB: 1 Node: 128 IP:L172.29.9.53
LCB: 2 Node: 128 IP: 172.29.9.115
Last Command: dspsv3
Display Cisco WAN Manager L3 Link Control Block 1. The detailed display shows the state on an individual link control block. The display indicates the use of the lanip option.
dspsv3 1
sw248 TN StrataCom BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:11 GMT
LCB: 1 Alloc: 1 sv3_lcb_ptr: 31514034
IP Address: 172.29.9.53 (lanip)
Response Timer: 0
Idle Timer: 393
Retry Count: 120
Current Protocol State: SV3_TRANSFER
No. of Buffers in the data_q: 0
No. of Buffers in the xmit_q: 0
No. of Buffers in the nflow_q: 0
Comm Break Alarm: Update: 0, Pending: 0
Comm Break Alarm Bitmaps: Update: 314741FC, Pending: 3147449C
Last Command: dspsv3 1
Display Cisco WAN Manager L3 Link Control Block 0 in an IGX node with a Universal Router Module (URM). Note the "Router Object" and "Router Alarm" fields in the second screen display.
dspsv3 0
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2l Oct. 10 2000 04:28 GMT
LCB:0 Alloc:1 sv3_lcb_ptr:314F501A
IP Address:172.29.10.43 (nwip on)
Response Timer:0
Idle Timer:600
Retry Count:3
Current Protocol State:SV3_TRANSFER
No. of Buffers in the data_q:0
No. of Buffers in the xmit_q:0
No. of Buffers in the nflow_q:0
Comm Break Alarm: Update:0, Pending:0
Comm Break Alarm Bitmaps: Update:3149446E, Pending:314941CE
This Command:dspsv3 0
Continue?
--------- Screen 2 ----------
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2l Oct. 10 2000 04:28 GMT
LCB:0 Alloc:1 sv3_lcb_ptr:314F501A
Subscribed Applications:Topology MaintLog
314F504E
Update Pending
Revision: 0 0
Rebuild: 0 0
Subscription: 0 0
Card Obj: 0 314F5FA7 0 314F5FA2 Card Alarm: 0 314F6F24 0 314F6F29
Feeder Obj: 0 314F5FA0 0 314F5FA1 Feeder Alarm: 0 314F6F22 0 314F6F23
Port Obj: 0 314F5750 0 314F5B58 Port Alarm: 0 314F66D2 0 314F6ADA
Conn Obj: 0 314F505E 0 314F53C9 Conn Alarm: 0 314F5FE0 0 314F634B
Cline Obj: 0 314F5734 0 314F573D Cline Alarm: 0 314F66B6 0 314F66BF
Trunk Obj: 0 314F5746 0 314F574B Trunk Alarm: 0 314F66C8 0 314F66CD
Periph. Obj: 0 314F5FAF 0 314F5FAC Periph. Alarm:0 314F6F2E 0 314F6F31
Router Obj: 0 314F5FD6 0 314F5FDB Router Alarm: 0 314F6F5C 0 314F6F61
This Command:dspsv3 0
--------- Screen 3 ----------
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2l Oct. 10 2000 04:28 GMT
LCB:0 Alloc:1 sv3_lcb_ptr:314F501A
Robust Database Updates data:
db_update_flags: 30EBA470 db_pending_flags: 30EBA930
flag_offset_table: 30EBAE30
1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0 8:0 9:0
10:1 11:0 12:36C 13:36D 14:0 15:0 16:372 17:0 18:0
19:372 20:46C 21:0 22:471 23:0 24:0 25:0 26:476 27:0
28:477 29:0 30:478 31:47D 32:48F 33:0 34:0 35:0 36:498
37:0 38:0 39:499 40:0 41:0 42:0 43:0 44:0 45:0
46:49A 47:0 48:0 49:0 50:0 51:0 52:0 53:0 54:0
55:0 56:0 57:0 58:0 59:0 60:4A0 61:0 62:0 63:0
64:0 65:0 66:4A1 67:0 68:0 69:0 70:0 71:0 72:0
73:0 74:0 75:0 76:0 77:0 78:4A2 79:4A3 80:0 81:0
82:0 83:4BF 84:0 85:0 86:0 87:0 88:0 89:0 90:0
91:0 92:0 93:0 94:0 95:0 96:0 97:0 98:0 99:0
This Command:dspsv3 0
--------- Screen 4 ----------
sw190 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2l Oct. 10 2000 04:28 GMT
LCB:0 Alloc:1 sv3_lcb_ptr:314F501A
Robust Database Updates data (continued):
flag_offset_table (continued): 30EBAE30
100:0 101:0 102:0 103:0 104:0 105:0 106:0 107:0 108:0
109:0 110:0 111:0 112:0 113:0
VSI Controller:314F6F5A 314F6F58
Last Command:dspsv3 0
Displays the voice SVC statistics.
dspsvcst
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display the voice SVC statistics for the current node.
dspsvcst
sw91 TN cisco IGX 8410 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:11 GMT
Number of Active SVC : 0
Number of SVC Requests : 0
Number of Failed Requests : 0
Last Reason for request failure : 0
Number of Completed SVC Routes : 0
Number of Failed SVC Routes : 0
Number of Deleted SVC(s) : 0
Number of Failed SVC : 0
Max Secs To Perform SVC Route : 0.000
Avg Secs To Perform SVC Route : 0.000
Last Command: dspsvcst
Next Command:
Displays the software errors log. The log contains 12 entries, and when the log is full, additional errors overwrite the oldest entries. The dspswlog command displays contains non-fatal entries. Use the dspabortlog command to display a new log containing abort entries.
A lighted icon "SW" at the bottom of the command line interface indicates that a software error has been logged. Unrelated to this feature, but also at the bottom of the command line interface, the "CD" icon indicates a card or hardware error, while the "AB" icon indicates an abort error:
SW | AB | CD | Job 1 |
dspswlog [<d> | <number> | <c> ]
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<d> | Displays the detailed version of the log, including stack dumps. Page through the detailed version of the log using the arrow keys or the Return key. |
<number> | When an entry number is entered (found under the No. column), displays the detailed version of a specific entry in the log. |
<c> | Clears the log. Optionally, you can use the clrabortlog command. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrswlog, dspabortlog, clrabortlog
Field | Description |
---|---|
No. | Error entries in the table numbered from 1-12. |
Type Error | The entry identifier. For dspswlog, the identifier is "error." Occasionally, the identifier "BadType," is displayed, indicating a problem within the table itself. |
Number | The number that identifies a specific error problem. |
Data (Hex) | A 4-byte field containing information that may be useful in solving a problem. It is different for every error number. |
PC (Hex) | Program Counter. The address of the place in memory where the software was running when the error was logged; this identifies where the problem was detected. |
PROC | Process or Task. This field indicates which process was running when the problem occurred. Use the dspprf command to display all of the tasks. |
SwRev | Switch software version operating on this node. |
Date | Date of the error. |
Time | Time of the error. |
Display the software error log.
dspswlog
igxr02 VT Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.2V Jan. 18 2001 13:31 PST
Active Control Card's Software Log
No. Type Number Data(Hex) PC(Hex) PROC SwRev Date Time
1. Error 509 00000000 303AE716 CBUS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 14:36:26
2. Error 101 07000000 301EECCC CBUS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 14:36:26
3. Error 509 00000000 303AE716 CBUS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 14:36:27
4. Error 101 07000000 301EECCC CBUS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 14:36:27
5. Error 3018 00000012 30229F02 TRNS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:30:26
6. Error 3018 00000012 301F57B0 TRNS 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:30:26
7. Error 254 000000CE 303CE002 RSRC 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:37:53
8. Error 254 000000CE 303CE002 RSRC 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:37:53
9. Error 254 000000CE 303CE002 RSRC 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:37:53
10. Error 254 000000CE 303CE002 RSRC 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:37:53
11. Error 254 000000CE 303CE002 RSRC 9.3.2V 01/16/01 15:37:53
12. Error 9000 14030098 30546430 TRNS 9.3.2V 01/18/01 13:19:41
Last Command: dspswlog
The dspftcpparm command displays the TCP bandwidth throttle parameter.
dsptcpparm
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnftcpparm
cc2 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:42 PST
NWIP Bandwidth Throttle (Kbytes/sec): 32
Last Command: dsptcpparm
Next Command:
Displays the configuration for the control port and auxiliary port at a node. It includes all the asynchronous communications parameters that are specified by the cnfterm command.
dsptermcnf
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfterm, cnftermfunc (a SuperUser command), dsptermfunc
Display the terminal port configuration data.
dsptermcnf
batman TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 02:55 PST
Control port Auxiliary port
Baud Rate: 9600 Baud Rate: 9600
Parity: None Parity: None
Number of Data Bits: 8 Number of Data Bits: 8
Number of Stop Bits: 1 Number of Stop Bits: 1
Output flow control: XON/XOFF Output flow control: XON/XOFF
Input flow control: XON/XOFF Input flow control: XON/XOFF
CTS flow control: No CTS flow control: Yes
Use DTR signal: Yes Use DTR signal: Yes
Last Command: dsptermcnf
Next Command:
Displays the port functions configured by the cnftermfunc command.
dsptermfunc
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfterm, cnftermfunc, dsptermcnf
Display the terminal port configuration data. The highlighted or reverse video items are the currently selected options.
dsptermfunc
swstorm TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 09:42 PST
Control port Auxiliary port
1. VT100/StrataView 1. Okidata 182 Printer
2. VT100 2. Okidata 182 Printer with LOG
3. VT100
4. Alarm Message Collector
5. External Device Window
6. Autodial Modem
Last Command: dsptermfunc
Next Command:
Displays the state of all inputs from subrate line equipment to an IGX node and the state of all outputs from the node to the subrate line equipment. Display updates can occur at an optional, user-specified interval. Otherwise, the display remains on-screen until Delete is pressed or the display times out. The default interval for updating the display is every 5 seconds. If a trunk is disabled, its number appears in dim, reverse video. See cnftrkict command for configuration details.
dsptrkbob <line> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the subrate trunk. |
[interval] | The number of seconds between updates of the breakout box display. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnftrkict, dsptrkict
Display the breakout for subrate trunk 9.
dsptrkbob 9
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:15 MST
Packet Line: 9
Interfaces: X.21 DTE
Inputs from Line Equipment Outputs to Line Equipment
Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State Lead Pin State
RxD 4/11 Idle TxD 2/9 Active
I/DSR 5/12 On C/DTR 3/10 On
S/RxC 6/13 Active
Last Command: dsptrkbob 9
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays trunk configuration. The parameter values that dsptrkcnf displays have been set by using cnftrk or are default values. See Table 4-36 for default physical trunk statistics and Table 4-38 for default virtual trunk statistics.
The default values for statistical reserves can accommodate sufficient bandwidth for control traffic. The statistical reserve can be changed. However, if you modify the reserve below recommended values, a warning message is displayed. For example, if the statistical reserve is modified below 1000 cps for "upped" T1/E1/T3/OC-3/OC-12 physical trunks and 300 for T1/E1 virtual trunks, this warning message is displayed:
"WARNING: Changing stats reserve < {1000 | 300 } may cause a drop in CC traffic"
If cost-based routing is configured, dsptrkcnf displays the cost of a trunk. Configure the administrative cost of a trunk by using cnftrk.
BNI | BXM | UXM | ALM | NTM | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
IMA-T1/E1 | N/A | N/A | 5000 cps > T2, E2 1000 cps < T2, E2 | N/A | N/A |
T1/E1 | N/A | N/A | 1000 cps | N/A | 1000 cps |
T3/E3 | 5000 cps | 5000 cps | 5000 cps | 5000 cps | N/A |
OC3 | 5000 cps | 5000 cps | 5000 cps | N/A | N/A |
OC12 | N/A | 5000 cps | N/A | N/A | N/A |
T2 = 14490 cps (96 DS0s) E2 = 19900 cps N/A = not available |
BNI | BXM | UXM | |
---|---|---|---|
T1/E1 | N/A | N/A | 300 cps |
T3/E3 | 1000 cps | 1000 cps | 1000 cps |
OC3 | 1000 cps | 1000 cps | 1000 cps |
OC12 | N/A | 1000 cps | N/A |
N/A = not available |
dsptrkcnf <slot.port>[.vtrk]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the physical slot and port number of the trunk. |
[.vtrk] | Specifies the virtual trunk number. The maximum value on a node is 32. The maximum on a T3 or E3 line is 32. The maximum for user traffic on an OC-3/STM1 trunk is 11. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnftrk
Display the configuration for trunk 4.2. including the Protocol By Card option.
dsptrkcnf 4.2
sw143 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 July 28 2000 18:55 PST
TRK 4.2 Config OC3 [353207cps] BXM slot: 4
Transmit Rate: 353208 VPC Conns disabled: No
Protocol By The Card: Yes Line framing: STS-3C
VC Shaping: No coding: --
Hdr Type NNI: Yes recv impedance: --
Statistical Reserve: 5000 cps cable type: --
Idle code: 7F hex length: --
Connection Channels: 256 Pass sync: No
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR Loop clock: No
SVC Vpi Min: 0 HCS Masking: Yes
SVC Channels: 0 Payload Scramble: Yes
SVC Bandwidth: 0 cps Frame Scramble: Yes
Restrict CC traffic: No Virtual Trunk Type: --
Link type: Terrestrial Virtual Trunk VPI: --
Routing Cost: 10 Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4.2
Display the configuration for an E3 BXM 4.1 trunk.
dsptrkcnf 4.1
b2 TRM StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 04:43 GMT
TRK 4.1 Config E3 [80000 cps] BXM slot: 4
Transmit Rate: 80000 VPC Conns disabled: No
Protocol By The Card: No <=====?? Line framing: --
VC Shaping: No coding: --
Hdr Type NNI: Yes recv impedance: --
Statistical Reserve: 1000 cps cable type: --
Idle code: 7F hex length: 0-225ft.
Connection Channels: 256 Pass sync: No
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR Loop clock: No
SVC Vpi Min: 0 HCS Masking: Yes
SVC Channels: 0 Payload Scramble: Yes
SVC Bandwidth: 0 cps Frame Scramble: --
Restrict CC traffic: No Virtual Trunk Type: --
Link type: Terrestrial Virtual Trunk VPI: --
Routing Cost: 10 Deroute delay time: 0
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4.1
Display the configuration for BXM 11.2 trunk.
dsptrkcnf 11.2
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 13:41 GMT
TRK 11.2 Config OC3 [353207cps] BXM slot: 11
Transmit Rate: 353208 VPC Conns disabled: No
Protocol By The Card: No Line framing: STS-3C
VC Shaping: No coding: --
Hdr Type NNI: Yes recv impedance: --
Statistical Reserve: 5000 cps cable type: --
Idle code: 7F hex length: --
Connection Channels: 256 Pass sync: No
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR Loop clock: No
SVC Vpi Min: 0 HCS Masking: Yes
SVC Channels: 0 Payload Scramble: Yes
SVC Bandwidth: 0 cps Frame Scramble: Yes
Restrict CC traffic: No Virtual Trunk Type: --
Link type: Terrestrial Virtual Trunk VPI: --
Routing Cost: 10 Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 11.2
Display the configuration for BXM T3 virtual trunk.
dsptrkcnf 3.2.3
bpx04 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2V Jan. 19 2001 08:14 PST
TRK 3.2.3 Config T3 [2867 cps] BXM slot: 3
Transmit Rate: 3000 VPC Conns disabled: --
Protocol By The Card: -- Line framing: PLCP
VC Shaping: No coding: --
Hdr Type NNI: No recv impedance: --
Statistical Reserve: 250 cps cable type: --
Idle code: 7F hex length: 0-225 ft.
Connection Channels: 256 Pass sync: No
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR Loop clock: No
Restrict CC traffic: No HCS Masking: Yes
Link type: Terrestrial Payload Scramble: No
Routing Cost: 21 Frame Scramble: --
Virtual Trunk Type: CBR
Virtual Trunk VPI: 3
Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3.2.3
Display the configuration for trunk 5.1. The trunk is on a UXM OC-3 card set in an IGX node.
dsptrkcnf 5.1
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 11:41 GMT
TRK 5.1 Config OC3 [353207cps] UXM slot:5
Transmit Trunk Rate: 353208 cps Connection Channels: 256
Rcv Trunk Rate: 353207 cps Gateway Channels: 200
Pass sync: Yes Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Loop clock: No Frame Scramble: Yes
Statistical Reserve: 5000 cps Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Header Type: NNI VC Shaping: No
VPI Address: 1 VPC Conns disabled: No
Routing Cost: 10
Idle code: 7F hex
Restrict PCC traffic: No
Link type: Terrestrial
Line framing: STS-3C
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 5.1
Display the configuration for trunk 5.2 on a UXM-E1 card.
dsptrkcnf 5.2
sw224 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 17:50 GMT
TRK 5.2-8 Config E1/203 [30641 cps] UXM slot: 5
Line DS-0 map: 1-15,17-31 Valid Traffic Classes:
Transmit Trunk Rate: 30641 cps V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,VBR,ABR
Rcv Trunk Rate: 28075 cps Retained links: 7
Pass sync: Yes IMA link auto disable:Disable
Loop clock: No
Statistical Reserve: 600 cps
Idle code: 54 hex
Restrict PCC traffic: No
Link type: Terrestrial
Line coding: HDB3
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
Connection Channels: 256
Gateway Channels: 256
Routing Cost: 10 Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
This Command: dsptrkcnf 5.2
Display the configuration for virtual trunk 4.3.1. The ILMI protocol is running on the UXM interface card.
dsptrkcnf 4.3.1
igxf3 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 July 26 2000 23:40 PST
TRK 4.3.1 Config OC3 [2867 cps] UXM slot:4
Transmit Trunk Rate: 3000 cps Gateway Channels: 200
Rcv Trunk Rate: 2867 cps Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Pass sync: No Virtual Trunk Type: CBR
Loop clock: No Virtual Trunk VPI: 10
Statistical Reserve: 1000 cps Frame Scramble: Yes
Header Type: UNI Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Routing Cost: 10 VC Shaping: No
Idle code: 7F hex ILMI run on the card: Yes
Restrict PCC traffic: No
Link type: Terrestrial
Line framing: STS-3C
HCS Masking: Yes
Payload Scramble: Yes
Connection Channels: 256
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4.3.1
Display the T1 NTM configuration for trunk 14.
dsptrkcnf 14
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 13:20 GMT
TRK 14 Config T1/24 [8000 pps] NTM slot:14
Line DS-0 map: 0-23
Pass sync: Yes
Loop clock: No
Statistical Reserve: 1000 pps
Routing Cost: 10
Idle code: 7F hex
Restrict PCC traffic: No
Link type: Terrestrial
Line framing: D4
Line coding: B8ZS
Line cable type: ABAM
Line cable length: 0-133 ft.
Traffic: V,TS,NTS,FR,FST
Deroute delay time: 0 seconds
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 14
Displays the number of connections routed over the specified trunk. This command applies to physical and virtual trunks. It displays the total number of connections being carried by the specified trunk. The connections are summed for each terminating node in the network and lists the connection count for the transmit direction (out of the node).
This command is useful in determining the source of dropped packets in cases where the specified trunk is oversubscribed:
Step 2 Next, use the dsptrkcons to determine the number of connections (the more connections per trunk the greater the possibility of over-subscription).
Step 3 Then use the dsprts command to identify any through nodes (where the trunk is not terminated).
Step 4 Finally, look at the utilization factor for each of these lines using the dsputl and dspdutl commands.
dsptrkcons <line number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line number> | Trunk number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsptrkmcons, dspplnmcons
dsptrkcons 5.1
batman TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:57 GMT
Connection Counts For TRK 5.1
Src Node Conns Src Node Conns Src Node Conns Src Node Conns
batman 1765
Last Command: dsptrkcons 5.1
Next Command:
Displays the accumulated line error counts, by failure type, for the specified trunk(s). If you do not enter a trunk number, a one-line summary of errors for all trunks at the local node is displayed. If you enter a specific trunk number with the command, a detailed analysis, including error threshold (ETH), is displayed. Disabled trunks have their trunk number displayed in dim, reverse video on the screen.
Error rates to be concerned about are any that are incrementing. For example, a Y-red switchover may cause some statistical errors. These are expected. But if there are errors happening in a stable situation, then they indicate a problem.
The clrtrkerrs command resets all error counts to 0.
dsptrkerrs [slot | slot.port]
or
dsptrkerrs <slot.port> (for virtual trunks)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
trunk number | Specifies a trunk for the error display. Without a trunk number, a summary for all physical trunks appears. To display error statistics for virtual trunks, however, you must specify a trunk number in the form slot.port.vtrk. For all physical trunk types, the trunk number is optional: entering dsptrkerrs without a trunk number lists all trunks with errors. For standard trunks, the form of a specific trunk is slot for single-trunk cards or slot.port for multitrunk cards. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrtrkerrs, prttrkerrs
Line Type | Error | Explanation |
---|---|---|
All except ATM | Bipolar errors | Number of times two consecutive pulses have the same polarity (AMI coding only). |
| Frame slips | Number of times a frame is discarded to re-establish synchronization. |
| Out of frames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism is detected on this circuit line. |
| Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the circuit line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
| Frame bit errors | Number of times the frame bit failed to alternate (frame error). |
| CRC errors | Number of times the generated CRC character did not match the received CRC character (applies only if CRC checking is enabled). |
| Out of MFrames | Number of times a multiframe synch error was detected (E1 lines only). |
| AIS - 16 | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
Only ATM | Out of Frames | Number of times a momentary loss of DS3 frame alignment was detected. |
| Loss of sync (XX) | Number of times a loss of DS3 frame alignment lasting more than XX seconds was detected. |
| Packet Error | Number of CRC errors for a packet address. |
| Line Code Errors | Number of B3ZS code errors detected. |
| P-bit Parity Errors | Number of parity errors for the DS3 parity bit (P-bit) sequence. |
| C-bit Parity Errors | Number of parity errors for the DS3 control bit (C-bit) sequence. |
| Comm Fails | Number of BCC failed to communicate to the other node. |
| Loss of signal | Number of times the signal level at the trunk line input went below the minimum acceptable level. |
Only ATM | AIS (BLU) | Number of times the Alarm Information Signal (Blue signal) was received. |
| Out of MFrames | Number of times a loss-of-frame synchronism in the DS3 multiframe alignment was detected. |
| Remote Oof | Number of times the DS3 remote alarm (indicating remote end was out of frame alignment) was received. |
Display a summary of all trunk errors at the local node.
dsptrkerrs
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 09:13 GMT
Total Errors
Code Out of Loss of HCS Unavail Ln Unav Path Un Tx Cell
TRK Errors Frames Signal Errors Seconds Seconds Seconds Dropped
11.2 - 0 0 0 - 0 0 0
Last Command: dsptrkerrs
Display a detailed description of the errors for trunk 11.2.
dsptrkerrs 11.2
------------------------------------SCREEN 1----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 09:20 GMT
Trunk 11.2 Status: Clear - OK Clrd: 12/06/00 06:00:38
Type Count ETS Status Type Count ETS Status
Out of Frms 0 0 Comm Fails 0 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 0 -
AIS (BLU) 0 -
Out of Frms (RED) 0 -
Rmt Oof (YEL) 0 -
This Command: dsptrkerrs 11.2
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2----------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 09:22 GMT
Trunk 11.2 Status: Clear - OK Clrd: 12/06/00 06:00:38
Type Count ETS Status Type Count ETS Status
HCS Errors 0 0
BXM:Tx NTS CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx HP CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx V CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx TS CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx BDA CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx BDB CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx CBR CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx ABR CDs 0 0
BXM:Tx VBR CDs 0 0
Line Unavail Secs 0 0
Path Unavail Secs 0 0
Last Command: dsptrkerrs 11.2
Display a summary description of the errors for trunk 16.
dsptrkerrs 16
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 09:10 GMT
Total Statistical Errors
TxPkts
Code RxPkts Out of LossOf Frame CRC /Cells Packet Packet
PLN Errors Droppd Frames Signal BitErs Errors Droppd Errors Oofs
4.2 - - - - - - 0 - -
4.4 - - - - - - 0 - -
14 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Last Command: dsptrkerrs
Display a detailed description of the errors for trunk 14.
dsptrkerrs 14
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 09:16 GMT
TRK 14 Clear - OK Clrd:12/04/00 17:26:00
Statistical Alarm Count ETS Status Integrated Alarm Count ETS Status
Bipolar Err 0 0 Comm Fails 3 -
Out of Frms 0 0 Loss of Sig (RED) 3 -
Loss of Sig 0 0 AIS (BLUE) 0 -
Frame BitErrs 0 0 Out of Frms (RED) 1 -
CRC Err 0 0 Rmt OOF (YEL) 0 -
Tx Voice Pkt Drp 0 0 Packet Oofs (RED) 1 -
Tx TS Pkt Drp 0 0 Rmt Alarms (YEL) 0 -
Tx Non-TS Pkt Drp 0 0 VTRK Path Fails 0 -
Tx CC Pkt Drp 0 0
Tx BData A Pkt Drp 0 0
Tx BData B Pkt Drp 0 0
Packet Err 0 0
Packet Oofs 0 0 Last failure time: 12/05/00 15:19:34
Last Command: dsptrkerrs 14
Displays interface control information for the subrate trunks. The displayed information includes:
To see a list of configurable outputs, and information on how to configure an output, see the cnftrkict command. The numbers of disabled trunks are displayed in dim, reverse video on the screen.
dsptrkict <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Trunk number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | No | No | IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnftrkict, prttrkict
Display subrate for the trunk 9 interface control template.
dsptrkict 9
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:15 MST
Trunk: 9
Interface: X.21 DTE
Interface Control Template for Trunk Line
Lead Output Value Lead Output Value
C/DTR ON
Last Command: dsptrkict 9
Next Command:
Displays the number of connections routed over the specified trunk (BNI) by the master node. Rather than showing the remote end of the connection, the display lists the connection and the node that owns that connections.
This command is useful in determining the source of dropped packets in cases where the specified trunk is oversubscribed.
Step 2 Next, use the dsprts command to identify any through-nodes (on which the trunk is not terminated).
Step 3 Finally, look at the utilization for each of these lines by using the dsputl and dspdutl commands.
dsptrkmcons <line number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line number> | Specified trunk number. Note that in a BPX, the line number must include a port number. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsptrkcons
dsptrkmcons 6.1
sw81 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:16 PST
Connection Counts For TRK 6.1
Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns Mst Node Conns
sw86 26
Last Command: dsptrkmcons 6.1
Next Command:
Displays the backup and primary cards for a trunk.
dsptrkred [trunk]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
ATM trunk number | Specifies the slot number of the primary or backup ATM card set to display. Without this optional entry, the screen displays all primary and backup ATM trunks. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
addtrkred, deltrkred
Display all ATM trunks with redundancy.
dsptrkred
beta TRM YourID:1 IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:15 MST
ATM Line Backup ATM Line
4 5
7 8
Last Command: dsptrkred
Next Command:
Displays basic trunk information for all trunks on a node. This command applies to both physical and virtual trunks. The displayed information consists of:
In addition, for trunks that have been added to the network by using the addtrk command, the information includes the node name and trunk number at the other end. Trunks that have a "-" in the Other End column have been upped by using uptrk but not yet added on both ends by using addtrk. For disabled trunks, the trunk numbers appear in reverse video on the screen.
For UXM trunks with ATM Forum IMA-compliant trunks, a trunk is displayed in dsptrks as:
For example, an IMA trunk would display in the TRK column in the dsptrks screen as the following:
In this case, 5.1x4 indicates an ATM Forum-compliant IMA trunk 5.4, which consists of four physical lines. To see all physical lines belonging to this IMA trunk, you can enter the dspphyslns command.
The dsptrks commands displays all interface shelves attached to a BPX or an IGX routing hub that use the AAL5 protocol.
For IMA trunks, you can configure non-consecutive physical lines. Non-consecutive physical lines are supported.
For VSI "dedicated" virtual trunks, dsptrks will indicate this.
dsptrks
addtrk, deltrk, dntrk, uptrk
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display information on the trunk configuration and alarm status for the trunks at a node. The trunk numbers with three places represent virtual trunks.
dsptrks
sw288 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:39 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
4.1 OC-12 Clear - OK SIMFDR(AAL5)
11.2 T3 Clear - OK redhook/14
11.3 T3 Clear - OK sw113/16
Last Command: dsptrks
Next Command:
Display information on the trunk configuration and alarm status for the trunks at a node. The trunk numbers with three places (slot.port.vrtk) represent virtual trunks; for exampletrunk 13, port 3, virtual trunk 12. Also, on trunk 4, slot 8, is a simulated interface shelf "SIMFDR0", with interface shelf type of AAL5.
dsptrks
sw288 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 23:03 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
2.1 T3 Clear - OK pswbpx1/1.2
4.8 T3 Clear - OK SIMFDR0 (AAL5)
13.3.12 OC-3 Clear - OK rita/4.2.10
Last Command: dsptrks
Next Command:
Display information on the trunk configuration and alarm status for the trunks at a node. The trunk numbers with three places (slot.port.vrtk) represent virtual trunks. An ATM Forum-compliant trunk is configured on slot 11, which has a primary port of 1 and 4 physical lines.
dsptrks
sw53 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 23:03 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
2.1 T3 Clear - OK pswbpx1/1.2
4.8 T3 Clear - OK SIMFDR0 (AAL5)
11.1x4 T1/92 Clear - OK a1c/3.5x4
15.1 OC-3 Clear - OK alc/3.5x4
Last Command: dsptrks
Next Command:
Display information on the trunk configuration and alarm status for the trunks at an IGX node showing IMA-compliant links on slot 11.
dsptrks
oo1 TN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 23:03 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
6.1 OC-3 Clear - OK oo1p(AAL5)
8.5 T3 Clear - OK n4b/4.5
8.6 E3/530 Clear - OK alc/15
10 T3/240 Clear - OK alc/3.5x4
11.1x4 T1/92 Clear - OK alc/3.5x4
15.1 OC-3 Clear - OK n1a/11.3
15.2 OC-3 Clear - OK n2b/5.3
Last Command: dsptrks
Next Command:
Display information on the feeders attached to an IGX 8400 routing hub. (The SES feeder uses the AAL5 protocol to communicate with the routing network.) Feeder names appear in the Other End field on the dsptrks screen on an IGX routing hub.
dsptrks
oo1 TN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 23:03 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
13 E1 Clear - OK igx1/12
14.1 OC-3 Clear - OK ases1 (AAL5)
Last Command: dsptrks
Next Command:
Display trunks including virtual trunks. A VSI trunk is on trunk 2.1.1; dsptrks indicates this with "VSI trunk."
dsptrks
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
1.1 E3 Clear - OK sw58/1.1
1.2 E3 Clear - OK sw183(AXIS)
2.1.1 OC-3 Clear - OK VSI trunk
The dsptrks screen shows VSI trunks 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3 with the "Other End" of 4.1 reading "VSI (VSI)". A typical dsptrks screen example showing some VSI trunks configured follows:
dsptrks
n4 TN SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:45 PST
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
2.1 OC-3 Clear - OK j4a/2.1
3.1 E3 Clear - OK j6c(AXIS)
5.1 E3 Clear - OK j6a/5.2
5.2 E3 Clear - OK j3b/3
5.3 E3 Clear - OK j5c(IPX/AF)
6.1 T3 Clear - OK j4a/4.1
6.2 T3 Clear - OK j3b/4
4.1 OC-3 Clear - OK VSI(VSI)
4.2 OC-3 Clear - OK VSI(VSI)
4.3 OC-3 Clear - OK VSI(VSI)
Last Command: dsptrks
Displays the enabled statistics a physical or virtual trunk.
This command is intended for debugging statistics collection problems. It displays the trunk statistics set by the cnftrkstats command, by Cisco WAN Manager, or by node features. The Owner column shows the source of the specification. If the Owner column shows AUTO, the node's features determined the statistics. If the Owner column shows the name of the node, Cisco WAN Manager determined the statistics. If the Owner column shows USER, the cnftrkstats command was used to configure the statistics. The display may take up to four screens to display completely depending on statistics displayed.
dsptrkstatcnf <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line> | Specifies the trunk: line can have the form slot, slot.port or slot.port.vtrk. The format depends on whether the trunk card has one or more physical ports and whether the trunk is a virtual trunk. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnftrkstats
dsptrkstatcnf 11.2
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 13:25 GMT
Statistics Enabled on Trunk 11.2
Statistic Samples Interval Size Peaks Owner
------------------------------------ ------- -------- ---- ----- ----------
28) Tx NTS Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
29) Tx Hi-Pri Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
30) Tx Voice Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
31) Tx TS Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
32) Tx BData A Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
33) Tx BData B Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
34) Tx CBR Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
35) Tx ABR Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
36) Tx VBR Cells Discarded 60 0 4 NONE AUTO
Last Command: dsptrkstatcnf 11.2
Displays a history of configured statistics for a physical or virtual trunk. The command is used for statistics debugging. It displays the data for the last five occurrences of the selected statistic. The available trunk statistics appear on screen upon entry of the dsptrkstathist command. (The cnftrkstats command enables individual statistics. The dsptrkstatcnf command displays the enabled statistics for a trunk.)
dsptrkstathist <trunk>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<trunk> | Specifies the trunk in one of the following formats: |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnftrkstats, dsptrkstatcnf
dsptrkstathist 11.2
------------------------------------SCREEN 1----------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 13:42 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
7) Tx Voice Cells Served 32) Tx BData A Cells Discarded
8) Tx TS Cells Served 33) Tx BData B Cells Discarded
9) Tx NTS Cells Served 34) Tx CBR Cells Discarded
10) Tx Hi-Pri Cells Served 35) Tx ABR Cells Discarded
11) Tx BData A Cells Served 36) Tx VBR Cells Discarded
12) Tx BData B Cells Served 37) Egress NTS Cells Rx
19) Tx CBR Cells Served 38) Egress Hi-Pri Cells Rx
20) Tx VBR Cells Served 39) Egress Voice Cells Rx
21) Tx ABR Cells Served 40) Egress TS Cells Rx
28) Tx NTS Cells Discarded 41) Egress BData A Cells Rx
29) Tx Hi-Pri Cells Discarded 42) Egress BData B Cells Rx
30) Tx Voice Cells Discarded 43) Egress CBR Cells Rx
31) Tx TS Cells Discarded 44) Egress ABR Cells Rx
This Command: dsptrkstathist 11.2
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2----------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 13:42 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
45) Egress VBR Cells Rx 58) Tx Q10 Cells Served
46) Total Cells Tx from port 59) Tx Q10 Cells Discarded
47) Cells RX with CLP0 60) Egress Q10 Cells Rx
48) Cells Rx with CLP1 61) Tx Q11 Cells Served
49) Cells RX Discard with CLP0 62) Tx Q11 Cells Discarded
50) Cells RX Discard with CLP1 63) Egress Q11 Cells Rx
51) Cells TX with CLP0 64) Tx Q12 Cells Served
52) Cells TX with CLP1 65) Tx Q12 Cells Discarded
53) BXM: Total Cells RX 66) Egress Q12 Cells Rx
54) Ingress OAM Cell Count 67) Tx Q13 Cells Served
55) Egress OAM Cell Count 68) Tx Q13 Cells Discarded
56) Ingress RM cell count 69) Egress Q13 Cells Rx
57) Egress RM cell count 70) Tx Q14 Cells Served
This Command: dsptrkstathist 11.2
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 3----------------------------------
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 12 2000 13:42 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
71) Tx Q14 Cells Discarded
72) Egress Q14 Cells Rx
73) Tx Q15 Cells Served
74) Tx Q15 Cells Discarded
75) Egress Q15 Cells Rx
This Command: dsptrkstathist 11.2
dsptrkstathist 5.1
------------------------------------SCREEN 1----------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 14:07 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
1) QBIN: Voice Cells Tx to line 14) QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Discarded
2) QBIN: TimeStamped Cells Tx to ln 15) QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Discarded
3) QBIN: NTS Cells Tx to line 16) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Discarded
4) QBIN: Hi-Pri Cells Tx to line 17) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Discarded
5) QBIN: BData A Cells Tx to line 18) QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Discarded
6) QBIN: BData B Cells Tx to line 19) QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Received
7) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Served 20) QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Received
8) QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Served 21) QBIN: Tx Voice Cells Received
9) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Served 22) QBIN: Tx TS Cells Received
10) QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Discarded 23) QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Received
11) QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Discarded 24) QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Received
12) QBIN: Tx Voice Cells Discarded 25) QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Received
13) QBIN: Tx TS Cells Discarded 26) QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Received
This Command: dsptrkstathist 5.1
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 2----------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 14:08 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
27) QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Received 40) CGW: Packets Rx From Network
28) VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 41) CGW: Cells Tx to Line
29) VI: OAM cells received 42) CGW: NIW Frms Relayed to Line
30) VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 43) CGW: SIW Frms Relayed to Line
31) VI: Cells received w/CLP=0 44) CGW: Aborted Frames Tx to Line
32) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 45) CGW: Dscd Pkts
33) VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 46) CGW: 0-Length Frms Rx from Network
34) VI: Cells transmitted w/CLP=0 47) CGW: Bd CRC16 Frms Rx from Network
35) VI: OAM cells transmitted 48) CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Network
36) VI: RM cells received 49) CGW: OAM RTD Cells Tx
37) VI: RM cells transmitted 54) CGW: Packets Tx to Network
38) VI: Cells transmitted 55) CGW: Cells Rx from Line
39) VI: Cells received 56) CGW: NIW Frms Relayed from Line
This Command: dsptrkstathist 5.1
Continue? y
------------------------------------SCREEN 3----------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p7 Dec. 12 2000 14:08 GMT
Virtual Interface Statistic Types
57) CGW: SIW Frms Relayed from Line 78) QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Received
58) CGW: Abrt Frms 79) QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Served
59) CGW: Dscd Cells 80) QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Discarded
60) CGW: 0-Lngth Frms Rx from Line 81) QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Received
61) CGW: Bd CRC32 Frms Rx from Line 82) QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Served
62) CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Line 83) QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Discarded
63) CGW: OAM RTD Cells Rx 84) QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Received
64) CGW: OAM Invalid OAM Cells Rx 85) QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Served
73) QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Served 86) QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Discarded
74) QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Discarded 87) QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Received
75) QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Received 88) QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Served
76) QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Served 89) QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Discarded
77) QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Discarded 90) QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Received
This Command: dsptrkstathist 5.1
Statistic Type:
Displays the trunk port status, ATM cell loss counts, cell payload errors, and cell header errors for the specified trunk. The chart below lists the other statistics.
To clear the statistics, include the optional clear parameter.
Logical trunk statistics refer to counts on trunks that are visible as routing entities. This includes physical and virtual trunks (all logical trunks). Logical trunk statistics are displayed on the dsptrkstats, dsptrkstathist, and screens. These commands accept only logical trunk numbers and display only logical trunk statistics. Virtual interface (VI) statistics and queue statistics are both subsets of the logical trunk statistics.
dsptrkstats <trunk number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the physical part of the logical trunk number. |
clear | Directs the system to clear the statistics counters. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnftrkstats
Statistics | Description |
---|---|
Cells dropped due to BFrame parity err. | A parity error was detected in one or more of the P bits in the BFrame header or in the BIP-16 parity check for the header causing the cell to be dropped. |
Cell header mismatch error count. | A count of cells received by a BNI in this slot.port with an incorrect header address for that card. |
First mismatch cell header VPI/VCI. | This displays the VPI/VCI address of the first header mismatch to be received by the card in this slot.port. |
BFrame cell data payload error. | A separate BIP-16 parity check is used for the payload data. This number represents the number of errors detected by this parity check. This does not necessarily cause a cell to be dropped. |
BFrame cell loss due to admin access. | Internal to the BNI card is an administrative processor. This statistic is a count of the cells that were lost in an internal administrative shuffle. |
Statistics are collected on trunks at several different levels.
Table 4-38 lists trunk statistics including statistics type, card type, and line type, as applicable.
Statistic | Stat Type | Card Type | Line Type |
---|---|---|---|
Total Cells Received | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Total Cells Transmitted | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
LOS transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
LOF transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
Line AIS transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Line RDI (Yellow) transitions | Physical | UXM/BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Uncorrectable HCS errors | Physical | UXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Correctable HCS errors | Physical | UXM | T3/E3/SONET |
HCS errors | Physical | BXM | T3/E3/SONET |
Line Code Violations, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
Line Parity(P-bit]) errors, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Path Parity(C-bit) errors, ES, and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Far End Block Errors | Physical | BXM | T3 |
Framing Errors and SES | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
Unavailable Seconds | Physical | BXM | T3/E3 |
PLCP LOF and SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP YEL | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP BIP-8, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP FEBE, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP FOE, ES, SES | Physical | BXM | T3 |
PLCP UAS | Physical | BXM | T3 |
LOC errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | E3/SONET |
LOP errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Path AIS errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Path RDI errors | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Section BIP-8 counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line BIP-24 counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line FEBE counts, ES, and SES | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Section SEFS | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Line UAS and FarEnd UAS | Physical | UXM/BXM | SONET |
Clock Loss Transitions | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Frame Loss Transitions | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Multiframe Loss | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
CRC errors | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
BPV | Physical | UXM | T1 |
Frame bit errors | Physical | UXM | E1 |
Unknown VPI/VCI count | Physical | UXM/BXM | All |
Errored LPC cell count | Physical | UXM | All |
Non-zero GFC cell count | Physical | UXM/BXM |
|
Max Differential Delay | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Uncorrectable HEC errors | Physical | UXM | All |
Cell Hunt count | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Bandwidth Changed count | Physical | UXM | T1/E1 |
Receive CLP=0 cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=1 cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=0 cell discard | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive CLP=1 cell discard | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit CLP=0 cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit CLP=1 cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive OAM cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit OAM cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Receive RM cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Transmit RM cell count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
For Each Traffic Type: (V,TS,NTS,ABR,rt-VBR, |
|
|
|
Cells served | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Maximum Qbin depth | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Cells discarded count | Logical | UXM/BXM | All |
Display cell statistics for trunk 11.2.
dsptrkstats 11.2
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 13:58 GMT
Trunk Statistics for 11.2 Cleared: Oct. 24 2000 06:39 Snapshot
Trunk Speed: 353208 cps Collection Time: 6 day(s) 20:39:41 Corrupted: NO
Cells CLP (EFCI)
Rx Trunk: 227028 0 --
Tx Trunk: 155079 0 --
Unkn Addr (UA): 0 Rx OAM Cells : 0 Rx Clp 0 Cells: 227028
Rx Clp 0 Dscd : 0 Rx Clp 1 Dscd : 0 Tx Clp 0 Cells: 155079
Tx OAM Cells : 0 Rx RM Count : 0 Tx RM Count : 0
Lst Unk VpiVci: Percent load TX 0.0% Percent load RX 0.0%
UA sums across ports in port group.
Last Command: dsptrkstats 11.2
Display cell statistics for ATM trunk 5.2 on a UXM card.
dsptrkstats 5.2
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:23:49 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: NTS Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx NTS Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Hi-Pri Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Hi-Pri Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Voice Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx Voice Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Voice Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: TimeStamped Cells Tx to ln 0
QBIN: Tx TS Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx TS Cells Discarded 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:23:49 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: BData A Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: BData B Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Discarded 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:00 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Discarded 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:09 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Discarded 0
VI: Cells received 0
VI: Cells transmitted 0
VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:12 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 0
VI: OAM cells received 0
VI: OAM cells transmitted 0
VI: RM cells received 0
VI: RM cells transmitted 0
CGW: Packets Rx From Network 0
CGW: Cells Tx to Line 0
CGW: NIW Frms Relayed to Line 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:19 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
CGW: SIW Frms Relayed to Line 0
CGW: Aborted Frames Tx to Line 0
CGW: Dscd Pkts 0
CGW: 0-Length Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: Bd CRC16 Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: OAM RTD Cells Tx 0
CGW: Packets Tx to Network 0
CGW: Cells Rx from Line 0
CGW: NIW Frms Relayed from Line 0
CGW: SIW Frms Relayed from Line 0
CGW: Abrt Frms 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:29 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
CGW: Dscd Cells 0
CGW: 0-Lngth Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: Bd CRC32 Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: OAM RTD Cells Rx 0
CGW: OAM Invalid OAM Cells Rx 0
CF: Egress Packet Sequence Errs 0
CF: Egress Bad HEC from cellbus 0
CF: Egress Packets from cellbus 0
CF: Egress Cells Tx to Line 0
CF: Ingress Packets to cellbus 0
CF: Ingress Cells from Line 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:39 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
IE: Egress Packets to Extract Buf 0
IE: Egress Cells injected 0
IE: Egress Packets Extract Buf full 0
IE: Ingress Cells to Extract Buf 0
IE: Ingress Packets injected 0
IE: Ingress Cells Extract Buf full 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:23:49 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: BData A Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx BData A Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: BData B Cells Tx to line 0
QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx BData B Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx CBR Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx nrt-VBR Cells Discarded 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:00 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx ABR Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q10 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q11 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q12 Cells Discarded 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:09 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q13 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q14 Cells Discarded 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Served 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Received 0
QBIN: Tx Q15 Cells Discarded 0
VI: Cells received 0
VI: Cells transmitted 0
VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:50 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:12 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells rcvd w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells tx w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=1 0
VI: Cells discarded w/CLP=0 0
VI: OAM cells received 0
VI: OAM cells transmitted 0
VI: RM cells received 0
VI: RM cells transmitted 0
CGW: Packets Rx From Network 0
CGW: Cells Tx to Line 0
CGW: NIW Frms Relayed to Line 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:19 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
CGW: SIW Frms Relayed to Line 0
CGW: Aborted Frames Tx to Line 0
CGW: Dscd Pkts 0
CGW: 0-Length Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: Bd CRC16 Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Network 0
CGW: OAM RTD Cells Tx 0
CGW: Packets Tx to Network 0
CGW: Cells Rx from Line 0
CGW: NIW Frms Relayed from Line 0
CGW: SIW Frms Relayed from Line 0
CGW: Abrt Frms 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:29 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
CGW: Dscd Cells 0
CGW: 0-Lngth Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: Bd CRC32 Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: Bd Lngth Frms Rx from Line 0
CGW: OAM RTD Cells Rx 0
CGW: OAM Invalid OAM Cells Rx 0
CF: Egress Packet Sequence Errs 0
CF: Egress Bad HEC from cellbus 0
CF: Egress Packets from cellbus 0
CF: Egress Cells Tx to Line 0
CF: Ingress Packets to cellbus 0
CF: Ingress Cells from Line 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
neelix TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.10 May 31 2000 01:51 GMT
Trunk 5.2 Clear - OK
Collection Time: 0 day(s) 00:24:39 Clrd: 05/31/00 01:26:37
Type Count
IE: Egress Packets to Extract Buf 0
IE: Egress Cells injected 0
IE: Egress Packets Extract Buf full 0
IE: Ingress Cells to Extract Buf 0
IE: Ingress Packets injected 0
IE: Ingress Cells Extract Buf full 0
This Command: dsptrkstats 5.2
Next page? (+/-/DEL key to quit)
Displays dynamic utilization information for a specified trunk. The trunk must be upped and added to use this command. The following tables list the trunk utilization and terminated connection parameters included in the display. The parameter values are updated according to the specified or default interval and the screen remains displayed until the DEL key is depressed. Disabled trunks have their trunk number displayed in dim, reverse video on the screen.
If you notice that data traffic has slowed or stopped due to the very high trunk utilization due to network traffic, it may be because a node is receiving excessive volumes of network traffic (CC). In this case, the node may start dropping messages, which will result in communication breaks with other nodes as well as possible communication failures on some of its trunks.
You can detect the excessive traffic by displaying various statistics such as network statistics (nwstats), SAR statistics (srstats), and check utilization of the node's trunks by using the dsptrkutl command. In the event of excessive traffic, these command displays will show values that are increasing at a high rate. See the cnfnodeparm parameters Enable Degraded Mode, Auto Switch on Degrade, and Max Degraded Aborts for descriptions of how to set parameters so that if a node has exhausted its internal resources due to excessive messaging (among other possible causes), which leads the node to abort, the node will either switch to the standby CC if available, or it will enter degraded mode (if the cnfnodeparm Enable Degraded Mode parameter is enabled). See Table 4-39 for trunk utilization parameters and statistics, and Table 4-40 for the terminated connection statistics.
Trunk Utilization Parameters and Statistics | Description |
---|---|
Elapsed time (seconds) | Elapsed time in seconds since the command was started. |
Total packets transmitted | Number of packets transmitted during the elapsed time. |
Overall packet rate | Number of packets transmitted per second (pps) during the elapsed time. |
Overall utilization | Bandwidth used, expressed as a percentage of the available bandwidth during the elapsed time. This is 100 x total packets transmitted/elapsed time x bandwidth (pps). |
Peak interval utilization | Bandwidth used, expressed as a percentage of the available bandwidth during the peak interval. This is 100 x total packets transmitted/peak interval x bandwidth (pps). |
Last Interval (seconds) | Elapsed time, in seconds, for the last screen update interval. |
Interval packets generated | Number of packets transmitted during the last interval. |
Interval packet rate (pkts/sec) | Number of packets transmitted per second during the last interval. |
Interval utilization | The used bandwidth expressed as a percentage of the available bandwidth during the last interval. The derivation of interval utilization is 100 x interval packets transmitted/last interval x bandwidth (pps). |
Total Connections | Total number of connections routed over the trunk. |
Terminated/Via | Terminated: Number of connections routed over the trunk that terminate at this node. Via: Number of connections routed over the trunk that do not terminate at this node. |
Terminated Connection Statistics | Description |
---|---|
Voice terminated | Number of voice connections terminated at this node that are routed over his trunk. |
Data terminated | Number of data connections terminated at this node that are routed over this trunk. |
Frame Relay terminated | Number of Frame Relay connections terminated at this node that are routed over this trunk. |
Num voice off-hook | Number of voice connections off-hook that are terminated at this node and routed over this trunk. |
Connection type | Voice connection types: c, a, v, p or t. |
Connection num | Number of terminated voice connections of each type: c, a, v, p and t. |
Modem on | Number of terminated connections with modem detected. |
Modem V.25 | Number of terminated connections with V.25 modem detected. |
VAD enabled | Number of terminated connections with VAD enabled. |
dsptrkutl <trunk number> [interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
trunk number | Specifies the number of the trunk in the format slot.trunk. If the card has only one trunk, you can enter just the slot. |
interval | Specifies the number of seconds between screen updates. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspload, dspchhist, dsptrkhist
Display OC-3 trunk utilization for port 2 of the BXM card in slot 11.
dsptrkutl 11.2
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 10:09 GMT
TRK 11.2 Utilization Display Snapshot
Elapsed time (seconds) 44.8 Terminated Connection Statistics
Total cells transmitted 362 Voice terminated 0
Overall cell rate (cells/sec) 8 Data terminated 0
Overall utilization 1% Frame Relay terminated 0
Peak interval utilization 1% Num voice OffHook 0
Last interval (seconds) 7.6 ATM terminated 5
Interval cells generated 58 Connection Modem Modem VAD
Interval cell rate (cells/sec) 7 Type Num On V.25 Enabled
Interval utilization 1% c 0 0 0 0
a 0 0 0 -
Terminated Connections 5 v 0 0 0 0
Via Connections and Groups 0 p/t 0 0 0 -
Last Command: dsptrkutl 11.2
Display the channel-to-timeslot mapping usage information on a UVM card on an IGX node. The dsptsmap command is for use with the SVC caching feature, which speeds up call setup for most VNS controlled calls. The SVC caching feature avoids some of the call setup/tear-down operations associated with addcon and delcon as a call originates or terminates. The SVC caching feature reduces the connect time for many switch calls over a busy network.
To use the dsptsmap command, the line must have SVC caching enabled on it. You can find out if a channel is disabled by using the dsptsmap command.
Refer to the VNS Installation and Configuration Manual for more information on SVC caching.
The dspclns command is an identical alias for the dsplns command.
dsptsmap <line_number>[update_interval]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line_number | The slot.line for UVM or line for CVM/CDP. |
interval_number | Interval in seconds between screen updates. The default value is controlled by "Screen Update Time" in the cnfuiparm command. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfuiparm, cnfln, cnfupcln, dncln, dsptrks, dspln, dsplncnf
Enabled channels are shown on the screen underlined and in reverse video. Disabled (cached) channels are shown with the channel number underlined and in reverse video, while the timeslot is shown in normal video. Channels that have no connection are shown in normal video for both channel number and timeslot.
For example:
Specify the line_number parameter in slot.line format for UVM, and line format for CDP/CVM.
Use the optional update_interval parameter to control how often the screen gets updated. If you do not enter any value through the CLI, the value of the Screen Update Time parameter set using in the cnfuiparm command is used.
dsptsmap 7.2
sw176 TRM StrataCom IGX 16 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:00 PST
Line 7.2 Channel to Timeslot Map
Chan TS Chan TS Chan TS Chan TS
-------- -------- -------- --------
1 1 9 14 17 17
2 2 10 12 18 5
3 22 11 18 19 19
4 5 12 10 20 20
5 11 13 13 21 21
6 6 14 9 22 3
7 7 15 15 23 23
8 8 16 9 24 24
This Command: dsptsmap 7.2
Hit DEL key to quit:
Displays the following SNMP statistics for the node:
dspsnmpstats
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
cnfsnmp, dspsnmp
Display SNMP statistics for the current node.
dspsnmpstats
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.p0 Dec. 6 2000 09:05 GMT
SVC Requests Received: 0 Traps Transmitted: 0
SVC Current Queue Length: 0 TRAP Current Queue Length: 0
SVC Maximum Queue Length: 0 TRAP Maximum Queue Length: 0
SVC Requests Timed Out: 0 TRAP Queue Events Discarded: 0
Overflow Traps Transmitted: 0
Current Trap Managers: 0/10 Snmp_Trap_Db Ptr: 315687BE
Last Command: dspsnmpstats
Displays users. The privilege levels in the display are restricted to those of the current user and any privileges below the current user.
dspusers
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
adduser, deluser, dspusers
Displays information about the current user task. The displayed information varies with the user task. For example, information about a vt session slightly differs from a Telnet session. The command takes a user task number as an argument. If the user task number is unknown, enter the command without a number to see a list of possible user tasks and the current user task.
The types of user tasks are:
dspusertask [user task number]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
user task number | Specifies the number of the user task whose information is displayed. |
adduser, cnfpwd, deluser, dspusers, dsppwd
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display user task informationwithout specifying a task in this case. This example shows a case in which the user has started a vt session on a node. See also step 2 of this example.
dspusertask
sw78 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:52 PST
# TASK PURPOSE USER ID # TASK PURPOSE USER ID
-- ---- ------------ ------- -- ---- ------------ -------
1 USR1 control port none 13 VT-5 VT none
2 USR2 auxilry port none 14 VT-6 VT none
3 USR3 lan port(SV) none 15 SNMP agent n/a
4 TN-1 lan (telnet) none 16 JOBS runs jobs n/a
5 TN-2 lan (telnet) none
6 TN-3 lan (telnet) none
7 TN-4 lan (telnet) none
8 TN-5 lan (telnet) none
9 VT-1 VT: sw81 SuperUser < You
10 VT-2 VT none
11 VT-3 VT none
12 VT-4 VT none
This Command: dspusertask
Please Enter User Number:9
The following example shows the screen after the you enter a 9 at the prompt in the previous screen, a case in which you already started a vt session on a node. Note that the display shows the status as a vt slave, and the node on which the vt session originated is sw81.
9
sw78 VT SuperUser BPX 15 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:53 PST
Task: VT-1
Logged in as: SuperUser
VT master: no
VT slave: yes Master node is: sw81
VT pending: no
Public lock: no
Private lock: none
No command is currently running.
Previous command: dspusertask 9
Last Command: dspusertask 9
Next Command:
Displays general information about all current user tasks. The types of user tasks are as follows:
dspusertasks
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
adduser, cnfpwd, deluser, dspusers, dsppwd, dspusertask
Display user task information.
dspusertasks
sw151 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 18:02 GMT
# TASK PURPOSE USER ID # TASK PURPOSE USER ID
-- ---- ------------ ------- -- ---- ------------ -------
1 USR1 control port SuperUser 13 VT-5 VT none
2 USR2 auxilry port none 14 VT-6 VT none
3 USR3 lan port(SV) none 15 SNMP agent n/a
4 TN-1 lan (telnet) none 16 JOBS runs jobs n/a
5 TN-2 lan (telnet) SuperUser < You
6 TN-3 lan (telnet) none
7 TN-4 lan (telnet) none
8 TN-5 lan (telnet) none
9 VT-1 VT none
10 VT-2 VT none
11 VT-3 VT none
12 VT-4 VT none
Last Command: dspusertasks
Next Command:
The dsputl command displays the utilization factor for all voice connections or data channels on a circuit line.
This command displays the actual percentage utilization for all voice connections on a single circuit line specified by the back slot (bslot) number. The percentage is calculated by dividing the number of packets transmitted by the total number of packets allocated to the specified channel. Only transmit packet rates are used. If the percentage of actual utilization exceeds the configured utilization the channel appears in reverse video.
dsputl <bslot> [clear]
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<bslot> | Specifies the shelf back slot number of the circuit line. |
[clear] | Directs the controller card to clear the utilization counters after being displayed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspdutl
This is a typical display. In this example, the connections from 11.1 to 11.11 use VAD and the connections from 11.12 to 11.17 do not. The connections using VAD do not use any network bandwidth (0 utilization) until the connection is used. The other connections utilize the full bandwidth (100% utilization) even though they may be idle.
dsputl 11
gamma TRM SuperUser Rev: 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 16:36 PDT
Percentage utilization Last Cleared: Date/Time Not Set Snapshot
CLN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 99 99
CLN 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
11 99
Last Command: dsputl 11
Next Command:
Display a Service Class Template assigned to an interface (VI). You can also display a summary of the resources allocated to the VSI partition on a given interface. Multiple users may use the dspvsiif at one time.
After using cnfvsiif command to assign a selected Service Class Template to an interface, you can use the dspvsiif command to display the type of Service Class Template assigned to an interface (VI).
dspvsiif <slot.port.vtrk>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port.[vtrk] | Slot, port (and virtual trunk number if applicable) of the interface. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
cnfrsrc, dsprsrc, cnfqbin, dspqbin
Display the service class template assigned to interface 3.1.
dspvsiif 3.1
bently TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.10 Aug. 3 2000 14:17 PST
Port: 3.1
Service Class Template ID: 2
State MinLCN MaxLCN StartVPI EndVPI MinBW MaxBW
Partition 1: D
Partition 2: D
Partition 3: E 100 200 100 200 10000 10000
Last Command: dspvsiif 3.1
Next Command:
Display the Service Class Template assigned to BXM port interface 11.1.
dspvsiif 11.1
sw143 TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.10 Aug. 2 2000 20:56 GMT
Port: 4.1
Service Class Template ID: 2
VSI Partitions :
channels bw vpi
Part E/D min max min max start end ilmi
1 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 D
2 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 D
3 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 D
Last Command: dspvsiif 4.1 4
Next Command: dspvsiif 4.1
Display VSI ILMI functionality:
If no partition is specified, dspvsipartcnf displays the above information about all the VSI partitions and also the Sys_Id downloaded to the BXM card for ILMI functionality.
dspvsipartcnf <slot.port.[vtrk]> [partition_id]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port.[vtrk] | Slot, port (and virtual trunk number if applicable) of the interface. |
partition_id | Partition ID corresponding to the VSI partition. This parameter is optional and, if not specified, this command will display information about all VSI partitions. |
cnfrsrc, cnfvsipart, cnfport, cnftrk
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | No | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
Display VSI statistics for a particular active partition on an interface. You can use the dspvsipartinfo command on only one partition at a time, to get VSI statistics on an interface (can be a port or virtual trunk).
You can optionally specify an interval in seconds, which will display VSI statistics for the specified active partition every x seconds. The command shows you some of the same parameters that display on the cnfrsrc screen, such as Min LCNs and Max LCNs, Used LCNs and Available LCNs, and Min BW, Max BW, and Used BW.
The command also displays a line that provides slave redundancy status. It tells you whether the standby card is in sync with the active card. You must have cards in Y-redundancy configuration for this line to display.
Multiple users may use the dspvsipartinfo command at the same time.
The switch software polls the card for the information at the specified interval and displays the information from the card.
dspvsipartinfo <interface>.<partition>[<interval>]
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
interface | The slot.port.[vtrk] of the interface being monitored |
partition | Partition ID for which information is to be displayed. |
interval | Refresh interval for displaying data. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
cnfrsrc, dsprsrc
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Min BW | Configured minimum bandwidth for this partition (for reference only). |
Max BW | Configured maximum bandwidth for this partition (for reference only). |
Used BW | Bandwidth currently used by connections on this partition. |
Available BW | Bandwidth currently available to connections on this partition. This is determined based on the minimum and maximum bandwidth configured for the partition and the bandwidth currently available in the common pool. |
Min Lcns | Configured minimum LCNs for this partition (for reference only). |
Max Lcns | Configured maximum LCNs for this partition (for reference only). |
Used Lcns | Number of LCNs currently used by connections in this partition. |
Available Lcns | Number of LCNs available to this partition. This is determined based on the minimum and maximum LCNs configured for the partition and the number of connections on the partition. |
Display the VSI statistics for partition 2 on trunk 5.1.
dspvsipartinfo 5.1 2
sw188 TRM Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.1c Aug. 17 2000 12:11 PST
VSI Resources Status for trunk 5.1 Partition 2
Minimum Lcns : 500 Minimum BW (cps) : 1000
Maximum Lcns : 2000 Maximum BW (cps) : 2000
Used Lcns : 0 Used BW (cps) : 0
Available Lcns : 1100 Available BW (cps) : 2000
Start VPI : 55 End VPI : 60
This Command: dspvsipartinfo 5.1 2
Hit DEL key to quit:
Display VSI statistics on interface 3.1, partition 1, at an interval of every 10 seconds.
dspvsipartinfo 3.1 1 10
sw237 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.10 June 9 2000 17:32 PST
VSI Resources Status for trunk 3.1 Partition 1
Min Lcns : 0 Min BW (cps) : 0
Max Lcns : 20 Max BW (cps) : 0
Used Lcns : Used BW (cps) :
Available Lcns : Available BW(cps):
Next Command: dspvsipartinfo 3.1 1
Display VSI statistics for interface 11.1, partition 2, at an interval of every 10 seconds.
dspvsipartinfo 11.1 2 10
sw53 TN StrataCom BPX 8600 9.3.10 Jan. 10 2000 14:31 GMT
VSI Resource Status for port 11.1 Partition 2
Min Lcns 1000 Min BW (cps) 20000
Max Lcns 4000 Max BW (cps) 40000
Used Lcns 500 Used BW (cps) 20000
Available Lcns: : 1000 Available BW(cps) 10000
This Command: dspvsipartinfo 11.1 2 10
Hit DEL key to quit:
Display VSI statistics for interface 4.1, partition 1.
dspvsipartinfo 4.1 1
sw237 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.10 May 10 2000 14:58 PST
VSI Resources Status for trunk 4.1 Partition 1 Snapshot
Min Lcns :20 Min BW (cps) :2000
Max Lcns :30 Max BW (cps) :3000
Used Lcns : Used BW (cps) :
Available Lcns : Available BW(cps):
Last Command:dspvsipartinfo 4.1 1
Display VSI statistics for interface 6.3, partitions 1, 2 and 3.
dspvsipartinfo 6.3
sw167 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2R Dec. 14 2000 11:04 PST
Port: 6.3 Partn: 1 -- VSI partition DISABLED
Port: 6.3 Partn: 2 -- VSI partition DISABLED
Port: 6.3 Partn: 3 -- VSI partition DISABLED
Sys_Id generation failed!! Using default value = 0.0.0.0.0.1
Last Command: dspvsipartcnf 6.3
Displays information for Y-cable pairings. You can specify a single slot or you can display all pairings by specifying no slot.
Slot numbers appearing in high intensity indicate active card status. Front card, back card, and channel configuration conflicts appear in reverse video. A conflict occurs when the port interfaces are different for corresponding ports in a redundant slot pair.
The output display shows:
Remaining columns (Channel Configuration) describe the channel configurations when appropriate.
dspyred [slot]
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX | Yes | Yes | No | No |
addyred, delyred, prtyred, switchyred
Display Y-redundancy for all cards.
dspyred
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2o Dec. 6 2000 10:20 GMT
Slot Other Front Back
Slot Type Slot Card Card
2 Pri 12 ASI-E3 E3-2
12 Sec 2 ASI-E3 E3-2
Last Command: dspyred
Edits a job. You can change any of these items in a job:
After you enter the editjob command, the system displays the template for the job. You can edit, delete, or add a command. Each item in the template is successively displayed on the command line so that you can confirm or change the item.
You cannot change the privilege level of a job.
Use editjob to:
When commands are added to or deleted from a job, the system renumbers the commands. To test an edited job, run it with the runjob command.
editjob <job_number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<job_number> | Specifies the number of the job to edit. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addjob, deljob, dspjob, dspjobs, runjob
Edit job 1. The template for job 1 appears on the screen. The system displays the existing job description, which you can change or keep. To keep it, press Return. The system then displays the execution time. To change it to August 17, 1998 at 11:00:, for example, enter:
If no other items require changing, press the Return key.
editjob 1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:19 PST
Job 1 prtlog
Last Execution Results: None Status: Editing
Next Execution Time: 08/17/97 11:00:00 Interval: 1 days
1: prtlog
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 2 Times and Abort Exec. Results: None
2:
Last Command: editjob 1
Next Command:
The getfwrev command gets and loads a firmware image:
This firmware image can then be downloaded to specific interface cards within the node with the burnfwrev command. The firmware image must be already loaded into the Cisco WAN Manager or Cisco WAN Manager terminal before using this command.
When the command is first entered, the status is temporarily "Unavailable" while the node attempts to locate the source of the firmware image. Once the download begins, a list of all of the files that make up the image is displayed and as the downloading progresses, the address of the file is updated.
Caution This command is not to be confused with loadrev. The loadrev command loads system software, not firmware. |
getfwrev <card type> <image name> <nodename>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<card type> | Specifies the card on which to load the revision. |
<image name> | Specifies the name assigned to the firmware revision. Image names are generally in all capital letters and are case-sensitive when being entered. |
<nodename> | Specifies the node on which to load the revision. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
burnfwrev, dspfwrev, dspdnld
Displays a help menu. This command accesses the help routine in the system software, providing:
A more extensive, menu-driven, on-line help function exists within the WAN Manager NMS. Consult the Cisco WAN Manager Operations Guide for a complete description of the online help.
The ways to request help on commands are:
? or help | [command name | character string] |
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command | Specifies a command. |
string | Specifies a character string as a search argument. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
Display the help menu. (Without an argument, the help command shows the command categories.)
help
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 06:14 GMT
All commands fall into one (or more) of the following categories:
Control Terminal
Configuration
Lines
Network
Connections
Cards
Alarms and Failures
Diagnostics
Debug
This Command: ?
Use cursor keys to select category and then hit <RETURN> key:
Display the help menu. (Without an argument, the help command shows the command categories.)
help
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 25 2000 06:19 GMT
All commands fall into one (or more) of the following categories:
Control Terminal
Configuration
Lines
Network
Connections
Cards
Alarms and Failures
Diagnostics
Debug
This Command: help
Use cursor keys to select category and then hit <RETURN> key:
Display the syntax and other information for Display BXM Slot Errors (dspbxmsloterrs).
help dspbxmsloterrs
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 25 2000 06:20 GMT
dspbxmsloterrs - Display BXM Slot Errors
Cannot be included in Jobs.
Usage: dspbxmsloterrs [slot]
Last Command: help dspbxmsloterrs
help fr
Display all commands that contain the string "fr." (These are the Frame Relay commands.) A list of all commands containing the letters "fr" appears on screen. Scroll to a command then press Return to display the related help screen.
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 06:47 GMT
Commands that contain the string "fr"
addfrcons - Add Multiple Frame Relay Connections
addfrport - Add Frame Relay Port
clrfrcportstats - Clear Port Concentrator Link Statistics
cnffrcls - Configure Frame Relay Connection Classes
cnffrcon - Configure (modify) Frame Relay Connection Parameters
cnffrport - Configure Frame Relay Port Parameters
cnffrcport - Configure Port Concentrator Link Parameters
cnfrcvsig - Configure Received Signalling
cnfrobparm - Configure Robust Parameter Values
cnfrsrc - Configure VSI Resource Partition
cnfrtcost - Configure Maximum Route Cost for a Connection
cnfrtr - Configure Router Configuration Parameters
cnfrtrparm - Configure Router Service Parameters
This Command: help fr
Use cursor keys to select command, then hit <RETURN> key for detailed help:
Logs out a user. The command displays a numbered list of users. The number is the argument that killuser takes. The display indicates your user number so that you do not log out yourself.
killuser <user number>
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<user number> | Specifies the number of the user to log out. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
killuser
sw83 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 00:11 PST
# TASK PURPOSE USER ID # TASK PURPOSE USER ID
-- ---- ------------ ------- -- ---- ------------ -------
1 USR1 control port none 13 VT_5 VT none
2 USR2 auxilry port none 14 VT_6 VT none
3 USR3 lan port(SV) none 15 SNMP agent n/a
4 TN_1 lan (telnet) SuperUser < You 16 JOBS runs jobs n/a
5 TN_2 lan (telnet) none
6 TN_3 lan (telnet) none
7 TN_4 lan (telnet) none
8 TN_5 lan (telnet) none
9 VT_1 VT none
10 VT_2 VT none
11 VT_3 VT none
12 VT_4 VT none
This Command: killuser
Please Enter User Number:
Loads a configuration image from Cisco WAN Manager to a node.
This command causes a saved network configuration file to be downloaded from Cisco WAN Manager to one node or all nodes. (See savecnf.) The configuration image downloaded is temporarily stored in a buffer area in a node's controller card memory. The process runs in the background and may take several minutes if the configuration file is large. Although loaded, the configuration is not yet restored. You can restore the configuration to the controller card's BRAM memory by using the runcnf command.
After loading and restoring a network configuration, you should clear the control card buffer area used for this purpose so it will be available for other downloading processes, such as that of firmware.
To clear the buffer area, execute loadcnf with the clear parameter specified instead of backup_id. Specify the buffer of an individual node with node_name or all nodes with *. For the purpose of clearing the buffer area, do not specify the source_SV_node parameter.
To execute this command on an IGX/AF interface shelf, Telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to the shelf.
loadcnf <backup_id | clear> <node_name> <source_SV_node>
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<backup_id > | Specifies the name of the backup configuration file to be loaded. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<clear> | Specifies that the control card buffer area used for loading a configuration be cleared. |
<node name> | Specifies the target node where the backup configuration file is to be loaded. |
<source_SV_node> | Specifies the node connected to the Cisco WAN Manager where the configuration file backup_id resides. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX, IGX/AF |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcnf, runcnf, savecnf
Loads a secondary system software revision image from Cisco WAN Manager into the specified nodes.
The secondary revision system software is the code that is loaded onto a controller card but is not currently running. Use the runrev command (after you have loaded a revision with loadrev) to make the secondary revision the primary revision. The primary revision then becomes the secondary.
Examples of this command:
After entering the command, the system responds with this prompt:
Enter Rev Number:
A prompt is issued if you run the loadrev command during a time when statistics collection is enabled. If you select "yes," statistics collection is disabled before the loadrev command is executed.
Use the dsprevs command to view the software revisions that are currently loaded in the controller memory. Use the dspdnld command to display a running picture of the download procedure status once it has begun. The runrev command also displays the lowest revision running in the network.
Caution Do not confuse loadrev with getfwrev. The getfwrev command loads firmware, not system software. |
loadrev <revision> <node_name | group_name | *>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<revision> | Specifies the revision level of the system software file to be loaded. |
<node_name> | Specifies the target node where the secondary revision is to be loaded. |
<group_name> | Specifies a subset of nodes in the network. |
<*> | Specifies all nodes in the network. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX, IGX/AF |
|
| Yes |
|
runrev, dsprevs, cnfdlparm, upggrp
Prints the dspapsln screen, that is, the currently configured APS lines and their status.
printapsln
addapsln, delapsln, cnfapsln, cnfcdaps, dspapsln, dsplog, dspalms
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | No | No | BPX |
|
| No |
|
The prtcderrs command prints out detailed card failure information.
Prints a history of card failures associated with a specified slot on the network printer. If no argument is specified, a summary is printed, indicating the slots that have failures recorded against them. Refer to the dspcderrs command definition for an example of a typical card error record that might be printed.
prtcderrs [<slot>]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot > | Specifies the shelf slot where the selected card is installed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
clrcderrs, dspcderrs
Prints the configuration details for voice channels or data channels. This command uses the same syntax, and prints the same information as is displayed by using the dspchcnf command. See the dspchcnf command definition for syntax and output information.
prtchcnf [start_channel]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[start_channel] | Specifies the starting channel for the print output. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspchcnf
Print the configuration values of circuit line 14.1.
prtchcnf 14.1
This command produces hardcopy.
Prints the dial type configurations for channels on a circuit line.
prtchdlcnf <start_channel>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start channel | Specifies the starting channel for the print output. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfchdl, dspchcnf
Print the dial type configuration for all channels beginning with 14.1.
prtchcnf 14.1
This command produces hardcopy
Prints the accumulated error count since the last time errors were reset. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as is displayed by using the dspclnerrs command. The clrclnerrs command clears the error counters for circuit lines by resetting all error counts to 0.
prtclnerrs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
clrtrkerrs, prttrkerrs
Prints a summary of connections terminated at the IGX node. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as is displayed using the dspcons command. See the dspcons command for syntax and output information.
prtcons [start_channel] [nodename] [type]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[start_channel] | Optionally specifies the starting channel. |
[nodename] | Optionally specifies that only connections to this remote node from the local note be displayed. If no "nodename" is designated, connections from the local node to all other nodes are displayed. |
[type] | Optionally specifies that only connections of the specified type appear. If you do not include a connection-type argument, all connections appear. Connection types require a hyphen (-). Valid connection type entries are: -v = Display only voice connections. The state that may be displayed for Frame Relay and NNI connection types includes: OK: Connection OK, A-bit = 1. FAILED: Connection failed, A-bit = 0. MISSING: DLCI was deleted in other network NNI. A previous status report indicated a valid DLCI present but an updated report did not. UNUSED: The UNI port does not support reporting of NNI A-bit status. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcons
Prints the configuration details for voice channels or data channels. This command uses the same syntax, and prints the same information as is displayed by using the dspchcnf command. See the dspchcnf command for syntax and output information.
prtict <port> <template>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<port> | Specifies the channel containing the data card. The start channel has the format slot.port. |
<template> | Specifies which control template to display for the channel. Three templates are available for data channels. One template (option "a") is available for Frame Relay ports. You can also specify the near or far end of the connection. a = Active control template (normal operation). The only choice for a Frame Relay port. c = Conditioned control template (when connection fails). l = Looped control template (with local or remote loopback). n = Near. f = Far. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfict, cpyict
Print the active interface control template for 25.1.
prtict 25.1
The command produces hardcopy.
Prints this information about a specific job:
To print a job, you must have at least the same (or higher) privilege level as the person who wrote the job). See the addjob command definition for more information. The prtjob command uses the same syntax and prints the same information the dspjob command.
prtjob <job_number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<job_number> | Specifies the number of the job to be printed. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspjob
Prints this information about all existing jobs:
For a printout on a single job, use the prtjob command. This command uses the same syntax, and prints the same information as is displayed by using the dspjobs command. See the dspjobs command definition for syntax and output information.
prtjobs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspjobs
Prints the accumulated error count since the last time errors were reset. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dsplnerrs command. The clrlnerrs command clears the error counters for circuit lines by resetting all error counts to 0.
prtlnerrs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsplnerrs
Prints the current line configuration and line alarm status for a node. This command uses the same syntax, and prints the same information as the dsplns command. See the dspclns command definition for syntax and output information.
prtlns
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsplns
Prints the event log for a node. Events affecting the node are displayed in chronological order with the most recent events at the top of the log. The printout includes a description of the event, the date and time of the event, and the alarm class of the event.
This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dsplog command. See the dsplog command definition for output information.
prtlog
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsplog
Prints the network topology table. Alarms print in a column, and added trunks (by addtrk) appear to the right to the node name. Each trunk entry shows the local back card slot number and the node name and back card slot number on the other end of the line.
These conventions apply:
Parameters set Zero Coded Suppression (ZCS) display characteristics. ZCS writes a 1 over the least significant bit of any byte that contains 0s. The purpose is to ensure a minimum occurrence of 1s so that the receiving node can extract timing information. The prtnw command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dspnw command.
prtnw [+b | -b] [+z | -z]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
+b | Display only the lines that support bursty data. |
-b | Display only the lines that do no support bursty data. |
+z | Display only the lines that use ZCS encoding. |
-z | Display only the lines that do not use ZCS encoding. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspnw
Prints the connection routes for channels on the IGX node. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dsprts command. See the dsprts definition for output information.
prtrts [start_channel] [dest_nodename]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[start_channel] | Specifies the channel with which to print. Channels are printed in numeric order. If no starting channel is specified, the display begins with the first connected channel. Start channel is specified in one of these formats: slot.channel voice connection. slot.port data connection. slot.port.DLCI Frame Relay connection. remote node.groupname Frame Relay connection group. |
[dest_nodename] | Specifies the printing of connection routes from only the local node to the current node (destination node). Without a specified node name, the printout shows connections from the local node to all other nodes. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsprts
Prints the information on the screen at the time the command is entered. All information on the terminal screen is printed. If printing is successful, no status message appears. If the printer is unavailable, an appropriate status message appears.
prtscrn
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
clrscrn, redscrn
Prints a summary of the trunk error counts for both physical and virtual trunks on the local node. This is the same information that displays when you use the dsptrkerrs command. See the dsptrkerrs command definition for output information.
prttrkerrs
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsptrkerrs
Prints the interface control template of a subrate trunk. For a list of configurable outputs and configuration steps, see the cnftrkict description. The printed information includes:
prttrkict <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line | Specifies the trunk interface control template. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | No | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsptrkict
Prints the trunk configuration for the node. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dsptrks command.
Configuration information for trunks includes the trunk number and the type of line (T3, E3, and so on). For trunks that have been added to the network with the addtrk command, the configuration information also includes the node name and trunk number at the other end of the line.
Note these printout characteristics:
prttrks
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsptrks
Prints the Y-cable redundancy configuration for an SDP, LDP, CDP, FRP, FTC, or NTC.
The command prtcdred is an alias for prtyred.
On an IGX node, the cards are the HDM, LDM, CVM, FRM, NTM, UXM, UFM, and UVM.
On a BPX node, the applicable cards are the BCC, ASI, and BNI.
This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dspyred command. See the dspyred command definition for details on the format of the command output.
prtyred <start slot>
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspyred, addyred, delyred
Print Y-redundancy for all cards (no starting slot entered)
prtyred
Prints the card redundancy configuration for a BXM card with an OC-3 or OC-3 interface. This command uses the same syntax and prints the same information as the dspyred command. See the dspcdred command definition for details on the format of the command output.
Redraws the screen. This command can be useful for communication that involves a modem. If data has become corrupted and caused erroneous characters on the terminal screen, redscrn clears them.
redscrn
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
clrscrn, prtscrn
redscrn
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 25 2000 06:39 GMT
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 NPM BVS Standby 9 FRM KSB FRI-T1 AL Standby
2 NPM BWS Active 10 Empty universal backplane
3 Empty universal backplane 11 Empty universal backplane
4 UXM CD23 T3 AA Active 12 URM AA11 2FE2V EW Standby
5 UXM CA23 OC3 AD Active 13 LDM CK03 232-8 AJ Standby-T
6 FRM DHZ FRI-V35 BD Standby 14 URM AA13 2FE2V P03 Standby
7 Empty universal backplane 15 URM AA12 2FE2V EW Active
8 NTM FHF T1 AL Active 16 Empty universal backplane
Last Command: redscrn
Directs an access device to reset itself from a node terminal. The reset initiated by resetad is a cold-boot start of the access device. On the other hand, the restartad command re-initiates the control session between the node and the access device)
resetad <slot.port>.<Access Device ID>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot and port number that connects to the access device. |
<Access Device ID> | Specifies the access device ID number. Access devices on the same trunk are assigned in increasing order. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
restartad, dspads
Resets the hardware and software for a card. Use the resetcd command to switch between a primary and redundant service card that has been configured for Y-cable redundancy. Normally, a failure would cause a switch between Y-cabled cards, but you might want to cause the switch to remove the active card to upgrade its hardware, for example.)
Do not use resetcd on an active NPM or BCC because resetting an active controller card interrupts traffic while it boots. (Resetting a controller card does not destroy configuration information.) If a redundant controller card is present and you want to switch between controllers, use the switchcc command to switch the active controller card to standby and the standby controller card to active. You can subsequently reset the standby controller without bringing it to the active state (and therefore not disrupt service).
You might use the resetcd r command is if you ran out of memory and had no standby card. If there were a memory leak problem somewhere in the system, you might execute a resetcd r command before you run the switchcc command (if you do not have a standby card, or you are not sure of the health of the standby card if there is one), then you might execute it locally on the active processor card (BCC or NPM). You do not need to enter the minus symbol before the "r" in the resetcd r command (just resetcd r) is acceptable.
The resetcd command takes an argument to indicate a hardware or failure reset. A hardware reset (resetcd h) is equivalent to physically removing and reinserting the front card and causes the card's logic to be reset. When you reset the hardware of an active card other than a controller card (an NPM or BCC), a standby card takes over if one is available. A failure reset (resetcd f) clears the card failures associated with the specified slot. If a slot contains a front card and back card, resetcd resets both cards. A resetcd r performs a card reset on processor cards (such as an NPM or BCC). Note when the node is in degraded mode, the "r" option is disabled.
You can use the resetcd command to initiate a hitless rebuild manually. The Hitless Rebuild feature provides the ability to effectively rebuild without affecting user traffic. It substantially decreases the time it takes for the BPX to settle into its normal operating state after a rebuild.
The option "r" lets you manually initiate a hitless rebuild on processor cards only. The "r" option becomes disabled when the node is in degraded mode.
resetcd <slot_num> <reset_type>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot_num> | Specifies the card number to be reset. |
h | f | Specifies whether the hardware or failure history for the card is to be reset. h-specifies hardware; performs a hardware test f-specifies failure history; performs a failure reset |
b | Specifies to use hardware to reset the card, not the CBUS message. This option is also known as the "arbiter" option. You can use the b option only on BPX nodes. |
r | Specifies that a hitless rebuild is performed only on processor cards. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
resetcd
Resets a PCS attached to a specified FRM-2 or FRP-2 physical port on the IGX. Concentrated links, logical ports, and all connections are temporarily suspended while the PCS hardware performs a warm boot.
Once the PCS re-establishes communication with the FRM-2 or FRP-2, logical ports are reconfigured and connections repaired. A series of messages describing each of the concentrated links failing and being re-established is generated.
resetpc <slot.port>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the card and port number to reset. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
tstpcs, dsppcs
Restarts the control session of an access device on an IGX node from a node's command terminal. A control session is first established when these conditions are true:
1. You add an access device to the node by using addad.
2. The port speed and other parameters on the device and the port match.
Once a control session is established, you can configure and manage the access device by commands you issue at the node. These commands are the access device commands and other, common commands in this manual.
The restartad command does not perform a hard reset of the access device itself. See resetad regarding a hard reset of the access device.
restartad <slot.port>.<Access Device ID>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Specifies the slot and port number. |
access device_ID | Specifies the access device ID number. Access devices on the same trunk are assigned in increasing order. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
resetad, dspads
Manually reroute one or more connections.
This command forces a group, channel, or range of channels to be rerouted. If a free-routing connection is rerouted by the system for whatever reason, it will not automatically return to its original route when the trouble clears. This might leave the connection on a path that is not the most direct or cost effective.
You can use rrtcon to force a reroute that will likely put the connection back to its original route if that route is available. Over time, many routes may need to be rerouted back to their original paths. In this case, use the "*" parameter with rrtcon on the node where you originally executed it to reroute all connections.
To use this command you must first vt to the node that owns the connection (local node). If not at the local node, the system displays "This node is not owner of the connection(s)."
There is no provision for specifying a route. The node determines the connection route according to the same rules that are used when adding a new connection. If no network bandwidth is available for rerouting the connection, the node marks the connection as failed.
Caution Using this command on a connection that is in service should be done with some discretion because the reroute interrupts service for as long as it takes to reroute the connection. |
rrtcon <group | channel | *>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<group | channel | *>: | Specifies a group, a channel, or a range of channels to be rerouted. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
drtop
Resets the Universal Router Module (URM) on a specified router slot. The URM is functionally equivalent to a UXM card with one ATM port and an IOS router. The rstrtr command does not reset or restart the embedded UXM on the URM.
In normal operation, verify the source of the IOS configuration file before using the rstrtr command. The source of the IOS configuration file can be either the router BRAM, which stores the running IOS configuration file, or the NPM, which stores a blank default configuration file. Upon reset, the IOS processor reloads the configuration file from the source specified in the IOS-config-file parameter. When the router BRAM is specified as the IOS configuration file source, the router resumes normal operation upon reset.
Use the dsprtr command to display the specified source of the IOS configuration file. Use the cnfrtr command to change the source of the IOS configuration file.
rstrtr <router-slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
router-slot | Specifies the virtual shelf slot to support the URM embedded router. Switch software manages the embedded router in the URM as if the router resides on a slot in a virtual shelf (of routers). Each slot in the IGX shelf has a corresponding router slot in the virtual shelf. A router slot is considered empty when the equivalent IGX slot is empty or contains an IGX card without an embedded router. If the IGX slot contains a URM card, the router slot is reported as hosting an IOS router. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfrtrparm, cnfrtr, dsprtr, dsprtrslot, dsprtrslots, dspalms
Reset the URM embedded router on router slot 6.
rstrtr 6
sw108 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2E Sep. 5 2000 09:05 GMT
This Command:rstrtr 6
Reset router with above configuration ? (y|n) y
The rststats command resets the statistics collection time for the tststats command. Executing rststats clears all statistics. When you enter it, a prompt warns you that the command clears all statistics and asks if you want to proceed.
The tststats command displays a test statistics summary. Before there will be any meaningful statistics, the tstcon command must be performed on one or more network connections.
rststats
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
tststats
rststats
alpha32 LAN SuperUser IGX 8430 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:35 PST
This Command: rststats
Warning: This command clears all statistics
Continue?
Restores a network configuration image at one or all nodes. This command restores the specified configuration to the controller card's BRAM memory and overwrites the current configuration. Once restored, the specified node (or all nodes) rebuilds with the restored configuration image.
To execute this command on an IGX/AF interface shelf, Telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to the shelf.
This command is usually run after a previous configuration has been lost. If doubts exist about the state of the configuration at other nodes in the network, load the configuration into all nodes by specifying "*" for the node name. The new configuration must have previously been loaded into the controller buffer area by using the loadcnf command.
Caution All network nodes must be run with the same configuration. |
The system may display two warnings in response to the runcnf command:
1. When single node specified:
2. When all nodes specified:
If a single node is not reachable, responding with a "Y" does not affect the operation of the network. If nodes do not all have the specified configuration or all are unreachable, it is not recommended that you continue until after the problem is resolved.
runcnf <backup_id> <node_name>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<backup_id> | Specifies the name of the configuration image loaded from Cisco WAN Manager. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to receive the configuration. An asterisk (*) specifies all nodes. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
savecnf, loadcnf, clrcnf
Runs a job. The runjob command runs a job regardless of its execution time. The runjob command does not change a job's assigned execution time.
When you enter runjob, the system displays the job template and prompts, "Run this job (y/n)?" Enter "y" to start the job. Enter "n" to exit runjob.
After you enter y, four seconds pass before a job begins running. Press any key briefly to suspend a job. Four seconds of no keyboard activity must pass before the jobs resume. While a job is running, the system highlights the current command and updates command results.
You can include the runjob command in a job. Therefore, running one job can cause another job to run. The only limitation is that a job cannot cause itself to run. For example, Job 1 cannot include the command "runjob 1." Also, Job 1 cannot include the command "runjob 2" if Job 2 contains the command "runjob 1."
runjob <job_number>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<job_number> | Specifies the number of the job to run. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addjob, dspjobs, editjob, stopjob
Run job 1.
runjob 1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:23 PST
Job 1 test
Last Execution Results: None Status: Idle
Next Execution Time: 03/17/96 11:00:00 Interval: 1 days
1: prtlog
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 2 Times and Abort Exec. Results: None
This Command: runjob 1
Run this job (y/n)?
Runs a specific revision of the system software at a node. This command sets the primary revision for the specified nodes. The primary software revision is the one that is actively controlling node operation. You can also load a non-active secondary revision that differs from the primary revision running in the controller. To set the primary software revision, enter one of the following:
After entering the command, the system responds with "Enter Rev Number." Use the dsprevs command to determine which revision(s)primary and secondaryare available on the node. The runrev command also displays the lowest revision running in the network. The runrev command will be ignored if the required revision is not present on the node.
You might need to load the new revision onto the Cisco WAN Manager terminal and then use loadrev command to download the new software image into the standby controller before you issue the runrev command. If you enter a revision number that does not exist at the node, the system displays:
If statistics collection is enabled at the time the runrev command is issued, a prompt is displayed, allowing the user to disable collection. If the user selects "yes," statistics collection is disabled.
Caution All network nodes typically should be run with the same software revision to ensure normal network operation. |
runrev <revision> <node_name | group_name | *>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<revision> | Identifies the revision you want to run. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to rebuild with a new configuration. |
<group_name> | Specifies a subset of nodes in the network. |
* | Specifies all nodes in the network. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsprevs, loadrev, cnfdlparm, upggrp
Saves a configuration image on a Cisco WAN Manager workstation disk.
The savecnf command has two possible applications. It saves:
Once saved, you can restore the configuration to BRAM by using the loadcnf and runcnf commands. You should execute savecnf in these situations:
Execution on a Routing Node
In a routing network, savecnf saves a configuration image for one node or all routing nodes (node_name = *) on the Cisco WAN Manager workstation specified by dest_SV_node.
Execution on an IGX/AF Interface Shelf
To execute savecnf on an IGX/AF, either Telnet to the shelf or use a control terminal attached to it: savecnf saves a configuration image of only the current shelf. The image is stored on the workstation with the IP address in the parameter dest_SV_ip. (In a routing network, dest_SV_ip is not necessary.) Note that node_name and dest_SV_node must both be the name of the shelf. The IP address of the destination Cisco WAN Manager workstation uniquely identifies where to store the configuration image.
savecnf <backup_id | clear> <node_name> <dest_SV_node> [<dest_SV_ip>]
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<backup_id> | Specifies the name of a configuration to be saved on Cisco WAN Manager. The Backup ID must be 1-8 alphanumeric characters with the first character being alphabetic. Configuration names are case-sensitive. |
<clear> | Specifies that the buffer area should be cleared. |
<node_name> | Specifies the node name to save configuration on. An * may be specified to indicate all nodes. |
<dest_SV_node> | Specifies the node name where Cisco WAN Manager is connected and is to receive the specified backup_id. |
<dest_SV_IP> | For IGX/AF interface shelves only, this optional specification is the IP address of the Cisco WAN Manager that is to receive the configuration image. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX, IGX/AF |
|
| Yes |
|
loadcnf, runcnf, clrcnf
Stops all running and all waiting jobs. When you enter the stopjob command, the system prompts, "Stop all running and waiting jobs (y/n)?" Enter a "y" to stop running jobs and prevent all waiting jobs from beginning. Enter an "n" to exit stopjob. Because the stopjob command can leave a task partially executed, use stopjob with caution. You must have at least the same or higher privilege level of the creator of the jobs you want to stop.
stopjob
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
runjob
Stop all jobs currently running or queued to run on the node. Confirm by entering y.
stopjob
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 14:24 PST
Job 1 test
Last Execution Results: None Status: Idle
Next Execution Time: 03/17/96 11:00:00 Interval: 1 days
1: prtlog
- Failure Reaction: Repeat 2 Times and Abort Exec. Results: None
This Command: stopjob
Stop all running and waiting jobs (y/n)?
The loadrev and runrev commands take "upgrade group" names as arguments, allowing you to upgrade any subset of nodes at the same time.
Previous to Release 9.1, you could specify either a single node name, or an '*' (asterisk) to specify all nodes in the network, as an argument to runrev or loadrev. An upgrade group is a list of nodes, which could be all nodes in the network. Instead of running runrev for each node to be upgraded, upgrading an entire group of nodes at one time leads to a synchronized upgrade process (which the "staggered update mechanism" relies on). The staggered mechanism prevents a situation where many nodes send messages to a single node at the same time.
After an upgrade, each node requests information from every node about its topology and connection database to compensate for any errors or race conditions that may occur during the upgrade. Every node sends its messages to only one node during a given interval. If all nodes start sending these updates at the same time (and the interval is configured the same on all nodes), then all nodes will send messages to different nodes as everyone has a different node number. Whenever the interval ends, they start sending to a node with the next node number. If they would not start at the same time, there would be overlaps as one node could be in its first interval, whereas others are already in the second or third interval.
If all nodes start at the same time, it is guaranteed that one node will exchange updates with only one other node during a given interval, reducing the amount of stress that would occur when multiple nodes send updates to one node at the same time.
This command creates a group of nodes to be upgraded by the loadrev and runrev commands. To create an upgrade group type
You can create up to 20 upgrade groups. Naming the upgrade groups follows the same convention as for node names; that is, choose group names that are different from the node names in the network. If loadrev or runrev encounter a name conflict, the commands chose the node name interpretation.
Note Upgrade groups are only known on the node where they are created. They are neither sent to the Standby, nor saved in BRAM. It is assumed they are needed for a short time only. Once the upgrade is done, you can delete the groups. |
To delete an upgrade group that is no longer needed, freeing up resources, enter:
To show (list) the currently defined upgrade groups, enter:
To list all the member nodes of a group, enter:
To remove a node or several nodes from an upgrade group, enter:
To add several nodes to an upgrade group, enter:
After the command is executed, the members of the group are listed. You can add nodes to an upgrade group in multiple iterations.
upggrp [-c | -d | -s ] <group_name>
upggrp [-a | -r ] <group_name> <node_list>
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
-c | Create a user group. |
-d | Delete a user group. |
-s | Show the defined upgrades groups. |
-a | Add nodes to the group. |
-r | Remove list of nodes from group. |
<group name> | Name of group of nodes to be upgraded. |
<node_list> | The length of the node list can be as long as the command line allows. If an entry is invalid, that is, it is not a valid node name or not a name of a node in the network, an error message prints, and the remainder of the node list is not processed. The nodes before the invalid node are added to the group. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
dsprevs, cnfdlparm, loadrev, runrev
Control the APS switching interface. You use the switchapsln command, along with other APS commands such as addapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln, and cnfapsln to configure and control a SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching) line for a BXM OC-3 or OC-12 card. SONET APS is a standard that describes the switching of SONET lines from the active line to a standby line to provide hardware line redundancy.
Several options are available that determine the type of switch operation:
Note It is recommended that you not use the Manual Switch option with Annex B configured when the BPX is connected to a third-party vendor's switch. |
Be sure that the associated front card is active for the back card that is to remain in the rack. You might have to perform a switchyred (alias switchcdred) so that the back card to which the service switch switches has its associated front card active.
Note When Annex B is configured, switchapsln options are not blocked at the command line interface. |
switchapsln <slot.port> <switchoption> [S]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | The working APS line to be switched |
<switchoption> | Switch options: 1. Clear clears the last user request, returns state back to working line, resets to all defaults, and sets BXM to fully automatic line control. 2. Lockout of ProtectionPrevents specified APS pair from being switched to protection line. If protection line is already active, switch is made back to the working line. (For Annex B, the working line is termed the "primary line," and the Protection line is termed the "secondary line.") 3. Forced Working to Protection Line SwitchIf working line is active, switch is made to protection line unless the protection line is locked out or in the SF condition or Forced Switch is already in effect. Forces hardware to switch to the protection line even if it is in alarm. 4. Forced Protection to Working Line SwitchIf protection is active, switch is made to working unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect. P-->W switch applies only in the 1+1 architecture. If protection line is active, switch is made to working line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect. 5. Manual Switch (Working to Protection Line)Switch from working to protection line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect. Will not switch if other line is in alarm. 6. Manual Switch (Protection to Working Line). Not applicable to APS 1+1, Annex B. |
[S] | If you enter S as an additional parameter, a service switch is performed for all ports on the card such that all lines are forcibly switched to one back card so that the other back card of the pair can be removed for service. Be sure that the associated front card is active for the back card that is to remain in the rack. You may have to perform a switchcdred command so that the back card that the service switch changes to has its associated front card active. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1 | Yes | Yes | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfcdaps, addapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln, cnfapsln
Switches the standby BCC or NPM card to active and the active card to standby. If a standby BCC card is not available, the command is not executed. If a standby BCC is available but is not ready to go active, a prompt asks you to confirm or abort the switch of the control card. Executing switchcc (previously called switchpcc) has this effect:
Immediately after the switch, the controller card that was previously active reverts to a download mode. This is indicated by the flashing front panel FAIL lamp. The system software image that is always stored in ROM is downloaded to RAM in the event that the system software was corrupted.
After this is completed, the configuration database is downloaded from the newly active controller card to complete the download. This process takes a number of minutes so this controller card is not available for standby operation until this download process is completed.
The switchcc command results in a very brief interruption of all traffic. Consequently, you should use switchcc only when the network can tolerate a brief interruption.
If the Hitless Rebuild feature is enabled (by using cnfnodeparm command), the databases needed for a hitless rebuild will be preserved during the subsequent standby rebuild. This allows for a hitless rebuild if the new standby processor encounters a fatal hardware error shortly after the switchover.
switchcc [f]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[f] | Forces a cc switchover even if there are pending updates. If you don't specify the [f] option, the system warns you about pending updates before the switch and gives you a choice to not switch over. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcd, dspcds
Switches active and redundant cards used for SONET APS (Automatic Protection Switching). The switchyred command is the same as the switchcdred command, and you can use it on any Y-cable redundancy card pair. You typically would use this command only when you need to perform diagnostics or maintenance, and you need to remove and service the active card.
Note When implementing two-card APS 1+1, it must be implemented with card redundancy. This implementation may also be referred to as "Y-redundancy," because the new card redundancy commands used to configure APS 1+1 are based on Y-redundancy commands used in releases previous to Release 9.2. |
When there is a front card failure, front card downed, or the front card fails a self-test, the card switchover should happen automatically (that is, you should not need to execute the switchyred command for the card switchover to happen). An automatic switchover typically occurs when the switch software determines that the card is in a worse condition than the redundant pair (that is, a card is in a failed state due to a condition such as self-test, background test, fatal errors). If a standby card is not available, the switchyred command will not be executed.
Typically, when APS and card redundancy are implemented together, the term Y-redundancy actually refers to card redundancy because there is no Y-cable connecting two back cards to one line. With SONET APS card redundancy, there is a primary and a secondary front card/back card pair. The redundant front card must be in Hot Standby state before a switchover can occur. When a front card failure is detected, the switchover should happen automatically (when card redundancy has been implemented). However, for the APS application, the active line is not switched if the line status is good. If the line has Loss of Signal (or other defects), it will be switched to the redundant line. (The line refers to the physical cable attached to the output of the back card.)
For APS 1+1, a front card can switch and become the standby card while its associated back card still has the active lines. The APS line will not switch during a card redundancy switch, unless the APS firmware detects that an APS switch is needed.
Following a switchyred, or active card reset, the BXM card is sent a message from switch software to have it perform an APS switch to align itself with the last user switchapsln switch request. If the last user request is "clear," full automatic APS switching is in effect with the working line in the active state by default. When there is no last user request to switch to any particular line (that is, protection line), the working line becomes active.
Note In the APS 1+1 configuration, if the protection line is active and the last user request is "clear," a switchyred will cause the working line to be active if there is no line condition on the working line. When APS 1+1 comes up, it will come up on the working line if the working line is clear. When a switchyred is issued, the active card also comes up on the working line if the working line is clear and there is no user request. In cases where the working line is in alarm or there is a user request to switch to the protection line, the card will first come up on the working line, then the card will detect the alarm or the user request and switch to the protection line. |
In the APS 1+1 configuration, if the last user request was a W->P switch, then dsplog will log a W->P switching event when a switchyred is issued. On a switchyred, the newly active card comes up on working line first. Then it responds to a user request to switch from working to protection by switching to the protection line and sending an event notification to that effect. You can see the event notification in the event log by using the dsplog command.
It may be necessary to perform a switchyred command after performing a service switch with the switchapsln command so that the back card that the service switch selects has its associated front card active.
The switchyred command is sometimes referred to as soft y-red switching (also known as the "graceful switching" feature). Use it to access the Y-redundancy switching feature already in the system. Executing the switchyred command performs a graceful Y-redundancy switch in that no cards need to be reset in the process of switching from the current active card to the current standby card. Thus, all the existing channel programming on both cards remain intact, and is ready to use in the case of a fault condition (where the newly active card is found to be faulty).
To implement similar preventative maintenance procedures, this command lets you switch active and standby cards, without resetting either card. If you intend to execute the switch once every two weeks, and if the standby card is faulty, in the current scheme, during reprogramming of the reset card, an outage is experienced. To do away with the outage period, the standby card should not go through a rebuild forced by the resetting of the card. With this feature, neither card is reset, and programming is continued on both cards. This type of reprogramming ensures that all channels are programmed again on the same card. It is transparent to the user, since all the channels were never deleted; they are being reprogrammed as is typical today in the case of a regular Y-redundancy switch.
The switchyred command operates on these BXM cards:
In addition, you can use the switchyred command on ASI cards and BNI cards. In any case where these cards are not supported, you will be blocked from executing the command at the command line interface. The switchyred command initiates the Y-redundancy switch. It can also be initiated through a job. The switchyred command is available through the same access login as the addyred command.
The switchred command lets you switch between cards of a Y-redundancy pair, avoiding any card resets or failures. The feature is needed to allow the customer fast failure recovery in the cases where the previously standby card is found to be at fault. The feature allows for the previously active card to maintain its configuration and availability, allowing you to switch to it, either through another soft Y-redundancy switch request, or through the automated Y-red switching (which executes upon card failure).
The graceful switching command (switchyred) is applicable to BXM, ASI cards, and BNI cards.
This command requires Release 9.1 software and beyond. The cards in question have to be programmed to be Y-redundant. The states of the cards have to be Active (for the Primary card) and Standby (for the Secondary card) OR Standby (for the Primary card) and Active (for the Secondary card).
The purpose of a graceful switch is to switch from the current active card of a Y-cable pair, to the current standby card of the pair, without deactivating, resetting, or reprogramming either of the cards.
You initiate a graceful switch by issuing a switchyred command at the command line interface or through an SNMP script. The input to the command is the primary card's slot number. You can obtain this information through the dspyred command, which lists the Primary card of a Y-redundancy pair, and the secondary card of the Y-red pair. See Table 4-41 that follows.
Slot | Card Type | Other Slot | Front Card | Back Card |
---|---|---|---|---|
3 | Pri | 4 | BXM | LM-BXM |
4 | Sec | 3 | BXM | LM-BXM |
In the above example, a Y-red has been configured using slots 3 and 4, where slot 3 is identified as the Primary card (Pri) of the pair. Using the example shown in Table 4-41, the command line would look like this:
Next Command: switchyred 3
The switchyred command displays errors on the screen for the slot used in the command line if the following conditions exist:
The command line issues a warning and prompts you to continue in case any channel programming is in progress. (Continuing at this stage introduces the risk of encountering continuity problems for a short period of time until all remaining channels are programmed.)
After you issue the command, the switch software starts the process of the graceful switch.
First, turn off the laser of the current active card (by sending it an Ox05 cbus message). In effect, stop running traffic on that card.
Next, activate and start running traffic on the current standby card, forcing it to be the new active card of the pair. This process also starts the channel reprogramming of the cards, and allows for the new standby card to be reprogrammed.
All the steps required to complete the graceful Y-redundancy switch are in Release 9.2 with the only possible difference being that neither card is reset.
There are no backward compatibility issues related to the switchyred command in Release 9.1.
The switchyred feature introduces the concept of deactivating a card without a failed state being present, or deactivating the card, or the need to reprogram all the channels on the card.
The switchyred command kicks off the graceful switch process. After you issue the command, the switch software checks for and reports the following error conditions:
If the Y-redundancy pair (specified through the primary slot) contains cards in the incorrect state, a message is displayed onto the screen indicated the incorrect state of the cards. Valid states for the cards are:
You are prompted to continue if the following is true:
To choose to continue in this state implies that channels (connections) in the process of being programmed might not exist on the standby card after the graceful switching has completed, that is, the programming must be completed on both cards.
A message displays listing the cards being switched from, and the card being switched to, just before the graceful switching process begins.
After the switching process has been kicked off, the switch software does the following:
Event logging does not distinguish between a Y-redundancy switch due to a failure (beyond logging the indication of the failure), and a Y-redundancy switch due to the execution of the switchyred command.
switchyred
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | No | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
addyred, delyred, dspyred, prtyred
Tests the NTM-UXM/NPM UBU corruption problem. You can use this any time you encounter a possible cell drop problem to make sure the problem is not caused by the UBU allocation. The tstbadubus command checks every allocated UBU to see if the above problem exists. If an allocation problem is detected, the falsely allocated UBUs will be displayed.
The NTM card has been known to corrupt Lane 1 of its previous UBU. But it affects only the cells, not FastPackets. Thus it may corrupt data for the UXM card (cells) and NPM (AAL5 cells) if their UBUs are located in front of the one for the NTM card.
For example, if UBU 2 is used by the NTM, the cells (not FastPackets) in Lane 1 of UBU 1 will be corrupted. Because the UXM and NPM are the only cards using the cells in the bus, the UBU immediately before the one used by NTM cannot be allocated to the UXM or NPM.
The UBU allocation software will not assign UBUs for a UXM and an NPM card, if it is next to the one for NTM (to avoid the problem mentioned above).
Workaround
If the tstbadubus screen shows something similar to the screen in Example 1, then reallocating the UBU to slot 8 might cure the problem.
Issue the dspbusbw <8> command to see how may UBUs are currently allocated to slot 8. If the allocated UBU is 10, then always add one more UBU to the card. Use cnfbusbw <8> <11> to allocate 11 UBUs to slot 8. Most of the time, this change can remove the corruption condition.
If the problem persists, then add two more UBUs to the card. The idea is that by adding one or two more UBUs to the card, the UBU locations to be allocated change, which may cure the problem. Reallocating one or two fewer UBUs may also work.
tstbadubus
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
| Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspbusbw, cnfbusbw
The twenty-fourth UBU in page 3 was "badly" allocated (causing corruption). It is allocated to the NTM located at slot 4. This UBU corrupts the UBU allocated to the UXM located at slot 8. A cell drop will be expected for slot 8 due to the corruption.
tstbadubus
sw152 TRM SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 15:13 GMT
NTM-UXM UBU Corruption Test
Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM Page UBU NTM UXM
3 24 4 8
Total 1 Corrupted UBUs detected
Last Command: tstbadubus
Tests the integrity of an IGX data path by inserting node-generated test data. The connection service is affected for only a few seconds during the test. You can test only existing connections. One channel at a time is tested to minimize disruption. Because service is disrupted for a short time, no conditioning is applied during the test. If a failure is detected, the fault is isolated to a replaceable IGX node, and the standby card (if available) automatically goes into service. During fault isolation, conditioning is applied to both ends of the connection.
After testing is complete, you must use dellp to remove the loopback established by using addlocrmtlp.
Table 4-42 describes the results of executing tstcon.
Result | Description |
---|---|
Completed | Total number of tests that were run. |
Aborted | Number of tests that did not run because the connection was not testable because of loopbacks or missing or failed hardware. |
Failures | Number of tests that failed. |
Repaired | Number of connections that failed a previous test and have passed the current test. |
If you enter a range of channels (some with connections and some without), the unconnected channels are skipped. You can enter the tstcon command on the node at either end of the connection. Unlike the addloclp and addrmtlp commands, tstcon does not require external test equipment. You cannot test connections with the tstcon command if they are currently looped back with either the addloclp or addrmtlp commands.
Table 4-43 describes examples of the tstcon command with various arguments.
Command | Description |
---|---|
tstcon * | Test all connections. |
tstcon * f | Test all Frame Relay connections. |
tstcon * v x | Test all voice connections, abort on first failure. |
tstcon 1.3 | Test connection on channel 1.3. |
tstcon 4.2.200 | Test connection on channel 4.2.200. |
tstcon 1.13-16 | Test connections on channels 1.13-16. |
tstcon 3.21-24 x | Test connections on channels 3.21-24, abort on first failure. |
tstcon 3.11-20 v | Test voice connections only on channels 3.11-20. |
tstcon 3.11-20 v x | Test voice connections only on channels 3.11-20, abort on first failure. |
tstcon 3.21-22 v 5 | Test voice connections only on channels 3.21-22 and repeat the test five times. |
tstcon 3.14-15 d x 5 | Test data connections on channels 3.14-15 and repeat test five times. Abort on failure. |
For V.35 ports configured for DTE, these three conditions apply:
testcon <channel(s)> [-nolp] [type] [failure abort] [repeat count]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
channels | Specifies the specifies the channel or set of channels whose connections are to be tested. An "*" specifies all connections. Formats: slot.channel voice connection |
-nolp | No automatic loopback. This parameter applies only to local-remote loopbacks and is mandatory for testing a multisegment connection in a tiered network. |
type | Restricts the test to the designated connection type. If no connection type is designated, all connections are tested. v-Tests only voice connections. |
x | Aborts the test as soon as a failure is detected. If an "x" is not entered, all specified connections are tested regardless of the test results for each individual connection. |
repeat count | Specifies the number of times the test is to be repeated. If no test count is specified, the test is run once. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcons, dspcons
Test connection 9.1.100. The connections screen appears with the connection for channel 9.1.100 highlighted. The system prompts to confirm the test. A "T" after channel under test indicates that the test is currently running on that channel.
When the first test is completed, a message appears indicating the results of the tests. As each test is completed, the T moves to the next channel to be tested and the message is updated to include the cumulative results of the tests. When the test is completed for all the specified connections, the "T" disappears and the message indicates the total number of tests and the cumulative results of the test.
tstcon 9.1.100
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:04 PST
Local Remote Remote Route
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compression Code Avoid COS O
5.1 T beta )25.1 Ok 256 7/8 0 L
9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200 Ok fr 0 L
9.1.200 gamma 8.1.300 Ok fr 0 L
9.2.400 beta 19.2.302 Ok fr(Grp) 0 L
14.1 gamma 15.1 Ok v 0 L
Last Command: tstcon 9.1.100
Tests: Completed = 1, Aborted = 0, Failed = 1, Connections Repaired = 0
Next Command:
Externally tests the integrity of a connection by sending OAM segment loopback cells over the specified channel for the specified number of times.
Table 4-44 describes the reported results of executing tstconseg.
Result | Description |
---|---|
Completed | Total number of tests that were run. |
Aborted | Number of tests that did not run because the connection was not testable because of loopbacks or missing or failed hardware. |
Failures | Number of tests that failed. |
Repaired | Number of connections that failed a previous test and have passed the current test. |
tstconseg <channel> <iteration count> [A | a]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<channel> | Specifies the slot.port.vpi.vci of the channel to be tested. |
<iteration count> | Number of times to repeat the test. |
[A | a] | Specifies that the test be aborted if an error occurs (not case-sensitive). |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-5 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dspcons
Test connection segment 11.2.10.17. The connections screen appears with the connection for channel 11.2.10.17 highlighted. The system prompts to confirm that the test should begin. A "T" after the channel under test indicates the test is currently running on that channel. When the first test is complete, a message appears indicating the results of the tests. As each test is completed, the T moves to the next channel to be tested and the message is updated to include the cumulative results of the tests. When the test is completed for all the specified connections, the T disappears and the message indicates the total number of tests and the cumulative results of the test.
tstconseg 11.2.10.17
nmsbpx23 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:37 PST
Local Remote Remote Route
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Avoid COS O
11.2.10.17 nmsbpx23 11.1.11.17 Ok atfst
This Command: tstconseg 11.2.10.17 1
Perform a tstconseg on this connection (y/n)?
----------------
nmsbpx23 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 12:38 PST
External Connection Segment Test
Status: Test Complete
Connection ID Test Count Failure Count Success Count
11.2.10.17 1 1 0
Last Command: tstconseg 11.2.10.17 1
Next Command:
Puts the remote end of the connection into a loopback state, requests the FRP (Frame Relay) or ASI (ATM) to generate a test packet, calculates and displays the round-trip delay (RTD). This delay includes the FRP or ASI and trunk queuing and processing delays throughout the network. The measured delay using tstdelay differs from the ForeSight RTD, which uses a high-priority packet and does not include processing and queuing delays.
Using the tstdelay command requires that the FRP is at least a Model D. This test interrupts transmission on the connection during the test. Test results appear at the bottom of the screen (this may include a timeout message, as in Example 1).
Testing an IGX node that has been configured as an interface shelf requires execution of addlocrmtlp prior to tstdelay and a tstdelay parameter that applies only to tiered networks (see optional parameter table). After testing is complete, the loopback established with addlocrmtlp must be removed by dellp.
tstdelay <slot.port.DLCI> [count] | tstdelay <slot.port.vpi.vci> [-nolp] [count] [y | n]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port.DLCI> | Specifies the Frame Relay channel of the connection to be tested. |
[count] | Specifies the number of times the test is to be repeated. If you do not specify a count, the test runs once. |
tstdelay |
|
<slot.port.vpi.vci> | Specifies the ATM channel of connection to be tested |
[-nolp] | No automatic loopback. This parameter applies to only local-remote loopbacks and is mandatory for testing a multisegment connection in a tiered network. |
[y | n] | Specifies that the ForeSight RTD is included and applies to ATM connections only. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-5 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
addlocrmtlp, dellp, dspcons, dspcons
Test the delay on Frame Relay channel 9.1.100.
tstdelay 9.1.100
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:05 PST
Conn: 9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200 fr
MIR CIR VC Q Depth PIR Cmax ECN QThresh QIR FST
9.6/9.6 9.6/9.6 5/5 256/256 10/10 65535/65535 9.6/9.6 n
% Util: 100/100
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0 Status: Failed Test
Group: NONE Priority: H TestRTD: 0 msec
Path: alpha 14--13beta 15--15gamma
Pref: alpha 14--13beta 15--15gamma
alpha 9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200
FRP: OK FRP: OK
FRI: OK FRI: OK
Last Command: tstdelay 9.1.100
Test delay timed out
Next Command:
Test the delay on ATM connection 9.1.1.1. The first prompt that follows initial command entry is for whether the ForeSight RTD should be included. The second prompt is for confirming that the test should proceed.
tstdelay 9.1.1.1
bpx1 TN SuperUser BPX 8620 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 13:45 PST
Conn: 9.1.1.1 ]bpx6 11.1.1.1 abr Status: OK
SCR MBS MCR ABR PCR UPC FST CLP % util
4000/4000 1000/1000 4000/4000 4000/4000 y y y 100/100
Owner: REMOTE Restriction: NONE COS: 0
Group: NONE ForeSightRTD: 40 msec TestRTD: 10 msec
Path: bpx1 1.3-- 3.3bpx6
Pref: Not Configured
bpx1 ASI-T3 : OK bpx6 ASI-T3 : OK
Line 9.1 : OK Line 11.1 : OK
OAM Cell RX: Clear
Last Command: tstdelay 9.1.1.1 n
Round trip delay is 10 msec.
Next Command:
Tests the data path for PCS ports for a selected module. The port parameter specifies the particular PCS module: an FRM-2 or FRP-2 physical port to which one of the PCS modules connects.
Upon command entry, each of the 11 ports for the PCS goes into a loop state. In this state, data goes to each port and loops back to the PCS module. Test frames go to a port and are checked for integrity when they return. The test frames also go out on the port.
During this test, any Frame Relay connection data received by the FRM-2 or FRP-2 destined for one of the ports is discarded. The other three Port Concentrator modules are unaffected. After the test, the port is returned to its previous configuration.
The PCS tests available RAM, and sets each of the 11 ports into a loop mode. Ten frames of data are sent to each port and checked to make sure the same frames are received in entirety and in order.
During a test, the dsppcs screen shows "Testing" then either "Passed" or "Failed." The test takes about 15 seconds.
tstpcs <slot.port>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Slot is the location of an FRM-2 or FRP-2 card. Port selects the physical port to which a PCS module connects. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dsppcs, resetpc
Executes a port loopback test on the specified data port. Using tstport without the optional parameter performs an internal test. The loopback for the internal test is performed on the IGX back card and is used to test just the IGX front and back cards. The test disables the communications for that port and the back card is placed into a loopback mode. The applicable card sets for the tstport command are the FRP, FRM, SDP, HDM, LDP, and LDM. The card under test sends several frames of data to the port on the interface card, loops them back, and checks their integrity.
If connections exist on the port being tested, the dspcons screen appears. If no connections are present, the dspport screen appears. A flashing T in the connections screen indicates those connections affected by the test. Either a "(" character or a ")" character indicates the loopback in the dspfrport. If a local or remote test fails, the port itself is automatically tested (internal) to determine if the IGX node caused the failure.
For a Frame Relay port or an LDP or LDM port, an external loopback may be placed at the near (local) or far (remote) modem during the test. For a DDS port, the external loopback is a CSU or DSU loopback at the remote DSU device. If an external port loopback test fails, the internal port loopback test is executed to determine if the IGX node caused the failure. The cnfict command can be used to specify the interface control lead template used to condition the output control leads during loopback.
The local and remote modem tests that test the near end and far end modems or NTUs require the IGX back card to operate as a DTE, so the modem acts as a DCE in this case. The back card asserts the local or remote loopback pin of the V.35 port. For X.21 ports, which do not have a loopback pin defined, the back card sends a loopback command in the data stream to cause the NTU to go into loopback mode. The test then begins.
The loopback test operation sends several frames of test data, receives them back, compares them, and verifies their integrity. The loopback pin subsequently returns to the inactive state, and the modems return to normal operation. The local or remote test works with only those modems that recognize a local and remote loopback command.
Before starting a test, you must be sure the cabling is correct for the specific equipment. The test conventions are described in CCITT V.54 and X.21 specifications. Only the near (n) and far (f) options are available for the Model C SDP. If the near or far tests fail, no internal test is executed on the SDP to isolate the problem. The SDP is not failed due to a tstport failure.
tstport <slot.port> [n | f]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot.port | Slot is the location of a card. Port selects the physical port to which a module connects. |
[n | f] | n = near external port loopback test f = far external port loopback test |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfict, dspcons,
Perform an internal port test on a Frame Relay port.
tstport 9.1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:27 PST
Conn: 9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200 fr
MIR CIR VC Q Depth PIR Cmax ECN QThresh QIR FST
9.6/9.6 9.6/9.6 5/5 256/256 10/10 65535/65535 9.6/9.6 n
% Util: 100/100
Owner: LOCAL Restriction: NONE COS: 0 Status: Failed Test
Group: NONE Priority: H TestRTD: 0 msec
Path: alpha 14--13beta 15--15gamma
Pref: alpha 14--13beta 15--15gamma
alpha 9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200
FRP: OK FRP: OK
FRI: OK FRI: OK
Last Command: tstport 9.1
No external clock is detected for DTE
Next Command:
Perform a local (near end) loopback test on port 32.1 (requires port to be configured as DTE).
tstport 32.1 n
Perform a remote (far end) loopback test on port 32.1 (requires port to be configured
as DTE).
tstport 32.1 f
Perform a test of an FRP port.
tstport 9.1
Displays a summary of the test statistics that result from performing a tstcon command on various network connections.
Before tststats displays any meaningful statistics, the tstcon command must run on one or more network connections. The statistics are displayed for voice, data, and Frame Relay connections.
Note The tstcon command should have run before you enter tststats. |
tststats [clear]
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
[clear] | Specifies that the test statistics buffers be cleared. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
tstcon
tststats
sw150 TN SuperUser IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 21:54 GMT
Connection Test results since: Date/Time Not Set
Type Total Passed Failed Aborted
Voice 0 0 0 0
Data 0 0 0 0
Fr Relay 0 0 0 0
Last Command: tststats
Next Command:
Activates a card you have downed with the dncd command. If a slot contains a complete card set, both the front and back card are upped. After a card set is upped, it is available as a node resource.
When you activate a card, it comes up in either the standby or active state. The initial state depends on whether the network is ready to use the card immediately.
upcd <slot>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
slot | Specifies the card slot number of the card |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-3 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dncd, dspcds
Activate the FRM in slot 9.
upcd 9
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.g0 Oct. 20 2000 09:16 GMT
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 NPM BVS Standby 9 FRM KSB FRI-T1 AL Standby
2 NPM BWS Active 10 Empty universal backplane
3 Empty universal backplane 11 Empty universal backplane
4 UXM CD23 T3 AA Active 12 URM AA11 2FE2V EW Active
5 UXM CA23 OC3 AD Active 13 LDM CK03 232-8 AJ Standby
6 FRM DHZ FRI-V35 BD Standby-T 14 URM AA13 2FE2V P03 Active
7 Empty universal backplane 15 URM AA12 2FE2V EW Active
8 Empty 16 NTM FHF T1 AL Active
Last Command: upcd 9
Ups (activates) a connection, bundle of connections, group of connections, or all connections with a COS or COS range. When a connection is upped, the system tries to route. If the connection cannot immediately be routed, the connection is failed and generates a major alarm. The State display column in an upcon or dspcons screen has these meanings:
upcon {<group | local_chan(s)> | COS <cos_range>}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<group | local_chan(s)> | Specifies a group, a channel, or a range of channels to activate. |
COS <cos_range> | Specifies the COS or COS range. Range: 0-15 |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dncon, dspcon, dspcons
Activate connections 5.1.
upcon 5.1
alpha TRM YourID:1 IGX 8420 9.3 Apr. 13 2000 11:33 PST
Local Remote Remote Route
Channel NodeName Channel State Type Compression Code Avoid COS O
5.1 beta )25.1 Ok 256 7/8 0 L
9.1.100 gamma 8.1.200 Ok fr 0 L
9.1.200 gamma 8.1.300 Ok fr 0 L
9.2.400 beta 19.2.302 Ok fr(Grp) 0 L
14.1 )gamma 15.1 Ok v 0 L
Last Command: upcon 5.1
Next Command:
Activate a range of connections 9.1-4.
upcon 9.1-4
Activate a Frame Relay group connection.
upcon alpha
Activate all downed connections with a COS of 9.
upcon 9
Activate all downed connections with a COS of 9-12.
upcon cos 9-12
Manually upgrade the logical card database when upgrading from a BXM card to a BXM-E card. This command should be used in conjunction with the cnfnodeparm command.
1. Use the cnfnodeparm command and set the auto BXM upgrade parameter to N, specifying that you do not want the logical card database to be upgraded automatically when the new BXM-E card replaces the BXM card. The default value for the parameter auto BXM upgrade is N.
2. Replace the BXM card with the BXM-E card.
3. Use the upgdlogcd command to manually upgrade the logical card database on the active slot.
Upgrading the logical card database manually instead of automatically allows you to easily switch back to the legacy card before the upgdlogcd command is executed. By default, the cnfnodeparm parameter auto BXM upgrade is set to Y. Using this default setting, the logical card database is automatically upgraded.
Refer to the BPX 8600 Installation and Configuration Guide for a list of upgrade options and procedures.
upgdlogcd <log_card_num>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<log_card_num> | Specifies the logical card number; for example, upgdlogcd 6 upgrades the logical card database on the active BXM-E in slot 6. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
SuperUser | No | No | BPX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfnodeparm, cnfcdparm
Set the auto BXM upgrade parameter to N, specifying that you do not want the logical card database to be upgraded automatically when the new BXM-E card replaces the BXM card.
cnfnodeparm 54 n
Set the Auto BXM Upgrade Parameter to N.
w116 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0S Feb. 29 2000 16:37 GMT
1 Update Initial Delay [ 5000] (D) 16 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [ 132] (D)
2 Update Per-Node Delay [30000] (D) 17 Standby Update Timer [ 10] (D)
3 Comm-Break Test Delay [30000] (D) 18 Stby Updts Per Pass [ 50] (D)
4 Comm-Break Test Offset [ 10] (D) 19 Gateway ID Timer [ 30] (D)
5 Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D) 20 GLCON Alloc Timer [ 30] (D)
6 Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D) 21 Comm Fail Delay [ 60] (D)
7 NW Sliding Window Size [ 1] (D) 22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) [ 50] (D)
8 Num Normal Timeouts [ 7] (D) 23 SAR CC Transmit Rate [ 560] (D)
9 Num Inter-p Timeouts [ 3] (D) 24 SAR High Transmit Rate [ 280] (D)
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [ 6] (D) 25 SAR Low Transmit Rate [ 56] (D)
11 Num Blind Timeouts [ 4] (D) 26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D)
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts [ 5] (D) 27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard [ 256] (D)
13 Comm Fail Interval [10000] (D) 28 ASM Card Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N)
14 Comm Fail Multiplier [ 3] (D) 29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [ 1] (D)
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [ 10] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
sw116 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0S Feb. 29 2000 16:37 GMT
1 Update Initial Delay [ 5000] (D) 16 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [ 132] (D)
2 Update Per-Node Delay [30000] (D) 17 Standby Update Timer [ 10] (D)
3 Comm-Break Test Delay [30000] (D) 18 Stby Updts Per Pass [ 50] (D)
4 Comm-Break Test Offset [ 10] (D) 19 Gateway ID Timer [ 30] (D)
5 Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D) 20 GLCON Alloc Timer [ 30] (D)
6 Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D) 21 Comm Fail Delay [ 60] (D)
7 NW Sliding Window Size [ 1] (D) 22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) [ 50] (D)
8 Num Normal Timeouts [ 7] (D) 23 SAR CC Transmit Rate [ 560] (D)
9 Num Inter-p Timeouts [ 3] (D) 24 SAR High Transmit Rate [ 280] (D)
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [ 6] (D) 25 SAR Low Transmit Rate [ 56] (D)
11 Num Blind Timeouts [ 4] (D) 26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D)
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts [ 5] (D) 27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard [ 256] (D)
13 Comm Fail Interval [10000] (D) 28 ASM Card Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N)
14 Comm Fail Multiplier [ 3] (D) 29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [ 1] (D)
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [ 10] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Continue? y
sw116 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0S Feb. 29 2000 16:38 GMT
31 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D) 46 Max Htls Rebuild Count [ 100] (D)
32 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N) 47 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)
33 Job Lock Timeout [ 60] (D) 48 Send A-bit early [ N] (Y/N)
34 Max Via LCONs [50000] (D) 49 A-bit Tmr Multiplier M [ 0] (D)
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D) 50 A-bit Tmr Granularity N [ 3] (D)
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D) 51 FBTC with PPDPolicing [ N] (Y/N)
37 Max Mem on Stby Q (%) [ 33] (D) 52 CommBrk Hop Weight [ 25] (D)
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt [ 1000] (D) 53 CB Fail Penalty Hops [ 2] (D)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D) 54 Auto BXM upgrade [ Y] (Y/N)
40 Enable Degraded Mode [ Y] (Y/N)
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [ Y] (Y/N)
42 Enable Feeder Alert [ N] (Y/N)
43 Reroute on Comm Fail [ N] (Y/N)
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [ Y] (Y/N)
45 Max Degraded Aborts [ 100] (D)
This Command: cnfnodeparm
Enter parameter index: 54
Enter 'Yes' or 'No': n
sw116 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0S Feb. 29 2000 16:39 GMT
31 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D) 46 Max Htls Rebuild Count [ 100] (D)
32 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N) 47 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)
33 Job Lock Timeout [ 60] (D) 48 Send A-bit early [ N] (Y/N)
34 Max Via LCONs [50000] (D) 49 A-bit Tmr Multiplier M [ 0] (D)
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D) 50 A-bit Tmr Granularity N [ 3] (D)
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D) 51 FBTC with PPDPolicing [ N] (Y/N)
37 Max Mem on Stby Q (%) [ 33] (D) 52 CommBrk Hop Weight [ 25] (D)
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt [ 1000] (D) 53 CB Fail Penalty Hops [ 2] (D)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D) 54 Auto BXM upgrade [ N] (Y/N)
40 Enable Degraded Mode [ Y] (Y/N)
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [ Y] (Y/N)
42 Enable Feeder Alert [ N] (Y/N)
43 Reroute on Comm Fail [ N] (Y/N)
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [ Y] (Y/N)
45 Max Degraded Aborts [ 100] (D)
Last Command: cnfnodeparm 54 n
Manually upgrade the logical card database on the BXM-E3 in slot 6.
upgdlogcd 6
sw116 TN StrataCom BPX 8620 9.3.0S Feb. 29 2000 16:24 GMT
Missing Cards: 1 BCC
FrontCard BackCard FrontCard BackCard
Type Rev Type Rev Status Type Rev Type Rev Status
1 BNI-T3 CHM T3-3 BE Standby 9 BNI-155 BDM Empty Standby
2 Empty 10 Empty
3 Empty 11 Empty
4 ASI-T3 CXF T3-2 BE Standby-T 12 BNI-T3 CFM T3-3 BE Active
5 BNI-T3 CEM T3-3 FL Active 13 BNI-T3 CFM T3-3 BE Active
6 BXM-E3 FB01 TE3-12BA Active 14 ASI-155 HDC MMF-2 AB Active
7 BCC-3 DRM LM-2 AC Active 15 ASM ABA LMASM EV Active
8 Empty reserved for Card
Last Command: dspcds
Next Command: upgdlogcd 6
Activates (ups) a line. Use the upln command to make the line available for configuring and to start statistics gathering.
Configure the line's signal characteristics for the data you intend for the line using the cnfln command.Once both ends of the line are active, you must activate ports at both ends of the line by executing the upport command. Once completed, add connections with the addcon command.
A line consists of a cable for transmitting data and the interface circuitry for the line. The cable can be a coaxial wire, fiber optic, or a twisted pair.
As of Release 9.3, you can configure an IMA line for ports as well as trunks. Use the upln command to create an IMA group. As of Release 9.3.0, upln does not automatically configure a port (for BPX only).
The BXM or UXM card can be a trunk card and a line (port) card at the same time. For example, a BXM slot can up port 1 as a trunk interface while upping port 2 as a line interface.
The first connection in the string becomes the primary link (how the IMA group is recognized in other screens), such as dspport, dspports, and cnfln.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<line_number> | For a BPX ATM line: slot.line For IGX only: slot.line<,line,line,...> If the line is not an IMA line, use slot.line, otherwise line in slot.line indicates the first (primary) IMA line that comprises the IMA group, and other line parameters denote other lines on the interface as part of the IMA group. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
|
|
| BPX, IGX |
|
|
|
|
Activates a single port on Frame Relay (FRP, FRM, or UFM) card or an ASI or BXM card on a BPX, or a UXM card on an IGX. If the port has not been configured, the default configuration values are used to configure the port. Upport cannot be used on a virtual port unless the virtual port's VPI range is configured (cnfport).
With a Port Concentrator Shelf (PCS), upping (activating) the first port causes the FRP-2 or FRM-2 to begin communicating with the four PCS modules and to download code to them if necessary.
As of Release 9.3.0, upln does not automatically configure a port. You can verify that the line has been activated by using the dsplns command.
For ASI, BXM, or UXM:
upport <slot.port>[.<vport>]
For UFM-U, FRM, or FRP:
upport <slot.port>
For UFM-C:
upport <slot.port> <line>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot > | Specifies slot number of the card containing the port. |
<port> | Specifies the port. |
<vport> | The optional vport identifier (BXM card only). Range: 1-31 |
<line> | Applies to UFM-C only. The line is the physical connector. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
dnport, cnfport, cnffrport, upln, addport, delport
Activate port 3 on the BXM card in slot 11.
upport 11.3
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.m0 Dec. 19 2000 13:00 GMT
Port: 11.3 [FAILED ] Bandwidth/AR BW: 353208/353208
Interface: LM-BXM CAC Override: Enabled
VPI Range: 0 - 255 CAC Reserve: 0
Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled
Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)
SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 0 %
Protocol: NONE Protocol by Card: No
Last Command: upport 11.3
Activate port 2 on the card in slot 9 of the IGX.
upport 9.2
sw108 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.q2 Dec. 20 2000 12:37 GMT
Port: 9.2 [FAILED] CABLE MISMATCH
Interface: V35 DCE Configured Clock: 256 Kbps
Clocking: Normal Measured Rx Clock: 0 Kbps
Port ID 0 Min Flags / Frames 1
Port Queue Depth 65535 OAM Pkt Threshold 3 pkts
ECN Queue Threshold 65535 T391 Link Intg Timer 10 sec
DE Threshold 100 % N391 Full Status Poll 6 cyl
Signalling Protocol None EFCI Mapping Enabled No
Asynchronous Status No CLLM Enabled/Tx Timer No/ 0 msec
T392 Polling Verif Timer 15 IDE to DE Mapping Yes
N392 Error Threshold 3 Interface Control Template
N393 Monitored Events Count 4 Lead CTS DSR DCD
Communicate Priority No State ON ON ON
Upper/Lower RNR Thresh 75%/ 25%
Last Command: upport 9.2
Activates a port on a Frame Relay card. The applicable cards are all versions of the FRP, FRM, and UFM series of cards. If the port has not been configured through the cnffrport command, a set of default configuration values apply.
With a Port Concentrator Shelf (PCS), upping the first port causes the FRP-2 or FRM-2 to begin communicating with the four PCS modules and to download code to them if necessary.
Activates (or ups) a trunk. If you include the optional vtrk parameter for applicable cards, uptrk also activates the trunk as a virtual trunk. You also use uptrk to enable a feeder trunk on a port.
After you have upped the trunk but not yet added it, the trunk carries line signaling but does not yet carry live traffic. Before you add the trunk by using addtrk, the node can monitor the trunk for reliability. Once a trunk has shown reliability and is ready to go into service, add the trunk to the network. If you need to take an active trunk out of service, use dntrk. The dntrk command causes the node to reroute any existing traffic if sufficient bandwidth is available.
The Ports and Trunks feature lets you configure multiple trunk lines and circuit lines on a single BXM or UXM card simultaneously. In previous releases, when a single port is upped as a trunk (by using the uptrk command), all the remaining ports on that card are treated as a trunk. Similarly, when you up a single port as a circuit line (by using the upln command), all the remaining ports on the card are treated as circuit line ports.
As of Release 9.3.0, upln no longer automatically configures a port. After you add a port (addport), you can begin to add connections by using addcon. You can verify that the line has been activated by using the dsplns command.
This feature allows the BXM and UXM trunks to be trunk line cards as well as circuit line cards, and to allow trunks and circuit lines to coexist on these cards.
For example, assuming that a four-port BXM card is plugged into slot 11, you could do the following:
1. uptrk 11.1
Up a trunk at port 1 on slot 11
2. upln 11.2
Up a line at port 2 of slot 11
3. upln 11.3
Up a line at port 3 of card slot 11
4. uptrk 11.4
Up a trunk at port 4 of card slot 11
You can now mix physical and virtual trunk specifications. For example, after you up a trunk as a standard trunk, you can then add it as a virtual trunk when you execute addtrunk. Furthermore, if you want to change trunk types between standard and virtual, you must first down the trunk with dntrk, then up it as the new trunk type.
You cannot up a trunk if the required card is not available. Furthermore, if a trunk is executing a self-test, a "card in test" message may appear on-screen. If this message appears, re-enter uptrk.
If, after upping a BXM trunk, you get a message telling you to use cnfrsrc to configure PVCs, make sure that when configuring resource partitions with cnfrsrc, you specify values greater than 0 for the Maximum PVC Channels, Maximum PVC Bandwidth, and Maximum VSI LCNs. Otherwise, you will be unable to create any PVCs on a BXM card. Also, you will not be able to change the Connection Channels amount with cnftrk if you do not first use cnfrsrc to configure PVCs.
In this release, to support the Multilevel Channels Statistics feature, you will be prompted when you attempt to up the line with upln or up the trunk with uptrk, warning you to initialize the channel statistics level before activating the card. This warning only applies when upping the first trunk or first line on the card:
"Channel Statistic Level must be initialized prior to card activation"
Release 9.1 supported a Cisco proprietary IMA (Inverse Multiplexing ATM) protocol on UXM trunks, which was able to interoperate only with Cisco products, for example, MGX-8220 IMATM. Release 9.2 supports the ATM Forum-compliant IMA protocol, which allows UXM trunks to interoperate with other vendors' equipment. IMA provides inverse multiplexing of ATM cells across multiple physical lines. The ATM Forum-compliant IMA protocol is supported only on UXM trunks.
The IMA protocol feature requires you to upgrade the UXM firmware to Model B. When you load Model B firmware onto a UXM card, all IMA trunks invoked on that card automatically perform ATM Forum-compliant IMA protocol. You do not need to use any switch software commands to enable the IMA protocol. Note that switch software Release 9.2 is not set up to work with UXM Release 9.1 firmware, so it is advised that you not downgrade to Model A firmware, as the software will not work. (The UXM firmware code space is not large enough to hold both versions of the protocol in a single firmware image.)
Note also that the ATM Forum-compliant IMA feature is not compatible with the Cisco proprietary IMA protocol supported in Release 9.1 (which uses UXM firmware Model A). Both ends of the UXM IMA trunk requires UXM firmware Model B. If the UXM trunk is connected to another device, that device must support the ATM Forum-compliant IMA protocol.
A subset of the ATM Forum compliant IMA protocol:
Release 9.2 supports virtual trunking on both the BPX and IGX. IMA trunk ports are referenced by the first physical line of the trunk port after uptrk has been executed. For example, you can uptrk 1.5-8.9. You can then up a second trunk (which, in this case, is a virtual trunk on slot.port 1.5) on the same trunk port using uptrk 1.5.11.
You can use a UXM IMA trunk to connect an IGX feeder node to a routing node, either an IGX or a BPX using IMATM. UXM IMA provides redundancy in case one of the physical lines on an IMA trunk should fail. This reduces the chance of a single point of failure when a single feeder trunk is out of service. Also, you may configure the services on a feeder node rather than on a router node; this indirectly allows the network to scale better with respect to the limit of 223 network nodes.
You can define an IMA trunk consisting of non-consecutive physical lines. In addition, you can change the group member by deleting a physical line from an existing IMA trunk.
Use this syntax to specify an IMA group on a UXM trunk:
The uptrk command, in addition to other configuration commands, will perform mismatch verification on the BXM and UXM cards. For example, the uptrk command will verify whether the card has virtual trunk support. For more information about Feature Mismatching, refer to the BPX 8600 Series Installation and Configuration Manual.
The Feature Mismatching capability will not mismatch cards unless the actual feature has been enabled on the card. This allows for a graceful card migration from an older release.
uptrk <slot.port>[.vtrk]
uptrk <slot.group_member.[<vtrk]> for IMA
uptrk <slot>.<group-member(s)>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
<slot.port> | Specifies the slot and port of the trunk to activate. If the card has only one port, the port parameter is not necessary. An NTM card, for example, has one port. |
<slot.group_ | Specifies the slot and a set of physical lines composing an IMA group on an IMA trunk to activate. You can specify the group_member in an expression consisting of the primary link followed by a, or - and additional physical links. (When specifying an IMA group, you must select one of the physical links to be a primary link. This primary link number is used to refer to this IMA group or trunk. You can use cntrk to add additional links to the group of delete existing links. When deleting existing links from an IMA group, you cannot delete the primary link. You must deactivate the trunk using deltrk, followed by dntrk to remove the primary link. |
[<vtrk>] | Specifies the virtual trunk number. The maximum on a node is 32. The maximum on a T3 or E3 line is 32. The maximum for user traffic on an OC-3/STM1 trunk is 11 (so more than one OC-3/STM1 may be necessary). See also the section called "Compatibility Between Cards in Virtual Trunks" at the front of this chapter. When specifying an IMA group, if at least one virtual trunk already exists on this port, then you only have to specify the primary link as the group_member. |
addtrk, dntrk, cnfrsrc
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-2 | Yes | Yes | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
Activate (up) trunk 21a single-port card, in this case, so only the slot is necessary.
uptrk 21 1
Activate (up) trunk 6.1.1in this case, a virtual trunk, as indicated by the third digit.
uptrk 6.1.1
Show BXM trunk 11.3. The "Other End" has not been configured ("upped"). Note the message "use cnfrsrc" to configure PVCs. Note the major alarm status.
uptrk 11.3
sw53 TN Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 12:32 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
11.2 OC3 Clear - OK sw108/4.4
11.3 OC3 Major - Loss of Sig (RED) -
Last Command: uptrk 11.3
256 PVCs allocated. Use 'cnfrsrc' to configure PVCs
Next Command:
Show UXM virtual port 5.2.1. Note that "Other End" has not been configured ("upped"). Note the message "use cnfrsrc" to configure LCNs. Note the major alarm status.
uptrk 5.2.1
------------------------------------SCREEN 1------------------------------------
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 12:59 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
5.1 OC3 Clear - OK sw108/4.2
8 T1/24 Clear - OK sw108/14
This Command: uptrk 5.2.1
256 LCNs allocated. Use 'cnfrsrc' to configure LCNs
Press any key to continue..
------------------------------------SCREEN 2------------------------------------
sw180 VT Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 31 2000 13:00 GMT
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
5.2.1 OC3 Major - Loss of Sig (RED) -
8 T1/24 Clear - OK sw108/14
Last Command: uptrk 5.2.1
Establishes a virtual terminal connection to a remote node. A virtual terminal connection has these properties:
During a vt session, the remote node name and date flash on the local terminal screen, and "Virtual Terminal" appears in the lower left corner. The bye command terminates a virtual terminal session and returns the terminal to local usage. After a default timeout of four minutes of inactivity, a vt connection automatically reverts to a local connection. This timeout is the equivalent of using the bye command.
vt <nodename>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
node name | Specifies the name of the remote node for the virtual terminal connection. If the specified node name is not valid, the returned message states that the "Node is unknown" and prompts for the correct node name. Also, the main area of the screen names the recognized nodes in the network to help determine the correct name. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-6 | Yes | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| No |
|
bye
Establish a virtual terminal connection to the switch named "sw53."
vt sw53
-----------------------------------SCREEN 1--------------------------------------
sw53 VT Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.2J Oct. 25 2000 06:28 GMT
Last Command:
Next Command:
Virtual Terminal CD
-----------------------------------SCREEN 2--------------------------------------
sw180 TN Cisco IGX 8420 9.3.2J Oct. 25 2000 06:31 GMT
Last Command: vt sw53
Virtual Terminal connection broken
Next Command:
Provides an interface to an external device.
To establish a session with an external device, first use the cnftermfunc command to designate the auxiliary port to serve as the external device window. To begin the session, enter the window command and specify the port. The control terminal screen subsequently clears, after which characters entered at the control terminal go to the external device and vice versa.
Because the IGX and BPX nodes "bundle" characters together before transmitting them, a slight transfer delay occurs. Transfers are delayed until the transfer buffer is filled or the keyboard is inactive for over 50 milliseconds. To end the session, enter the escape sequence designated with the cnftermfunc command. The default for the escape sequence is ^^ (SHIFT 66).
The window command can be executed over a virtual terminal connection. This makes it possible to control external devices from a single point in the network. Devices such as Channel Service Units (CSUs), routers, channel banks and other devices with RS-232 console ports can be accessed remotely with this feature.
window <a | c>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
a | Specifies a window into external equipment attached to the node's auxiliary port. This is the default connection. |
c | Specifies a window into external equipment attached to the node's control port. |
Privilege | Jobs | Log | Node | Help | History | Lock | Hipri |
1-4 | No | No | BPX, IGX |
|
| Yes |
|
cnfterm, cnftermfunc
Connect to a local router attached to the auxiliary port. The following dialogue shows the prompts and example responses.
window a
Protocol [ip]:
Target IP address: 192.9.202.1
Repeat count [5]:
Datagram size [100]:
Timeout in seconds [2]:
Extended commands [n]::
Type escape sequence to abort. ^^
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echoes to 192.9.202.1, timeout is 2 seconds:
.......
Success rate is 100 percent
left #
Posted: Thu Aug 1 16:18:01 PDT 2002
All contents are Copyright © 1992--2002 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Important Notices and Privacy Statement.